Alcatel-Lucent 7302

INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER

Alcatel-Lucent 7330
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE NODE

Alcatel-Lucent 7360
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FX
FD 100/320GBPS NT AND FX NT IHUB SERVICES GUIDE
RELEASE 4.5.x
3H H - 11464- AAAA- T QZZA Edition 02 Released

Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2013 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are registered trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Copyright 2013 Alcatel-Lucent.

All rights reserved.

Disclaimers

Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.

When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.

Preface

This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the
7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM), the 7330 Intelligent
Services Access Manager Fiber to the Node (7330 ISAM FTTN) and the
7360 Intelligent Services Access Manager FX (7360 ISAM FX).

Scope
This documentation set provides information about safety, features and
functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1
commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures for the current release.

Applicable releases
This edition of the FD 100/320 Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Service Guide is
applicable from R4.5.02 onwards.

Audience
This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and
maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the
7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN or the 7360 ISAM FX.

Required knowledge
Readers must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 iii
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Preface

Product naming
When the term “ISAM” is used alone, then the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN
and the 7360 ISAM FX are meant. If a feature is valid for only one of the products,
the applicability will be explicitly stated.

Documents
Refer to the Product Information document for your product to see a list of all
relevant customer documents and their part numbers.

Acronymns and initialisms

The expansions and optional descriptions of most acronyms and initialisms appear
in the glossary which is included in the System Description for FD 100/320Gbps NT
and FX NT document.

Assistance and ordering phone numbers

Alcatel-Lucent provides global technical support through regional call centers.
Phone numbers for the regional call centers are available at the following URL:
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess.
For ordering information, contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.

Safety information
For safety information, see the Safety Manual for your product.

Special information
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this
document.

Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation

may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high
voltage or electric shock hazards.

Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation

may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance
problems.

Caution — Caution indicates that the described activity or situation

may, or will, cause service interruption.

iv April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Preface

Note — A note provides information that is, or may be, of special

interest.

Release notes
Be sure to refer to the release notes (such as the Customer Release Notes or
Emergency Fix Release Note) issued for software loads of your product before you
install or use the product. The release notes provide important information about the
software load.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 v
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Preface

vi April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Contents

Preface iii
Scope ................................................................................................................... iii
Applicable releases....................................................................................................... iii
Audience ................................................................................................................... iii
Required knowledge..................................................................................................... iii
Product naming ........................................................................................................... iv
Documents .................................................................................................................. iv
Acronymns and initialisms............................................................................................. iv
Assistance and ordering phone numbers ........................................................................ iv
Safety information........................................................................................................ iv
Special information....................................................................................................... iv
Release notes ............................................................................................................... v

1— Getting Started 1-1

1.1 In This Document ....................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 Services Command Reference...................................................................... 1-2
1.3 CLI Command Syntax Symbols .................................................................... 1-2

2— Services Overview 2-1

2.1 In this Chapter ........................................................................................... 2-2
2.2 Introduction ............................................................................................... 2-2
2.3 Alcatel-Lucent Service Model ....................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Service Entities ........................................................................................... 2-4
2.5 Service Creation Process Overview............................................................... 2-8
2.6 Deploying and Provisioning Services............................................................. 2-9
2.7 Configuration Notes .................................................................................... 2-9
2.8 Configuring Global Service Entities with CLI ................................................ 2-10
2.9 Basic Configuration ................................................................................... 2-14
2.10 Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management.................................................... 2-15

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 vii
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Contents

2.11 Global Services Command Reference.......................................................... 2-18

2.12 Global Service Commands ......................................................................... 2-19

3— Virtual Leased Line Services 3-1

3.1 In This Chapter .......................................................................................... 3-2
3.2 Ethernet Pipe (Epipe) Services ..................................................................... 3-2
3.3 VLL Service Considerations .......................................................................... 3-4
3.4 Configuring a VLL Service with CLI............................................................... 3-6
3.5 VLL Services CLI Command Reference ....................................................... 3-13
3.6 VLL Service CLI Configuration Commands................................................... 3-15

4— Virtual Private LAN Service 4-1

4.1 In This Chapter .......................................................................................... 4-2
4.2 VPLS used in the NT ................................................................................... 4-2
4.3 ISAM VPLS implementation ......................................................................... 4-3
4.4 VPLS feature enhancements ...................................................................... 4-16
4.5 Configuring a VPLS Service with CLI........................................................... 4-25
4.6 Configuration Overview ............................................................................. 4-26
4.7 Configuration Workflow............................................................................. 4-28
4.8 Configuring VPLS Components................................................................... 4-29
4.9 Service Management Tasks ....................................................................... 4-52
4.10 VPLS Service CLI Command Reference ....................................................... 4-56
4.11 VPLS Service CLI Configuration Commands................................................. 4-63

5— Internet Enhanced Service 5-1

5.1 In This Chapter .......................................................................................... 5-2
5.2 IES Services Overview................................................................................. 5-2
5.3 IES Features .............................................................................................. 5-2
5.4 Configuring an IES Service with CLI ............................................................. 5-3
5.5 Basic Configuration ..................................................................................... 5-3
5.6 Common Configuration Tasks ...................................................................... 5-3
5.7 Configuring IES Components ....................................................................... 5-4
5.8 Service Management Tasks ......................................................................... 5-5
5.9 IES Services CLI Command Reference.......................................................... 5-7
5.10 IES Service CLI Configuration Commands ................................................... 5-10

6— Virtual Private Routed Network Service 6-1

6.1 In This Chapter .......................................................................................... 6-2
6.2 VPRN Service Overview ............................................................................... 6-2
6.3 VPRN Features ........................................................................................... 6-3
6.4 Configuring a VPRN Service with CLI ............................................................ 6-5
6.5 Basic Configuration ..................................................................................... 6-5
6.6 Common Configuration Tasks ...................................................................... 6-6
6.7 Configuring VPRN Components .................................................................... 6-7
6.8 Service Management Tasks ....................................................................... 6-13
6.9 VPRN Services CLI Command Reference..................................................... 6-15
6.10 VPRN Service CLI Configuration Commands................................................ 6-26

viii April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Contents

7— Mirror Services 7-1

7.1 Service Mirroring ........................................................................................ 7-2
7.2 Mirror Implementation ................................................................................ 7-2
7.3 Configuration Notes .................................................................................... 7-3
7.4 Basic Mirroring Configuration ....................................................................... 7-4
7.5 Common Configuration Tasks ...................................................................... 7-5
7.6 Mirror Service CLI Command Reference........................................................ 7-5
7.7 Mirror Service CLI Configuration Commands ................................................. 7-6

Index

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 ix
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Contents

x April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
1 — Getting Started

1.1 In This Document 1-2

1.2 Services Command Reference 1-2

1.3 CLI Command Syntax Symbols 1-2

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 1-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
1 — Getting Started

1.1 In This Document

This document provides process flow information to configure provision services.

Table 1-1 lists the tasks necessary to configure services.
This guide is presented in an overall logical configuration flow. Each section
describes a software area and provides CLI syntax and command usage to configure
parameters for a functional area.

Table 1-1 Configuration Process

Area Task Chapter

Subscribers Global entities Configuring Global Service Entities with CLI

VLL service Virtual Leased Line Services

VPLS service Virtual Private LAN Service

IES service Internet Enhanced Service

VPRN service Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Mirroring service Mirror Services

1.2 Services Command Reference

This document provides the command reference trees for the services.
Topics include:
• Global Services Commands
• Global Services Command Reference
• Service Configuration Commands
• VLL Services CLI Command Reference
• VPLS Service CLI Command Reference
• IES Services CLI Command Reference
• VPRN Services CLI Command Reference
• Mirror Service CLI Command Reference

1.3 CLI Command Syntax Symbols

This section explains the symbols used throughout this manual within a CLI
command syntax, see Table 1-2.

1-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
1 — Getting Started

Table 1-2 Command Syntax Symbols

Symbol Description

| A vertical line indicates that one of the parameters within the brackets or braces is
required.
Example: tcp-ack {true|false}

[] Brackets indicate optional parameters.

Example: redirects [number seconds]

<> Angle brackets indicate that you must enter text based on the parameter inside the
brackets.
Example: interface <interface-name>
{} Braces indicate that one of the parameters must be selected.
Example: default-action {drop|forward}

[{ }] Braces within square brackets indicate that you may choose one of the optional
parameters or no parameter at all.
Example: sdp sdp-id [{gre|mpls}]

Bold Commands in bold indicate commands and keywords.

Italic Commands in italics indicate command options.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 1-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
1 — Getting Started

1-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.1 In this Chapter 2-2

2.2 Introduction 2-2

2.3 Alcatel-Lucent Service Model 2-3

2.4 Service Entities 2-4

2.5 Service Creation Process Overview 2-8

2.6 Deploying and Provisioning Services 2-9

2.7 Configuration Notes 2-9

2.8 Configuring Global Service Entities with CLI 2-10

2.9 Basic Configuration 2-14

2.10 Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management 2-15

2.11 Global Services Command Reference 2-18

2.12 Global Service Commands 2-19

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.1 In this Chapter

This section provides an overview of the ISAM subscriber services, service model
and service entities. Additional details on the individual subscriber services can be
found in subsequent chapters.

2.2 Introduction

A service is a globally unique entity that refers to a type of connectivity service for
either Internet or VPN connectivity. Each service is uniquely identified by a service
ID within a service area. The ISAM service model uses logical service entities to
construct a service. In the service model, logical service entities provide a uniform,
service-centric configuration, management, and billing model for service
provisioning.
Services can provide Layer 2/bridged service or Layer3/IP routed connectivity
between a Service Access Point (SAP) on one ISAM and another service access point
(a SAP is where end-user traffic enters and exits the service). A distributed service
over the Internet requires that ISAMs are interconnected via SR-Series routers.
Distributed services use service distribution points (SDPs) to direct traffic to another
PE through a service tunnel. SDPs are created on each participating ISAM/service
router, specifying the origination address (the ISAM participating in the service
communication) and the destination address of another ISAM/service router. SDPs
are then bound to a specific customer service. Without the binding process, far-end
service router/ISAM devices are not able to participate in the service (there is no
service without associating an SDP with a service).

Service Types
The ISAM offers the following types of subscriber services which are described in
more detail in the referenced chapters:
• Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) — ISAM supports three types of VPLS
services: v-VPLS (VLAN VPLS), m-VPLS (management VPLS) and VPLS.
v-VPLS forwarders emulate the ISAM bridging service in the IHUB. v-VPLS
forwarders enable frames to be L2 forwarded between user side and network side
though IHUB and extend the reach of a VPRN IP interface (SAP) to several
physical ports. The m-VPLS forwarder is exclusively used to handle L2CP
frames (for example, spanning tree). The m-VPLS is not intended to forward data
traffic. For more information see “Virtual Private LAN Service”. VPLS (a Layer
2 multipoint-to-multipoint VPN) enables frames to be L2 forwarded between the
user side and the MPLS network side. Frames are encapsulated in MPLS Pseudo
wires (PW).
• Internet Enhanced Service (IES) — A direct Internet access service where the
customer is assigned an IP interface for Internet connectivity. See “Internet
Enhanced Service”.

2-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

• Virtual Leased Line Service (VLL) - Ethernet pipe (Epipe) — A Layer 2

point-to-point VLL service for Ethernet frames. See “Ethernet Pipe (Epipe)
Services”.
• Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) — A Layer 3 IP
multipoint-to-multipoint VPN service as defined in RFC 2547bis. See “Virtual
Private Routed Network Service”.

Service Policies
Common to all ISAM connectivity services are filter policies that are assigned to the
service. Filter policies are defined at a global level and then applied to a service on
the router. They are used to define ISAM service enhancements.
• Filter policies allow selective blocking of traffic matching criteria from
ingressing or egressing a SAP.
Filter policies, also referred to as access control lists (ACLs), control the traffic
allowed in or out of a SAP based on MAC or IP match criteria. Associating a filter
policy on a SAP is optional. Filter policies are identified by a unique filter policy
ID. A filter policy must be created before it can be applied to a SAP. A single
ingress and single egress filter policy can be associated with a SAP.

2.3 Alcatel-Lucent Service Model

In the ISAM service model, the ISAMs are deployed at the subscriber access
network. From there, traffic is forwarded on VLANs or on MPLS PW towards
service edge routers deployed at the provider edge (ISAM or 7450).
The service model uses logical service entities to construct a service. The logical
service entities are designed to provide a uniform, service-centric configuration,
management, and billing model for service provisioning. Some benefits of this
service-centric design include:
• Many services can be bound to a single customer.
• Many services can be bound to a single tunnel.
• Tunnel configurations are independent of the services they carry.
• Changes are made to a single logical entity rather than multiple ports on multiple
devices. It is easier to change one tunnel rather than several services.
• The operational integrity of a logical entity (such as service end points) can be
verified rather than dozens of individual services improving management scaling
and performance.
• A failure in the network core can be correlated to specific subscribers and
services.
• Filter policies, and accounting policies are applied to each service instead of
correlating parameters and statistics from ports to customers to services.

Service provisioning uses logical entities to provision a service where additional

properties can be configured for bandwidth provisioning, QoS, security filtering,
accounting/billing to the appropriate entity.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.4 Service Entities

The basic logical entities in the service model used to construct a service are:
• Customers
• Service Access Points (SAPs)
• Service Distribution Points (SDPs)

Figure 2-1 Service Entities

SERVICE SERVICE SERVICE
ACCESS DISTRIBUTION ACCESS
SUBSCRIBERS POINTS POINTS POINTS SUBSCRIBERS

Customer SAP Service Service SAP Customer

27 27
Cust-27 Cust-27

Cust-25 SDP DEMUX Cust-25

Customer SAP Service Service SAP Customer
25 25
DEMUX SDP

Cust-7 Cust-7
Customer SAP Service Service SAP Customer
7 7
ALA-A ALA-B

Customers
The most basic required entity is the customer ID value which is assigned when the
customer account is created. To provision a service, a customer ID must be
associated with the service at the time of service creation.

Service Access Points (SAPs)

Each subscriber service type is configured with at least one service access point
(SAP). A SAP identifies the interface point for a service on an Alcatel-Lucent ISAM
router (Figure 2-2). The SAP configuration requires that slot information be
specified. The slot parameters must be configured prior to provisioning a service (see
the “Port Features” section of the FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Interface
Guide).
A SAP is a local entity to the ISAM and is uniquely identified by:
• The physical Ethernet port or Link Aggregate (LAG) port
• The encapsulation type (all SAPs use the Dot1Q encapsulation type)
• The encapsulation identifier (ID) (that is, the VLAN ID of the SAP)
SAPs can only be created on ports designated as “access” in the physical port
configuration. SAPs cannot be created on ports designated as core-facing “network”
ports as these ports have a different set of features enabled in software.

2-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Figure 2-2 Service Access Point (SAP)

SAP
Customer Cust-27
3/1/6
27
dot1q

Service SAP IP Network

SAP
Customer
2/2/3
27
dot1q

ALA-A

SAP Configuration Considerations

When configuring a SAP, consider the following:
• An SAP is a local entity and only locally unique to a given device. The same SAP
ID value can be used on another ISAM/service router.
• There are no default SAPs. All SAPs in subscriber services must be created.
• The default administrative state for a SAP at creation time is administratively
enabled.
• When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be
deleted. For Internet Enhanced Service (IES), the IP interface must be shutdown
before the SAP on that interface may be removed.
• A SAP is owned by and associated with the service in which it is created in each
ISAM.
• If a port is administratively shutdown, all SAPs on that port will be operationally
out of service.
• A SAP cannot be deleted until it has been administratively disabled (shutdown).
• Each SAP can have one each of the following policies assigned:
• Ingress filter policy
• Egress filter policy

Service Distribution Points (SDPs)

A service distribution point (SDP) acts as a logical way to direct traffic from one
ISAM to another PE through a uni-directional (one-way) service tunnel. The SDP
terminates at the far-end ISAM/service router which directs packets to the correct
service egress SAPs on that device. A distributed service consists of a configuration
with at least one SAP on a local node, one SAP on a remote node, and an SDP
binding the service to the service tunnel.
An SDP has the following characteristics:
• An SDP is locally unique to a participating ISAM. The same SDP ID can appear
on other service routers/ISAMs.
• An SDP uses the system IP address to identify the far-end PE.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

• An SDP is not specific to any one service or any type of service. Once an SDP is
created, services are bound to the SDP. An SDP can also have more than one
service type associated with it.
• All services mapped to an SDP use the same transport encapsulation type defined
for the SDP (i.e MPLS).
• An SDP is a management entity. Even though the SDP configuration and the
services carried within are independent, they are related objects. Operations on
the SDP affect all the services associated with the SDP. For example, the
operational and administrative state of an SDP controls the state of services
bound to the SDP.

An SDP from the local device to a far-end PE requires a return path SDP from the
far-end PE back to the local ISAM. Each device must have an SDP defined for every
remote PE to which it wants to provide service. SDPs must be created first, before a
distributed service can be configured.

Figure 2-3 SDP

SAP
Customer Cust-27
3/1/6
27
dot1q

Service SDP IP/MPLS Network

SAP
Customer
2/2/3
27
dot1q

ALA-A

SDP Bindings
To configure a distributed service from ALA-A to ALA-B, the SDP ID must be
specified in the service creation process in order to “bind” the service to the tunnel
(the SDP). Otherwise, service traffic is not directed to a far-end point and the far-end
PE (ISAM or service router) cannot participate in the service (there is no service). To
configure a distributed service from ALA-B to ALA-A, the SDP ID must be
specified.
Spoke and Mesh SDPs
When an SDP is bound to a service, it is bound as either a spoke SDP or a mesh SDP.
The type of SDP indicates how flooded traffic is transmitted.
A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where
flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other
spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
All mesh SDPs bound to a service are logically treated like a single bridge “port” for
flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is
replicated to other “ports” (spoke SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh
SDPs.
SDP Encapsulation Types

2-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

The Alcatel-Lucent service model uses encapsulation tunnels through the core to
interconnect with service edge routers. An SDP is a logical way of referencing the
entrance to an encapsulation tunnel. The following encapsulation types are
supported: Layer 2 with LDP signaled.

MPLS
Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) encapsulation has the following
characteristics:
• LSPs (label switched paths) are used through the network.These paths define how
traffic traverses the network from point A to B.
Paths can be manually defined or are based on the routing protocol (for example,
OSPF).
• An ISAM supports both signaled LSPs and non-signaled LSPs through the
network.
• Non-signaled paths are defined at each hop through the network.
• Signaled paths are communicated via protocol
Because services are carried in encapsulation tunnels and an SDP is an entrance
to the tunnel, an SDP has an implicit maximum transmission unit (MTU) value.
The MTU for the service tunnel can affect and interact with the MTU supported
on the physical port where the SAP is defined.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.5 Service Creation Process Overview

Figure 2-4 displays the overall process to provision core and subscriber services.

Figure 2-4 Service Creation and Implementation Flow

START

PERFORM PREREQUISITE CONFIGURATIONS: CORE

CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS, SDPs, QoS POLICIES, SERVICES
FILTER POLICIES,LSPs

ACCESS OPERATOR CONSOLE GUI SUBSCRIBER

OR CLI VIA TELNET OR DIRECT ATTACHMENT SERVICES

CREATE SERVICE TYPE, SPECIFYING SERVICE ID AND CUSTOMER ID

CONFIGURE SAP/INTERFACE

DEFINE PORT-ID

ASSOCIATE POLICIES

ASSOCIATE SDP
(for distributed services)

ENABLE

2-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.6 Deploying and Provisioning Services

The service model provides a logical and uniform way of constructing connectivity
services. The basic steps for deploying and provisioning services can be broken
down into three phases.

Phase 1: Core Network Construction

Before the services are provisioned, the following tasks should be completed:
• Build the IP or IP/MPLs core network.
• Configure routing protocols.
• Configure MPLS LSPs (if MPLS is used).
• Construct the core SDP service tunnel mesh for the services.

Phase 2: Service Administration

Perform preliminary policy configurations and SDP configurations to control traffic
flow, operator access, and to manage fault conditions and alarm messages.

Phase 3: Service Provisioning

• Provision customer account information.

• Provision the customer services on the ISAM by defining SAPs, and then by
binding the service to appropriate SDPs as necessary.

2.7 Configuration Notes

This section describes service configuration caveats.

General
Service provisioning tasks can be logically separated into two main functional areas,
core tasks and subscriber tasks and are typically performed prior to provisioning a
subscriber service.
Core tasks include the following:
• Create customer accounts
• Create LSPs
• Create SDPs
Subscriber services tasks include the following:
• Create Epipe, VLL, IES, VPLS, or VPRN services
• Configure interfaces (where required) and SAPs
• Bind SDPs

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.8 Configuring Global Service Entities with CLI

This section provides information to create subscriber (customer) accounts and

configure Service Distribution Points (SDPs) using the Command Line Interface
(CLI).
Topics include:
• Service Model Entities
• Configuring Customers
• Configuring an SDP
• Service Management Tasks

Service Model Entities

The Alcatel-Lucent service model uses logical entities to construct a service. The
service model contains four main entities to configure a service.
• Service Distribution Points (SDPs)
• Services:
• Configuring a VPLS Service with CLI
• Configuring a VLL Service with CLI
• Configuring an IES Service with CLI
• Configuring a VPRN Service with CLI
• Service Access Points (SAPs)
• Configuring SAP Parameters

Configuring Customers
When configuring a service in the ISAM system, a customer ID is specified. The
customer ID is reserved for future extensions to ISAM, and therefore the default
value 1can be used, or a customer ID can be optionally created with another value.
Optional customer ID parameters include:
• Description
• Contact name
Use the following CLI syntax to create and input customer information:
configure>service# customer customer-id [create]
contact contact-information
description description-string

The following displays a basic customer account configuration:

A:ALA-12>configure>service# info
-------------------------------------------
...
customer 5 create
description “Alcatel Customer”
contact “Technical Support”
...
-------------------------------------------
A:A:ALA-12>configure>service#

2-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Configuring an SDP
The most basic SDP must have the following:
• A locally unique SDP identification (ID) number.
• The system IP address of the originating PE and the far-end PE.
• An SDP encapsulation type -=MPLS.

SDP Configuration Tasks

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure SDPs and provides the CLI commands.
Consider the following SDP characteristics:
• SDPs can only be created with encapsulation type MPLS.
• Each distributed service must have an SDP defined for every remote PE to
provide VLL, VPLS, and VPRN services.
• A distributed service must be bound to an SDP. By default, no SDP is associated
with a service. Once an SDP is created, services can be associated to that SDP.
• An SDP is not specific or exclusive to any one service or any type of service. An
SDP can have more than one service bound to it.
• The SDP IP address must be a peer PE system IP address.
• In order to configure an MPLS SDP, LSPs must be configured first and then the
LSP-to- SDP association must be explicitly created.
• In the SDP configuration, automatic ingress and egress labeling (targeted LDP)
is enabled by default. Ingress VC labels and egress VC labels are signaled over a
TLDP connection between two PEs.
Note that if signaling is disabled for an SDP, then services using that SDP must
configure ingress vc-labels and egress vc-labels manually.

To configure a basic SDP, perform the following steps:

1 Specify an originating node.
2 Create an SDP ID.
3 Specify an encapsulation type.
4 Specify a far-end node.

Configuring an SDP

Note — When you specify the far-end ip address, you are creating the
tunnel. In essence, you are creating the path from Point A to Point B.
When you configure a distributed service, you must identify an SDP
ID. Use the show service sdp command to display the qualifying
SDPs.

When specifying MPLS SDP parameters, you can only specify a static LSP name or
enable LDP. There cannot be 2 methods of transport in a single SDP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Static LSPs are configured in the configure>router>mpls context. See the FD

100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub MPLS Guide for configuration and command
information.
Use the following CLI syntax to create a MPLS SDP:
configure>service>sdp sdp-id mpls create
description description-string
far-end ip-address
ldp (when using ldp)
lsp lsp-name [lsp-name] (when using static lsp)
path-mtu octets signaling {off|tldp}
no shutdown

The following displays an LSP-signalled MPLS SDP, and an LDP-signalled MPLS

SDP configuration.
A:ALA-12>configure>service# info
-------------------------------------------
...
sdp 8 mpls create
description "MPLS-10.10.10.104"
far-end 10.10.10.104
lsp "to-104"
no shutdown
exit
sdp 104 mpls create
description "MPLS-10.10.10.94"
far-end 10.10.10.94
ldp
no shutdown
exit

Service Management Tasks

This section discusses the following service management tasks:
• Modifying Customer Accounts
• Deleting Customers
• Modifying SDPs
• Deleting SDPs
• Modifying LSPs
• Deleting LSPs

Modifying Customer Accounts

To access a specific customer account, you must specify the customer ID.
To display a list of customer IDs, use the show service customer command.
Enter the parameter (description, contact, phone) and then enter the new information.
configure>service# customer customer-id [create]
[no] contact contact-information
[no] description description-string

Deleting Customers
The no form of the customer command removes a customer ID and all associated
information. All service references to the customer must be shut down and deleted
before a customer account can be deleted.

2-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

configure>service# [no] customer customer-id

Modifying SDPs
To access a specific SDP, you must specify the SDP ID. To display a list of SDPs,
use the show service sdp command. Enter the parameter, such as description,
far-end, and lsp, and then enter the new information.
Note — Once created, you cannot modify the SDP encapsulation
type.

configure>service# sdp sdp-id

Example:
configure>service# sdp 79
configure>service>sdp# description "Path-to-107"
configure>service>sdp# shutdown
configure>service>sdp# far-end "10.10.10.107"
configure>service>sdp# path-mtu 1503
configure>service>sdp# no shutdown

Deleting SDPs
The no form of the sdp command removes an SDP ID and all associated information.
Before an SDP can be deleted, the SDP must be shutdown and removed (unbound)
from all customer services where it is applied.
configure>service# no sdp 79

Example:
configure>service# epipe 5 spoke-sdp 79:5
configure>service>epipe>sdp# shutdown
configure>service>epipe>sdp# exit
configure>service>epipe# exit
configure>service# no sdp 79

Modifying LSPs
Although the CLI command descriptions are discussed in the MPLS CLI guide, the
syntax is repeated in this section as a quick reference.
To display a list of static LSPs, use the show router mpls static-lsp command.
configure>router>mpls# static-lsp lsp-name

Example:
configure>router>mpls# static-lsp to-headquarters
configure>router>mpls>static-lsp# push 105 nexthop 138.3.5.27
configure>router>mpls>static-lsp# to 1.1.1.1
configure>router>mpls>static-lsp# no shutdown

Deleting LSPs
The no form of the lsp command removes an LSP ID and all associated information.
Before an LSP can be deleted, the LSP must be removed from all SDP associations.
The SDP must be administratively disabled before deleting LSPs.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

configure>router# mpls
[no] static-lsp lsp-name
shutdown

configure>service# sdp sdp-id

[no] lsp lsp-name

Example:
configure>service# sdp 79
configure>service>sdp# no lsp 123
configure>service>sdp# exit all
# configure router
configure>router# mpls
configure>router>mpls# static-lsp 123
configure>router>mpls>static-lsp# shutdown
configure>router>mpls>static-lsp# exit
configure>router>mpls# no static-lsp 123

2.9 Basic Configuration

The most basic service configuration must have the following:

• A customer ID
• A service type
• A service ID
• A SAP identifying a port and encapsulation value
• An interface (where required) identifying an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast
address.
• For distributed services: an associated SDP
The following example provides an Epipe service configuration displaying the SDP
and Epipe service entities. SDP ID 2 was created with the far-end node 10.10.10.104.
Epipe ID 6000 was created for customer ID 6 which uses the SDP ID 2.
A:ALA-B>configure>service# info detail
#------------------------------------------
...
sdp 2 mpls create
description "MPLS-10.10.10.104"
far-end 10.10.10.104
signaling tldp
path-mtu 4462
no shutdown
exit

epipe 6000 customer 6 create

service-mtu 1514
sap lt:1/1/2:0 create
no shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 2:6111 create
no shutdown
exit
no shutdown
exit

2-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.10 Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management

Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (ETH-CFM) is defined in two similar

standards: IEEE 802.1ag and ITU-T Y.1731. They both specify protocols,
procedures, and managed objects to support transport fault management, including
discovery and verification of the path, detection and isolation of a connectivity fault
for each Ethernet service instance.
The configuration is split into multiple areas. There is the base ETH-CFM
configuration which defines the different Management constructs and administrative
elements. This is performed in the ETH-CFM context. The individual management
points are configure within the specific service contexts in which they are applied.
The IHUB Services Guide will provide the basic service applicable material to build
the service specific management points, MEPs and MIPs. The different service types
support a subset of the features from the complete ETH-CFM suite.
The troubleshooting tools ETH-LBM/LBR, LTM/LTR defined by the IEEE 802.1ag
specification and the ITU-T Y.1731 recommendation are applicable to all MEPs
(MIPs where appropriate).
The advanced notification function AIS defined by the ITU-T Y. and the advanced
performance functions, 1DM, DMM/DMR and SLM/SLR are not supported on
MEPs configured on v-VPLS and VPLS service.
For a description of the individual features and functions that are supported by the
Ethernet-CFM, please refer to the FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub System,
Management and OAM Guide.

Table 2-1 Acronym callout

Acronym Description

CCM Continuity check message

CFM Connectivity fault management

ETH-CFM Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management

LBM Loopback message

LBR Loopback reply

LTM Linktrace message

LTR Linktrace reply

ME Maintenance entity

MA Maintenance association

MA-ID Maintenance association identifier

MD Maintenance domain

MEP Maintenance association end point

MEP-ID Maintenance association end point identifier

MHF MIP half function

MIP Maintenance domain intermediate point

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-15
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Acronym Description

OpCode Operational Code

RDI Remote Defect Indication

(2 of 2)

ETH-CFM capabilities may be deployed in many different Ethernet service

architectures. The Ethernet based SAPs and SDP bindings provide the endpoint on
which the management points may be created. The basic functions can be used in
VPLS and v-VPLS.
The following functions are supported:
• CFM can be enabled or disabled on a SAP or SDP bindings basis.
• The eight ETH-CFM levels are suggested to be broken up numerically between
customers 7-5, service provider 4-3 and Operator 2-1. These can be configured,
deleted or modified.
• Up and/or down MEP with an MEP-ID on a SAP and SDP binding for each MD
level can be configured, modified, or deleted. Each MEP is uniquely identified by
the MA-ID, MEP-ID tuple.
• MEP creation on a SAP is allowed only for Ethernet ports (with null, q-tags, qinq
encapsulations).
• MIP creation on a SAP and SDP binding for each MD level can be enabled and
disabled. MIP creation is automatic or manual when it is enabled. When MIP
creation is disabled for an MD level, the existing MIP is removed.
• MIP creation is not supported on mesh SDP binding

Following are the key configurations for the Ethernet Connectivity Fault
Management. The MD and the MA are configured at system level while MEP and
MIP are configured on SAPs and SDPs of specific service instances.
Configuration of MEP and MIP in v-VPLS and VPLS is detailed in “Configuring
Management Points (MEPs/MIPs) for Ethernet CFM on SAPs”.
• Maintenance Domain (MD):
An MD contains one or more MAs that have the same MD level. There can be
three types of domains: customer domain, provider domain, and operator domain.
Each domain can be an OAM MD and can have one or more MAs.
MD level is an important CFM concept. Eight MD levels (0-7) are defined in
CFM. Level 0 is the lowest level; Level 7 is the highest level.
• Maintenance Association (MA):
A set of Maintenance End Points (MEPs) that have the same MA identifier
(MAID) and maintenance domain (MD) level within one service instance to
verify the integrity of the service.
• MA Endpoint (MEP):
MEPs initiate and terminate CFM messages, and are the origination and
termination points of the CFM operations.
• MD Intermediate Point (MIP):
MIPs receive CFM messages and respond to the originating MEP. A MIP never
initiates messages and does not expect any messages. MIPs respond to loopback
and link trace messages.

2-16 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Configuring ETH-CFM with CLI

This section provides information to configure global ETH-CFM parameters using
the Command Line Interface (CLI).
Topics in this section include:
• Create a Maintenance Domain
• Create a Maintenance Association

Create a Maintenance Domain

The first step in enabling CFM is to create the MD. Each MD created in the system
has an index, a name, and an MD level. When defining an MD in a system, the level
of the MD must be specified. One MD can contain one or more Maintenance
Associations (MAs). All MAs that belong to the same MD have the same MD level.
Use the following CLI syntax to create a Maintenance Domain.
configure>eth-cfm# info
----------------------------------------------
domain 10 format none level 0
exit

Create a Maintenance Association

After the MD has been created, the MA can be created under the MD. Three items
must be explicitly configured in the MA definition:
• MA Name:
The MAID is formed by the MA name and the MD level.
• Bridge Identification:
The identification of the service in which the MA is deployed
• Remote MEP ID:
The list of IDs for all remote MEPs that belong to this MA.

Use the following CLI Syntax to create a Maintenance Association

config>eth-cfm# info
----------------------------------------------
domain 10 format none level 0
association 1 format string name "vpls5"
bridge-identifier 10
remote-mepid 1
exit
exit

After the MD and MAs are created, the MEP can be created under the SAP in the
V-VPLS or VPLS service instances. When creating the MEP, MDs and MAs are
associated.
Each MA defined in an MD has a complete view of all of its MEPs. All remote MEPs
have their IDs listed under the MA configuration. The local MEP is associated with
the MA under the configuration of the VPLS/ v-VPLS SAP, allowing the MA to be
aware of all member MEPs in its MEP mesh.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-17
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

2.11 Global Services Command Reference

Command Hierarchies

• Customer Management Commands

• Show Commands

Customer Management Commands

configure
— service
— customer customer-id [create]
— [no] customer customer-id
— contact contact-information
— no contact contact-information
— description description-string
— no description
— sdp sdp-id mpls
— no sdp sdp-id
— [no] adv-mtu-override
— description description-string
— no description
— far-end ip-addr
— no far-end
— [no] ldp
— [no] lsp lsp-name
— path-mtu octets
— no path-mtu
— signaling [off | tldp]
— no shutdown

Ethernet CFM Global Commands

configure
— eth-cfm
— domain md-index [format {dns | mac | none | string}]
name md-name level level
— domain md-index
— no domain md-index
— association ma-index [format {icc-based | integer |
string | vid | vpn-id}] name ma-name
— association ma-index
— no association ma-index
— [no] bridge-identifier bridge-id
— mhf-creation {default | none | explicit}

2-18 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

— no mhf-creation
— ccm-interval interval
— no ccm-interval
— [no] remote-mepid mep-id

Show Commands

show
— service
— customer [customer-id] [site customer-site-name]
— service-using [epipe] [ies] [vpls] [vprn] [mirror] [v-vpls]
[m-vpls] [sdp sdp-id] [customer customer-id]
— sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
— sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]

2.12 Global Service Commands

The following commands are explained below:

• Generic Commands
• Customer Management Commands
• Show Commands

Generic Commands

description

Table 2-2 description command

Item Description

Syntax description description-string

no description

Context configure>service>customer
configure>service>sdp sdp-id
Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to
help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default No description associated with the configuration context.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-19
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Parameters description-string — The description character string. Allowed values are any string
up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

(2 of 2)

Customer Management Commands

customer

Table 2-3 customer command

Item Description

Syntax customer customer-id [create]

no customer customer-id
Context configure>service

Description This command creates a customer ID and customer context used to associate
information with a particular customer. Services can later be associated with this
customer at the service level.
Each customer-id must be unique. The create keyword must follow each new
customer customer-id entry.
Enter an existing customer customer-id (without the create keyword) to edit the
customer’s parameters.
Default customer 1 always exists on the system and cannot be deleted.
The no form of this command removes a customer-id and all associated information.
Before removing a customer-id, all references to that customer in all services must be
deleted or changed to a different customer ID.

Parameters customer-id — Specifies the ID number to be associated with the customer,

expressed as an integer.
Values: 1...2147483647

contact

Table 2-4 contact command

Item Description

Syntax contact contact-information

no contact contact-information

Context configure>service>customer

(1 of 2)

2-20 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Description This command allows you to configure contact information for a customer.
Include any customer-related contact information such as a technician’s name or
account contract name.

Default No contact information is associated with the customer-id.

The no form of this command removes the contact information from the customer ID.

Parameters contact-information — The customer contact information entered as an ASCII

character string up to 80 characters in length. If the string contains special characters
(#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Any
printable, seven bit ASCII characters may be used within the string.

(2 of 2)

SDP Commands

sdp

Table 2-5 sdp command

Item Description
Syntax sdp sdp-id mpls
no sdp sdp-id

Context configure>service

Description This command creates or edits a Service Distribution Point (SDP). SDPs must be
explicitly configured.
An SDP is a logical mechanism that ties a far-end ISAM to a particular service without
having to specifically define far end SAPs. Each SDP represents a method to reach a
ISAM router.
ISAM supports both signaled and non-signaled Label Switched Paths (LSPs) through
the network. Non-signaled paths are defined at each hop through the network.
Signaled paths are communicated via ldp protocol.
SDPs are created and then bound to services. Many services may be bound to a single
SDP. The operational and administrative state of the SDP controls the state of the SDP
binding to the service.
If sdp-id does not exist, a new SDP is created. When creating an SDP, the mpls
keyword must be specified. SDPs are created in the admin down state (shutdown)
and the no shutdown command must be executed once all relevant parameters are
defined and before the SDP can be used.
If sdp-id exists, the current CLI context is changed to that SDP for editing and
modification. For editing an existing SDP, the mpls keyword is not specified. If the
keyword is specified for an existing sdp-id, an error is generated and the context of
the CLI will not be changed to the specified sdp-id.
The no form of this command deletes the specified SDP. Before an SDP can be
deleted, it must be administratively down (shutdown) and not bound to any services.
If the specified SDP is bound to a service, the no sdp command will fail generating
an error message specifying the first bound service found during the deletion process.
If the specified sdp-id does not exist an error will be generated.

Default none

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-21
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP identifier.

Values: 1...17407

mpls — Specifies the SDP will use MPLS encapsulation and one or more LSP tunnels
to reach the far-end ISAM. Multiple MPLS SDPs may be created to a given destination
ISAM. Multiple MPLS SDPs to a single destination ISAM are helpful when they use
divergent paths.

(2 of 2)

adv-mtu-override

Table 2-6 adv-mtu-override command

Item Description

Syntax [no] adv-mtu-override

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command overrides the advertised VC-type MTU. When enabled, the ISAM
signals a VC MTU equal to the service MTU (includes the Layer 2 header). Under
normal operations it will advertise the service MTU minus the Layer 2 header. In the
receive direction, it will accept either one.
The no form of the command disables the VC-type MTU override.

Default no adv-mtu-override

far-end

Table 2-7 far-end command

Item Description

Syntax far-end ip-address

no far-end

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

(1 of 2)

2-22 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Description This command configures the system IP address of the far-end destination ISAM
router for the Service Distribution Point (SDP) that is the termination point for a
service.
The far-end IP address must be explicitly configured. The destination IP address must
be a ISAM system IP address.
The far-end ip-address is used to check LSP names when added to the SDP. If the
“to IP address” defined within the LSP configuration does not exactly match the SDP
far-end ip-address, the LSP will not be added to the SDP and an error will be
generated.
An SDP cannot be administratively enabled until a far-end ip-address is defined. The
SDP is operational when it is administratively enabled (no shutdown) and the
far-end ip-address is contained in the IGP routing table as a host route. OSPF ABRs
should not summarize host routes between areas. This can cause SDPs to become
operationally down. Static host routes (direct and indirect) can be defined in the local
ISAM to alleviate this issue.
The no form of this command removes the currently configured destination IP
address for the SDP. The ip-address parameter is not specified and will generate an
error if used in the no far-end command. The SDP must be administratively disabled
using the configure service sdp shutdown command before the no far-end
command can be executed. Removing the far-end IP address will cause all lsp-name
associations with the SDP to be removed.

Default none

Parameters ip-address — The system address of the far-end ISAM for the SDP in dotted decimal
notation.

(2 of 2)

ldp

Table 2-8 ldp command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ldp

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command enables LDP-signaled LSPs on MPLS-encapsulated SDPs.

In MPLS SDP configurations either one LSP can be specified or LDP can be enabled.
The SDP ldp and lsp commands are mutually exclusive. If an LSP is specified on an
MPLS SDP, then LDP cannot be enabled on the SDP. To enable LDP on the SDP when
an LSP is already specified, the LSP must be removed from the configuration using
the no lsp lsp-name command.
Alternatively, if LDP is already enabled on an MPLS SDP, then an LSP cannot be
specified on the SDP. To specify an LSP on the SDP, the LDP must be disabled. The
LSP must have already been created in the configure>router>mpls context with
a valid far-end IP address.

Default no ldp (disabled)

lsp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-23
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Table 2-9 lsp command

Item Description

Syntax lsp lsp-name

no lsp lsp-name

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command creates associations between one or more label switched paths (LSPs)
and an Multi- Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Service Distribution Point (SDP). This
command is implemented only on MPLS-type encapsulated SDPs.
In MPLS SDP configurations either one LSP can be specified or LDP can be enabled.
The SDP ldp and lsp commands are mutually exclusive. If an LSP is specified on an
MPLS SDP, then LDP cannot be enabled on the SDP. To enable LDP on the SDP when
an LSP is already specified, the LSP must be removed from the configuration using
the no lsp lsp-name command.
Alternatively, if LDP is already enabled on an MPLS SDP, then an LSP cannot be
specified on the SDP. To specify an LSP on the SDP, the LDP must be disabled. The
LSP must have already been created in the configure>router>mpls context. with
a valid far-end IP address.
If no LSP is associated with an MPLS SDP, the SDP cannot enter the operationally up
state. The SDP can be administratively enabled (no shutdown) with no LSP
associations. The lsp-name may be shutdown, causing the association with the SDP
to be operationally down (the LSP will not be used by the SDP).
LSP SDPs also require that the TLDP signaling is specified.
The no form of this command deletes the LSP association from an SDP. If the
lsp-name does not exist as an association or as a configured LSP, no error is returned.
An lsp-name must be removed from all SDP associations before the lsp-name can be
deleted from the system. The SDP must be administratively disabled (shutdown)
before the last lsp-name association with the SDP is deleted.

Default none
Parameters lsp-name — The name of the LSP to associate with the SDP. An LSP name is case
sensitive and is limited to 32 ASCII 7-bit printable characters with no spaces. If an
exact match of lsp-name does not already exist as a defined LSP, an error message
is generated. If thelsp-name does exist and the LSP to IP address matches the SDP
far-end IP address, the association is created.

path-mtu

Table 2-10 path-mtu command

Item Description

Syntax path-mtu octets

no path-mtu

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command configures the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) in bytes that the
Service Distribution Point (SDP) can transmit to the far-end ISAM router without
packet dropping or IP fragmentation overriding the SDP-type default path-mtu.
The default SDP-type path-mtu can be overridden on a per-SDP basis.
The no form of this command removes any path-mtu defined on the SDP and the
SDP will use the system default for the SDP type.

(1 of 2)

2-24 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Default The default path-mtu defined on the system for the type of SDP is used.

(2 of 2)

signaling

Table 2-11 signaling command

Item Description

Syntax signaling {off | tldp}

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress
labels in frames transmitted and received on the SDP. When signaling is off then
labels are manually configured when the SDP is bound to a service. The signalling
value can only be changed while the administrative status of the SDP is down.
The no form of this command is not applicable. To modify the signaling configuration,
the SDP must be administratively shut down and then the signaling parameter can be
modified and re-enabled.

Default tdlp

Parameters off — Ingress and egress signal auto-labeling is not enabled. If this parameter is
selected, then each service using the specified SDP must manually configure VPN
labels. This configuration is independent of the SDP’s transport type, GRE, MPLS
(RSVP or LDP).

tldp — Ingress and egress signalling auto labelling is enabled.

shutdown

Table 2-12 shutdown command

Item Description

Syntax signaling {off | tldp}

Context configure>service>sdp sdp-id

Description This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not
change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any
entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be
deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no
shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then
tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and
service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-25
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Special Cases Service Admin State - Bindings to an SDP within the service will be put into the
out-of-service state when the service is shutdown. While the service is shutdown, all
customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging
purposes.

SDP (global) - When an SDP is shutdown at the global service level, all bindings to
that SDP are put into the out-of-service state and the SDP itself is put into the
administratively and operationally down states. Packets that would normally be
transmitted using this SDP binding will be discarded and counted as dropped packets.

SDP (service level) - Shutting down an SDP within a service only affects traffic on
that service from entering or being received from the SDP. The SDP itself may still be
operationally up for other services.

(2 of 2)

Ethernet CFM Global Commands

eth-cfm

Table 2-13 eth-cfm command

Item Description
Syntax eth-cfm

Context configure

Description This command enables the context to configure 802.1ag CFM parameters

domain

Table 2-14 domain command

Item Description

Syntax domain md-index [format {dns | mac | none | string}] name md-name level
level
domain md-index
no domain md-index

Context configure>eth-cfm

Description This command configures Connectivity Fault Maintenance Domain parameters.

The no form of the command removes the MD index parameters from the
configuration.

(1 of 2)

2-26 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Parameters md-index — Specifies the Maintenance Domain (MD) index value.

Values: 1...4294967295

format {dns | mac | none | string} — Specifies a value that represents the type
(format).
Values:
• dns: Specifies the DNS name format.
• mac: X:X:X:X:X:X-u
where:
X: [0...FF]h
u: [0...65535]d
• none: Specifies a Y.1731 domain format and the only format allowed to execute
Y.1731 specific functions
• string: Specifies an ASCII string.

Default: string

name md-name - Specifies a generic Maintenance Domain (MD) name.

Values: 1...43 characters

level level - Specifies the integer identifying the maintenance domain level (MD
Level). Higher numbers correspond to higher maintenance domains, those with the
greatest physical reach, with the highest values for customers' CFM packets. Lower
numbers correspond to lower maintenance domains, those with more limited physical
reach, with the lowest values for single bridges or physical links.
Values: 0...7

(2 of 2)

association

Table 2-15 association command

Item Description

Syntax association ma-index [format {icc-based | integer |string | vid | vpn-id}]

name ma-name
association ma-index
no association ma-index

Context configure>eth-cfm>domain

Description This command configures the Maintenance Association (MA) for the domain
The no form of the command removes the MA index parameters from the
configuration.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-27
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Parameters ma-index — Specifies the Maintenance Association (MA) index value.

Values: 1...4294967295

format {icc-based | integer | string | vid | vpn-id} - Specifies a value that

represents the type (format).
Values:
icc-based: Allows for exactly a 13 character name.
integer: 0...65535 (integer value 0 means the MA is not attached to a VID.)
string: raw ascii
vid: 0...4095
vpn-id: RFC-2685, Virtual Private Networks Identifier
xxx:xxxx, where x is a value between 00 and FF.
For example 00164D:AABBCCDD
Default: integer

name ma-name - Specifies a generic Maintenance Association (MA) name.

Values: 1...43 characters

(2 of 2)

bridge-identifier

Table 2-16 bridge-identifier command

Item Description

Syntax [no] bridge-identifier bridge-id

Context configure>eth-cfm>domain>association

Description This command configures the service ID for the domain association. The value must
be configured to match the service-id of the service where MEPs for this association
will be created. Note that there is no verification that the service with a matching
service-id exists. This is not used for facility MEPs as they are not tied to services.
The no form of the command removes the service ID from the domain association.

Parameters bridge-id - Specifies the bridge ID for the domain association.

Values: 1...2147483647

mhf-creation

Table 2-17 mhf-creation command

Item Description

Syntax mhf-creation {default | none | explicit}

no mhf-creation

Context configure>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier

(1 of 2)

2-28 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description

Description This command determines whether to allow automatic MIP creation for the MA
The no form of the command disables automatic MIP creation.

Parameters default: Specifies that MHFs can be created for this VID only on bridge ports through
which this VID can pass without the requirement for a MEP at some lower MA level.
none: Specifies that no MHFs can be created for this VID.
explicit: Specifies that MHFs can be created for this VID only on bridge ports through
which this VID can pass, and only if a MEP is created at some lower MA level. There
must be at least one lower level MEP provisioned on the same SAP or SDP.

(2 of 2)

ccm-interval

Table 2-18 ccm-interval command

Item Description

Syntax ccm-interval interval

no ccm-interval

Context configure>eth-cfm>domain>association
Description This command configures the CCM transmission interval for all MEPs in the
association.
The no form of the command reverts the value to the default.

Default 10 seconds

Parameters interval — Specifies the interval between CCM transmissions to be used by all MEPs
in the MA.
Values: 1 second, 10 seconds, 60 seconds, and 600 seconds

remote-mepid

Table 2-19 remote-mepid command

Item Description

Syntax [no] remote-mepid mep-id

Context configure>eth-cfm>domain>association

Description This command configures the remote maintenance association end point MEP
identifier.

Parameters imep-id — Maintenance association end point identifier of a remote MEP whose
information from the MEP database is to be returned.
Values: 1...8191

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-29
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Show Commands

customer

Table 2-20 customer command

Item Description

Syntax customer [customer-id] [site customer-site-name]

Context show>service

Description Displays service customer information.

Parameters customer-id — Displays only information for the specified customer ID.
Default: All customer IDs display.
Values: 1...2147483647
site customer-site-name — Specifies the customer site which is an anchor point for
an ingress and egress virtual scheduler hierarchy.

Table 2-21 describes the command output fields.

Table 2-21 Show Customer Command Output Fields

Label Description

Customer-ID The ID that uniquely identifies a customer.

Contact The name of the primary contact person.

Description Generic information about the customer.

Total Customers The total number of customers configured.

Site Multi-service site name. A multi-service customer site is a group of SAPs with
common origination and termination points.

Service-ID The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

SAP Specifies the SAP assigned to the service.

service-using

Table 2-22 service-using command

Item Description

Syntax service-using [epipe] [ies] [vpls] [vprn] [mirror] [v-vpls] [m-vpls] sdp sdp-id
[customer customer-id]

(1 of 2)

2-30 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Item Description
Context show>service

Description This command displays the services matching certain usage properties. If no optional
parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.

Parameters epipe — Displays matching Epipe instances

ies — Displays matching IES instances

vpls — Displays matching vpls instances

m-vpls — Displays matching m-vpls instances

v-vpls — Displays matching v-vpls instances

vprn — Displays matching VPRN services

mirror — Displays matching mirror services

sdp sdp-id — Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Default: Services bound to any SDP ID.
Values: 1...17407

customer customer-id — Displays services only associated with the specified

customer ID.
Default: Services associated with a customer.
Values: 1...2147483647

(2 of 2)

Table 2-23 describes the command output fields.

Table 2-23 Show Service Service-using Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

Type Specifies the service type configured for the service ID.

Adm The desired state of the service.

Opr The operating state of the service.

CustomerID The ID of the customer who owns this service.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
service.

Sample output:
*A:ALA-12# show service service-using customer 10
============================================================================
Services
============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 VPLS Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
100 IES Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
300 Epipe Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 3
============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-31
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

*A:ALA-12# show service service-using epipe

============================================================================
Services [epipe]
============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
7 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
8 Epipe Up Up 3 06/22/2006 23:05:58
103 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#

*A:ALA-12# show service service-using

============================================================================
Services
============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 uVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
2 Epipe Up Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
10 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
11 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
100 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
101 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
102 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
999 uVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 16:14:33
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#

sdp

Table 2-24 sdp command

Item Description

Syntax sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail]

Context show>service

Description Displays SDP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is
displayed.

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP ID for which to display information.

Default:All SDPs.
Values: 1 — 17407

far-end ip-address — Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP
address.
Default: SDPs with any far-end IP address.

detail — Displays detailed SDP information.

Default: SDP summary output.

Table 2-25 describes the command output fields.

2-32 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Table 2-25 Show Service SDP Command Output Fields

Label Description

SDP Id The SDP identifier.

Adm MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Opr MTU The actual largest service frame size, in octets. that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.
IP address Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined
by this SDP.

Adm The desired state of the SDP.

Admin State

Opr The operating state of the SDP.

Oper State
Deliver The type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS.

Flags Specifies all the conditions that affect the operating status of this SDP.

Signal The signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in
Signaling frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

Last Status Change The time of the most recent operating status change to this SDP.
Last Mgmt Change The time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SDP.

Number of SDPs The total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified.

Associated LSP List A list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list
must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field.

sdp-using

Table 2-26 sdp-using command

Item Description

Syntax sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]

Context show>service

Description Display services using SDP or far-end address options.

Parameters sdp-id — Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values: 1 — 17407

vc-id — The virtual circuit identifier.

Values: 1 — 4294967295

far-end ip-address — Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP
address.
Default: SDPs with any far-end IP address.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 2-33
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
2 — Services Overview

Table 2-27 describes the command output fields.

Table 2-27 Show Service SDP-using Command Output Fields

Label Description

Svc ID The service identifier.

Sdp ID The SDP identifier.

Type Type of SDP: Spoke or Mesh.

Far End The far end address of the SDP.

Oper State The operational state of the service.

Ingress Label The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by this SDP.

Egress Label The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by this SDP.

2-34 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

3.1 In This Chapter 3-2

3.2 Ethernet Pipe (Epipe) Services 3-2

3.3 VLL Service Considerations 3-4

3.4 Configuring a VLL Service with CLI 3-6

3.5 VLL Services CLI Command Reference 3-13

3.6 VLL Service CLI Configuration Commands 3-15

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

3.1 In This Chapter

This chapter provides information about Virtual Leased Line (VLL) services and
implementation notes.

3.2 Ethernet Pipe (Epipe) Services

Epipe Service Overview

An Epipe service is Alcatel-Lucent’s implementations of an Ethernet VLL based on
the IETF “Martini Drafts” (draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls-08.txt and
draft-martini-l2circuit-encapmpls-04.txt) and the IETF Ethernet Pseudo-wire Draft
(draft-so-pwe3-ethernet-00.txt).
An Epipe service is a layer 2 point-to-point service where the customer data is
encapsulated and transported across a service provider’s IP or MPLS network. An
Epipe service is completely transparent to the subscriber’s data and protocols. The
Epipe service does not perform any MAC learning. A local Epipe service consists of
two SAPs on the same node, whereas a distributed Epipe service consists of two
SAPs on different nodes. Service Distribution Points (SDPs) are not used in local
Epipe services.
This product only supports distributed Epipe service.
Each SAP configuration includes a specific port on which service traffic enters the
ISAM from the customer side (also called the access side). Each port is configured
with an encapsulation type. If a port is configured with an IEEE 802.1Q (referred to
as dot1q) encapsulation, then a unique encapsulation value (ID) must be specified.

Figure 3-1 Epipe/VLL Service

Customer 1 Customer 2

IP/MPLS Network

EPIPE (VLL) Service 1

Customer 1

Customer 2 EPIPE (VLL) Service 2

Traffic Management Support

An aggregate egress rate limiter can be associated to an Epipe service. The rate
limiter applies to traffic associated to the service which egresses on regular ports
(network ports). Committed rate and peak rate are configured, optionally, committed
and peak burst size can be configured.

3-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Ingress and egress network Qos policies are applied to an Epipe service with respect
to the Pseudo-Wire (PW). They apply respectively to traffic received on the PW and
to traffic sent in the PW.
An ingress Qos policy is applied to an E-pipe service with respect to traffic received
from the SAP.
A separate Qos policy is applied to self-generated traffic in the scope of an E-pipe
service.

Pseudo-Wire Redundancy
A Pseudo-Wire over MPLS is protected for failures in the network, by the virtue of
the MPLS tunnel adapting to the IGP topology. An MPLS tunnel is established along
the IGP shortest path. In case an LSR fails, the tunnel is broken and will be
re-established along the newest IGP shortest path.

Figure 3-2 Pseudo wire

ISAM
R1 PE1
IP1
LSP1.1 VLL/
LSR VPLS

VLL/
VPLS

R2
LSP1.2
LSR

As shown in Figure 3-2, a Pseudo-Wire has been established between the ISAM and
PE1. The MPLS tunnel passes through Router R1 as this is the shortest path between
the ISAM and PE1. When LSR R1 fails, the ISAM is informed via IGP routing
protocol messages. The ISAM will look for an alternative Label Switched Path, i.e
the tunnel will swap from LSP1.1 (R1,PE1) to LSP1.2 ( R2,PE1) to reach the router
PE1 where the Pseudo-Wire terminates. This alternative path is chosen based on the
IGP shortest path as LDP signaling is used to set up LSP's.
However, true redundancy for an Epipe through support of active/standby
Pseudo-Wires is not available at present. When required, it is advised to use the
VPLS service (with learning disabled) to emulate an Epipe with active/standby PW
behavior.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

3.3 VLL Service Considerations

This section describes various general service features and any special capabilities or
considerations as they relate to VLL services.

Configuring SDPs
The most basic SDPs must have the following:
• A locally unique SDP identification (ID) number.
• The system IP address of the originating and far-end routers.
• An SDP encapsulation type: MPLS.
The simple three-node network described in Figure 3-3 shows three MPLS SDPs
defned between the nodes. These SDPs connect VPLS1 and VPLS2 instances that
are defined in the three nodes.

Figure 3-3 SDP Statistics for VPLS and VLL Services

SDP 103
VPLS1 LDP VPLS1

VPLS2 VPLS2

PE1
IP/MPLS PE3

SDP 101 SDP 102

LDP LDP

PE2 VPLS1 VPLS2

SAP Encapsulations and Pseudowire Types

The Epipe service is designed to carry Ethernet frame payloads, so it can provide
connectivity between any two SAPs that pass Ethernet frames. The following SAP
encapsulation is supported on the Epipe service:
• Ethernet dot1q
Note that while different encapsulation types do exist, encapsulation mismatching
can occur if the encapsulation behavior is not understood by connecting devices and
are unable to send and receive the expected traffic.

3-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

QoS Policies

Egress Network EXP Marking

A service egress network QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine the
mapping of Flow Class and profile indication to EXP bits. Marking of the EXP bits
in both labels (transport and VC) of the PW is performed. The operator can configure
egress network QoS policy for the service. By default each Epipe service is
associated the default egress network QoS policy: policy ID 1.

Ingress Network Classification

A service ingress network QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine
the Flow Class of each packet, entering via an SDP binding (i.e. PW). The operator
can configure ingress network QoS policy for the service. By default each Epipe
service is associated the default ingress network QoS policy: policy ID 1.

Ingress SAP Classification

A service ingress access QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine the
Flow Class for each packet, entering via a SAP. The operator can configure ingress
access QoS policy for the service. By default each Epipe service is associated the
default ingress access QoS policy: policy ID 1. The classification can be based on the
EXP bits of the VC label or based on the inner p-bits of the encapsulated L2 frames.

Filter Policies
An Epipe service can have a single filter policy associated on both ingress and egress.
Both MAC and IP filter policies can be used on Epipe services.

MAC Resources
Epipe services are point-to-point layer 2 VPNs capable of carrying any Ethernet
payloads. Although an Epipe is a layer 2 service, the ISAM Epipe implementation
does not perform any MAC learning on the service, so Epipe services do not
consume any MAC hardware resources.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

3.4 Configuring a VLL Service with CLI

This section provides information to configure Virtual Leased Line (VLL) services
using the command line interface.
Topics in this section include:
• Common Configuration Tasks
• Creating an Epipe Service
• Using Spoke SDP Control Words
• Service Management Tasks

Common Configuration Tasks

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure the VLL services and provides the CLI commands.
1 Associate the service with a customer ID.
2 Define SAP parameters
Optional - associate egress and ingress filters (configured in configure>filter
context).
3 Define spoke SDP parameters.
4 Optionally configure QoS policies for the service and rate-limiting.
5 Enable the service.

Creating an Epipe Service

Use the following CLI syntax to create an Epipe service.
configure>service# epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
description description-string
no shutdown

The following displays an Epipe configuration example:

A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
-------------------------------------------
...
epipe 500 customer 5 create
description "ALU epipe service"
no shutdown
exit
-------------------------------------------
A:ALA-1>configure>service#

Configure Epipe QoS Attributes

Use the following CLI syntax to configure the Quality of Service attributes for the
Epipe service:
• QoS policy for ingress access side (applicable to the SAP),
• QoS policy for ingress network side and for egress network side (applicable to the
PW),

3-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

• QoS policy for self-generated traffic,

• rate limiter for egress side.
configure>service# epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
egress
rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate
[cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit
egress-network
qos policy-id
no qos
ingress
qos policy-id
no qos

ingress-network
qos policy-id
no qos
sgt-qos policy-id
no sgt-qos

Configure Epipe Service MTU Attribute

Use the following CLI syntax to configure the MTU for the Epipe service.
configure>service# epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
service-mtu octets
no service-mtu

Configuring Epipe SAP Parameters

Filter policies are configured in the configure>filter context and explicitly applied
to a SAP. There are no default filter policies.
Use the following CLI syntax to create Distributed Epipe SAPs
configure>service# epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
sap sap-id
description description-string
no shutdown
egress
filter {ip ip-filter-name|mac mac-filter-name}
ingress
filter {ip ip-filter-name|mac mac-filter-name}

Distributed Epipe SAPs

To configure a distributed Epipe service, you must configure service entities on the
originating and far-end nodes. You must use the same service ID on both ends (for
example, Epipe 5500 on ALA-1 and Epipe 5500 on ALA-2). The spoke-sdp
sdp-id:vc-id must match on both sides. A distributed Epipe consists of two SAPs on
different nodes.
Ingress and egress SAP parameters can be applied to the distributed Epipe service
SAPs.
For SDP configuration information, see “Configuring SDPs”. For SDP binding
information, see “Configuring SDP Bindings”.
This example configures a distributed service between ALA-1 and ALA-2.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

A:ALA-1> configure>service# epipe 5500 customer 5 create

configure>service>epipe$ description "Distributed epipe service to east coast"
configure>service>epipe# sap lt:1/1/1:550 create
configure>service>epipe>sap# ingress
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# filter ip 1
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# exit
configure>service>epipe>sap# egress
configure>service>epipe>sap>egress# filter ip 2
configure>service>epipe>sap>egress# exit
configure>service>epipe>sap# no shutdown
configure>service>epipe>sap# exit
configure>service>epipe#

A:ALA-2>configure>service# epipe 5500 customer 5 create

configure>service>epipe$ description "Distributed epipe service to west coast"
configure>service>epipe# sap lt:1/1/4:550 create
configure>service>epipe>sap# ingress
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# filter ip 1020
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# exit
configure>service>epipe>sap# egress
configure>service>epipe>sap>egress# filter ip 6
configure>service>epipe>sap>egress# exit
configure>service>epipe>sap# no shutdown
configure>service>epipe#

The following example displays the SAP configurations for ALA-1 and ALA-2:
A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
epipe 5500 customer 5 create
description "Distributed epipe service to east coast"
sap lt:1/1/1:550 create
ingress
filter ip 1
exit
egress
filter ip 2
exit
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-1>configure>service#

A:ALA-2>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
epipe 5500 customer 5 create
description "Distributed epipe service to west coast"
sap lt:1/1/4:550 create
ingress
filter ip 1020
exit
egress
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-2>configure>service#

Configure ‘restricted-tagging’ on an SAP

When 'restricted-tagging' is enabled on a SAP, only double-vlan-tagged packets
arriving at the SAP will be forwarded. Packets with outer TPID as 0x8100 and inner
TPID 0x8100 are alone considered as double-vlan-tagged packets.
The following example displays restricted-tagging configuration:

3-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default epipe description for service id 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:4 create
description "Default sap description for service id 2100"
restricted-tagging
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

To disable restricted-tagging, use the no restricted-tagging command.

*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default epipe description for service id 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:4 create
description "Default sap description for service id 2100"
no restricted-tagging
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

Configuring SDP Bindings

Figure 3-4 displays an example of a distributed Epipe service configuration between
two routers, identifying the service and customer IDs, and the uni-directional SDPs
required to communicate to the far-end routers.

Figure 3-4 SDPs — Uni-Directional Tunnels

ALA-1 ALA-2
SDP 3
demux
SPOKE-SDP 3
Epipe 2 for
SDP 2 customer 6

SPOKE-SDP 2
Epipe 2 for demux
customer 6

Use the following CLI syntax to create a spoke SDP binding with an Epipe service:
configure>service# epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id [vc-type {ether|vlan}]
vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
egress
vc-label egress-vc-label
ingress
vc-label ingress-vc-label
no shutdown

The following example displays the command usage to bind an Epipe service
between ALA-1 and ALA-2. This example assumes the SAPs have already been
configured (see “Distributed Epipe SAPs”).
A:ALA-1>configure>service# epipe 5500
configure>service>epipe# spoke-sdp 2:123
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# egress
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress# vc-label 5500
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress# exit
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# ingress
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress# vc-label 6600
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress# exit

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# no shutdown

ALA-2>configure>service# epipe 5500

configure>service>epipe# spoke-sdp 2:123
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# egress
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress# vc-label 6600
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress# exit
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# ingress
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress# vc-label 5500
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress# exit
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# no shutdown

This example displays the SDP binding for the Epipe service between ALA-1 and
ALA-2:
A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
epipe 5500 customer 5 create
description "Distributed epipe service to east coast"
sap lt:1/1/1:21 create
ingress
filter ip 1
exit
egress
filter ip 2
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 2:123 create
ingress
vc-label 6600
exit
egress
vc-label 5500
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-1>configure>service#

A:ALA-2>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
exit
epipe 5500 customer 5 create
description "Distributed epipe service to west coast"
sap lt:1/1/4:550 create
ingress
filter ip 1020
exit
egress
filter ip 6
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 2:456 create
ingress
vc-label 5500
exit
egress
vc-label 6600
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-2>configure>service#

3-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Using Spoke SDP Control Words

When control word is enabled, the Admin Control Word is set to Preferred. It is
necessary that both sides of the VLL have control word enabled or disabled for the
pipe to be up.
The control word state will be set to True or False depending on what is configured
on both sides of the VLL, either enabled (True) or disabled (False). When both sides
are enabled (True) then the state is True. If one side is enabled (True) but the other
side is disabled (False), then the state is False.
Note that VCCV ping is a multi-segment pseudowire. For a single-hop pseudowire,
only the peer VCCV CC bit of the control word is advertised when the control word
is enabled on the pseudowire. VCCV ping on multi-segment pseudowires require
that the control word be enabled in all segments of the VLL.
If the control word is not enabled on spoke SDP it will not be signaled peer VCCV
CC bits to the far end, consequently VCCV ping cannot be successfully initiated on
that specific spoke SDP.
The following displays a spoke SDP control word configuration example:
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default epipe description for service id 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:4 create
description "Default sap description for service id 2100"
exit
spoke-sdp 1:2001 create
control-word
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

To disable the control word on spoke-sdp 1:2001, use the no control-word

command.
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default epipe description for service id 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:4create
description "Default sap description for service id 2100"
exit
spoke-sdp 1:2001 create
no control-word
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

See the “control-word” command for the show command output examples.

Service Management Tasks

This section discusses the following service management tasks:
• Modifying Epipe Service Parameters
• Disabling an Epipe Service
• Re-enabling an Epipe Service
• Deleting an Epipe Service

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Modifying Epipe Service Parameters

The following displays an example of adding an ip filter to an existing SAP and
modifying the mtu for the service:
configure>service# epipe 2
configure>service>epipe# service-mtu 1500
configure>service>epipe# sap lt:1/1/1:21
configure>service>epipe>sap# ingress
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# filter ip 1
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress# exit
configure>service>epipe>sap# exit

The following output displays the SAP configuration:

ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
epipe 2 customer 6 vpn 2 create
description "Distributed Epipe service to east coast"
sap lt:1/1/1:21 create
ingress
filter ip 1
exit
exit
service-mtu 1500
spoke-sdp 2:6000 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
ALA-1>configure>service#

Disabling an Epipe Service

You can shut down an Epipe service without deleting the service parameters.
configure>service> epipe service-id
shutdown

Example:
configure>service# epipe 2
configure>service>epipe# shutdown
configure>service>epipe# exit

Re-enabling an Epipe Service

Use the following command to re-enable an Epipe service that was shut down:
configure>service> epipe service-id
no shutdown

Example:
configure>service# epipe 2
configure>service>epipe# no shutdown
configure>service>epipe# exit

Deleting an Epipe Service

Perform the following steps prior to deleting an Epipe service:
1 Shut down the SAP and SDP.
2 Delete the SAP and SDP.
3 Shut down the service.

3-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Use the following CLI syntax to delete an Epipe service:

configure>service
[no] epipe service-id
shutdown
[no] sap sap-id
shutdown
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id
shutdown

Example:
configure>service# epipe 2
configure>service>epipe# sap lt:1/1/1:21
configure>service>epipe>sap# shutdown
configure>service>epipe>sap# exit
configure>service>epipe# no sap lt:1/1/1:21
configure>service>epipe# spoke-sdp 2:6000
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# shutdown
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp# exit
configure>service>epipe# no spoke-sdp 2:6000
configure>service>epipe# epipe 2
configure>service>epipe# shutdown
configure>service>epipe# exit
configure>service# no epipe 2

3.5 VLL Services CLI Command Reference

This section shows the following command hierarchies:

• Epipe Service Configuration Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

Epipe Service Configuration Commands

configure
— service
— [no] epipe service-id [customer customer-id]
— description description-string
— no description
— egress
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— egress-network
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— ingress
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— ingress-network
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— sap sap-id
— no sap sap-id
— description description-string
— no description
— [no] restricted-tagging
— egress

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

— filter [ip ip-filter-id]

— filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— filter [mac mac-filter-id]
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
[mac mac-filter-id]
— ingress
— filter [ip ip-filter-id]
— filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— filter [mac mac-filter-id]
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
[mac mac-filter-id]
— [no] shutdown
— service-mtu octets
— no service-mtu
— sgt-qos policy-id
— no sgt-qos
— [no] shutdown
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id [vc-type {ether | vlan}
— no spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id
— [no] control-word
— [no] hash-label
— [no] egress
— [no] vc-label egress-vc-label
— [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
— [no] ingress
— [no] vc-label ingress-vc-label
— [no] shutdown
— vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
— no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]

Show Commands
show
— service
— egress-label start-label [end-label]
— ingress-label start-label [end-label]
— sap-using [sap sap-id]
— sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
— sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
— sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
— id service-id
— all
— base
— labels
— sap [sap-id] [detail]]
— sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail]

3-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Clear Commands
clear
— service
— id service-id
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
— statistics
— id service-id
— counters
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters}

3.6 VLL Service CLI Configuration Commands

The following commands are described:

• Generic Commands
• VLL Global Commands
• VLL SAP Commands
• Service Filter and QoS Policy Commands
• VLL SDP Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

Generic Commands

shutdown

Table 3-1 shutdown command

Item Description

Syntax [no] shutdown

Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not
change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any
entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be
deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no
shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then
tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and
service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-15
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Special Cases Service Admin State — Bindings to an SDP within the service will be put into the
out-of-service state when the service is shutdown. While the service is shutdown, all
customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging
purposes.
Service Operational State — A service is regarded as operational providing that at
least one SAP and one SDP are operational.
SDP (global) — When an SDP is shutdown at the global service level, all bindings to
that SDP are put into the out-of-service state and the SDP itself is put into the
administratively and operationally down states. Packets that would normally be
transmitted using this SDP binding will be discarded and counted as dropped packets.
SDP (service level) — Shutting down an SDP within a service only affects traffic
on that service from entering or being received from the SDP. The SDP itself may still
be operationally up for other services.

(2 of 2)

description

Table 3-2 description command

Item Description

Syntax description description-string

no description
Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap

Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to
help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default No description associated with the configuration context.

Parameters description-string — The description character string. Allowed values are any string
up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

VLL Global Commands

epipe

Table 3-3 epipe command

Item Description

Syntax epipe service-id customer customer-id

epipe service-id
no epipe service-id

(1 of 2)

3-16 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Context configure>service

Description This command configures an epipe service instance. This command is used to
configure a point-to-point epipe service. An epipe connects two endpoints defined as
Service Access Points (SAPs). Both SAPs are defined in separate edge node devices
connected over the service provider network. The far end SAP is generalized into a
Service Distribution Point (SDP). This SDP describes a destination node and the
encapsulation method used to reach it.
No MAC learning or filtering is provided on an epipe.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified
and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist
having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a
service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the
customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new
customer association.
Once a service is created, the use of the customercustomer-id is optional for
navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the
incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
By default, no epipe services exist until they are explicitly created with this command.
The no form of this command deletes the epipe service instance with the specified
service-id. The service cannot be deleted until the service has been shutdown.

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number identifying the service in the
service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any
other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every
ISAM on which this service is defined.
Values: 1 — 2147483648

customer customer-id — Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with

the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service
editing or deleting.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

(2 of 2)

service-mtu

Table 3-4 service-mtu command

Item Description

Syntax service-mtu octets

no service-mtu

Context configure>service>epipe

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-17
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Description This command configures the service payload (Maximum Transmission Unit – MTU),
in bytes, for the service. This MTU value overrides the service-type default MTU. The
service-mtu defines the payload capabilities of the service. It is used by the system
to validate the SAP and SDP binding’s operational state within the service.
The service MTU and a SAP’s service delineation encapsulation overhead (i.e., 4 bytes
for a dot1q tag) is used to derive the required MTU of the physical port on which the
SAP was created. If the required payload is larger than the port MTU, then the SAP
will be placed in an inoperative state. If the required MTU is equal to or less than the
port MTU, the SAP will be able to transition to the operative state.
When binding an SDP to a service, the service MTU is compared to the path MTU
associated with the SDP. The path MTU can be administratively defined in the context
of the SDP. The default or administrative path MTU can be dynamically reduced due
to the MTU capabilities discovered by the tunneling mechanism of the SDP or the
egress interface MTU capabilities based on the next hop in the tunnel path. If the
service MTU is larger than the path MTU, the SDP binding for the service will be placed
in an inoperative state. If the service MTU is equal to or less than the path MTU, then
the SDP binding will be placed in an operational state.
In the event that a service MTU, port MTU, or path MTU is dynamically or
administratively modified, then all associated SAP and SDP binding operational states
are automatically re-evaluated.
The no form of this command returns the default service-mtu for the indicated
service type to the default value.

Default 1514

Parameters octets — The size of the MTU in octets, expressed as a decimal integer, between 1 —
2044. Table 3-5 lists MTU values for specific VC types.

(2 of 2)

Table 3-5 MTU Values for Specific VC Types

VC-Type Example Advertised MTU

Service MTU

Ethernet 1514 1500

Ethernet (with preserved dot1q) 1518 1504

VLAN (dot1p transparent to MTU value) 1514 1500

VLAN (QinQ with preserved bottom Qtag) 1518 1504

sgt-qos

Table 3-6 sgt-qos command

Item Description

Syntax sgt-qos policy-id

[no] sgt-qos

Context configure>service>epipe

Description This command enables the context to configure DSCP/Dot1p re-marking for
self-generated traffic.

Parameters policy-id — Integer 1-65535.

3-18 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

VLL SAP Commands

sap

Table 3-7 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id [create]

no sap sap-id

Context configure>service>epipe

Description This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a
combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access
point on the interface and within the ISAM. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an
IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP
is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a
port that has been configured as an access port using the configure router
interface port-type port-id mode access command.
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a
service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down
although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded.
The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which
the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is
deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted. For Internet
Enhanced Service (IES), the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that
interface may be removed.

Default No SAPs are defined.

Special cases A SAP can be defined with Ethernet ports. At most, only one sdp-id can be bound to
an VLL service. Since a VLL is a point-to-point service, it can have, at most, two end
points. One endpoint being a SAP the other being an SDP.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-19
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag }
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

restricted-tagging

Table 3-8 restricted-tagging command

Item Description
Syntax restricted-tagging
no restricted-tagging

Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap

Description This command enables restricted-tagging for the SAP.

3-20 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Service Filter and QoS Policy Commands

egress

Table 3-9 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure egress parameters for the service and
the SAP.

egress-network

Table 3-10 egress-network command

Item Description

Syntax egress-network
Context configure>service>epipe

Description This command enables the context to configure egress network parameters for the
service and the SAP.

ingress

Table 3-11 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress
Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress parameters for the service
and the SAP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-21
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

ingress-network

Table 3-12 ingress-network command

Item Description

Syntax ingress-network

Context configure>service>epipe

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress network parameters for the
service and the SAP.

filter

Table 3-13 filter command

Item Description
Syntax filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id][mac mac-filter-id]
Context configure>service>epipe>sap>egress
configure>service>epipe>sap>ingress

Description This command associates an IP or MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress Service
Access Point (SAP).
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC
matching criteria. Only one filter can be applied to a SAP at a time.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter-id with
an ingress or egress SAP. The filter-id must already be defined before the filter
command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an
error message returned.
IP filters apply only to RFC 2427-routed IP packets. Frames that do not contain IP
packets will not be subject to the filter and will always be passed, even if the filter's
default action is to drop.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the
SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system.

Special cases Epipe — Both MAC and IP filters are supported on an Epipe service SAP.

Parameters ip ip-filter-id — Specifies the IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the
created IP filters.
Values: 1 — 65535

ipv6 ipv6-filter-id — Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist
within the created IPv6 filters.
Values: 1 — 65535

mac mac-filter-id — Specifies the MAC filter policy. The filter ID must already exist
within the created MAC filters.
Values: 1 — 65535

3-22 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

qos

Table 3-14 qos command

Item Description

Syntax qos policy-id

no qos

Context configure>service>epipe>ingress

Description This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) access policy with the service.
QoS policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. A Service Ingress
access QoS Policy defines the match criteria used to determine what Flow Class each
packet, entering via a SAP, is associated to.
The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with the service. If the
policy-id does not exist, an error will be returned.
The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated to the services.
Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress QoS policy can be associated at one time. Attempts to associate a
second QoS policy of a given type will return an error.
By default, no specific QoS policy is associated so the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the service,
and the QoS policy reverts to the default: policy ID 1.

Parameters policy-id — The access QoS policy ID to associate with the service on ingress. The
policy ID must already exist.
Values: 1 — 65535

qos

Table 3-15 qos command

Item Description
Syntax qos policy-id
no qos

Context configure>service>epipe>egress-network
configure>service>epipe>ingress-network

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-23
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Description This command command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) network policy with
the service.
QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA
agreements. A network Policy can be associated to the service for ingress,
respectively egress side.
A Service Egress network QoS Policy defines the match criteria used to determine the
mapping of Flow Class and profile indication towards the setting of the EXPerimental
bits in both labels (transport & VC ) of the Pseudo-Wire. A Service Ingress network
QoS Policy defines the match criteria used to determine what Flow Class each packet,
entering via an SDP Binding (i.e. Pseudo-Wire), is associated to.
The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with the service. If the
policy-id does not exist, an error will be returned.
The qos command allows egress and ingress network policies to be associated to the
services. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress QoS policy and one egress can be associated at one time. Attempts
to associate a second QoS policy of a given type will return an error.
By default, no specific QoS policies are associated so the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the service,
and the QoS policy reverts to the default: policy ID 1.

Parameters policy-id — The network QoS policy ID to associate with the service on ingress,
respectively egress. The policy ID must already exist.
Values: 1 — 65535

(2 of 2)

rate-limit

Table 3-16 rate-limit command

Item Description
Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>epipe>egress

Description This command defines the aggregate egress rate limit for the Epipe service. It applies
to traffic associated to the service which is egressing on regular ports (network ports).
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are specified.
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
More information on rate-limting and some constraints regarding the granularity of
the values for rate and burst-size can be found in the “FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX
NT IHub Qos Guide”.
The no form of the command removes the rate limiting for the service.

(1 of 2)

3-24 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Parameters pir-rate — The pir parameter defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, used for
the service. When the rate-limit command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be
explicitly defined.
Values: 0...10000000, max

cir-rate — The cir parameter defines the CIR rate, in kilobits, used for the service.
When the rate-limit command is executed, a valid CIR setting must be explicitly
defined.
Values: 0...10000000, max

cbs-size — The cbs parameter defines the CBS size, in kilobytes, used for the service.
When the rate-limit command is executed, the cbs parameter can be optionally
specified.
Values: 1...262144, default
pbs-size — The pbs parameter defines the PBS size, in kilobytes, used for the service.
When the rate-limit command is executed, the pbs parameter can be optionally
specified.
Values: 1...262144, default

(2 of 2)

VLL SDP Commands

spoke-sdp

Table 3-17 spoke-sdp command

Item Description
Syntax spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id [vc-type {ether | vlan}

Context configure>service>epipe

Description This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP). A spoke
SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic
received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh
SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP
within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down,
the SDP for the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the configure>service>sdp context in order
to associate an SDP with an Epipe or VPLS service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already
configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding
between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to
a service, no far-end ISAM devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP
configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed,
no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Default No sdp-id is bound to a service.

Special cases Epipe — At most, only one sdp-id can be bound to an Epipe service. Since an Epipe
is a point-to-point service, it can have, at most, two end points. The two end points
are one SAP and one SDP.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-25
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP identifier. Allowed values are integers in the range of 1 to 17407
for existing SDPs.

vc-id — The virtual circuit identifier.

Values: 1 — 4294967295

vc-type — This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke
binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value
which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the
signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type
command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider
equipment. A change of the bindings VC type causes the binding to signal the new
VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.
VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
• The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.
• The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004.

Values: ethernet

ether — Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet and vlan keywords are
mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for
spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and
restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding.

vlan — Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet and vlan keywords are mutually
exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP
bindings.
The VLAN VC-type requires at least one dot1Q tag within each encapsulated Ethernet
packet transmitted to the far end.

(2 of 2)

control-word

Table 3-18 control-word command

Item Description

Syntax [no] control-word

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command indicates whether the control word is used or not. The value of the
control word is negotiated with the peer.
The control word is indicated in the label message as part of pseudowire ID FEC as
the C-bit. The control word is not mandatory for an Epipe service. Therefore the usage
of the control word is negotiated between the endpoints of the pseudowire.

hash-label

Table 3-19 hash-label command

Item Description

Syntax [no] hash-label

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

(1 of 2)

3-26 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Description This command enables the use of the hash label on a VLL, or VPLS service bound to
LDP SDP.
When this feature is enabled, the ingress LER is modified so that the result of the hash
on the ingress packet header is communicated to the egress data path for use as
index to select the value of the label field of the hash label. The egress data path has
a set of 128 different label field values in the range 524.288 - 1.048.575. The egress
data path appends the hash label at the bottom of the stack (BoS) and sets the S-bit
to 1 to indicate that.
The hash label, also referred to as entropy label, allows LSR nodes in a network to
load balance labeled packets in a more granular fashion than allowed by simply
hashing on the standard label stack. It also removes the need to have an LSR inspect
the payload below the label stack to check for an IPv4 or IPv6 header.
Since the ingress LER hashing routine maintains packet ordering within a
conversation, this guarantees that when an LSR sprays the packets over multiple LDP
ECMP paths or multiple paths over a LAG network port by hashing the extended label
stack including thehash label, the LSR will also maintain packet ordering within a
conversation.Packets that are generated in CPM and forwarded labeled within the
context of a service (for example, OAM packets) must also include a hash label at the
BoS and set the S-bit accordingly.
The TTL of the hash label is set to a value of 1.
The no form of this command disables the use of the hash label.

Default no hash-label

(2 of 2)

egress

Table 3-20 egress command

Item Description
Syntax egress

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command configures the egress SDP context.

ingress

Table 3-21 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command configures the ingress SDP context.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-27
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

force-vlan-vc-forwarding

Table 3-22 force-vlan-vc-forwarding command

Item Description

Syntax [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command forces vc-vlan-type forwarding in the data path for spoke SDPs which
have either vc-type. This comand is not allowed on vlan-vc-type SDPs.
The no version of this command sets default behavior.

Default By default this feature is disabled

vc-label

Table 3-23 vc-label command

Item Description
Syntax [no] vc-label egress-vc-label

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress

Description This command configures the egress VC label.

Parameters vc-label — A VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values: 16 — 1048575

vc-label

Table 3-24 vc-label command

Item Description

Syntax [no] vc-label ingress-vc-label

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress

Description This command configures the ingress VC label.

Parameters vc-label — A VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.

Values: 2048 — 18431

3-28 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

vlan-vc-tag

Table 3-25 vlan-vc-tag command

Item Description

Syntax vlan-vc-tag 0..4094

no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]

Context configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

Description This command specifies an explicit dot1q value used when encapsulating to the SDP
far end. When signaling is enabled between the near and far end, the configured
dot1q tag can be overridden by a received TLV specifying the dot1q value expected
by the far end. This signaled value must be stored as the remote signaled dot1q value
for the binding. The provisioned local dot1q tag must be stored as the administrative
dot1q value for the binding.
When the dot1q tag is not defined, the default value of zero is stored as the
administrative dot1q value. Setting the value to zero is equivalent to not specifying
the value.
The no form of this command disables the command
Default No vlan-vc-tag

Paramters 0..4094 — Specifies a valid VLAN identifier to bind an 802.1Q VLAN tag ID.

Show Commands

egress-label

Table 3-26 egress-label command

Item Description

Syntax egress-label start-label [end-label]

Context show>service
Description This command displays services using the range of egress labels. If only the
mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label
are displayed.
If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the
range of labels X where start-label <= X <= end-label are displayed.
Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.

Parameters start-label — The starting egress label value for which to display services using the
label range. If only start-label is specified, services only using start-label are
displayed.
Values: 0, 2049 — 131071

end-label — The ending egress label value for which to display services using the
label range.
Default: the start-label value
Values: 2049 — 131071

Table 3-27 describes the command output fields.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-29
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Table 3-27 Show Service Egress Label Output Fields

Label Description

Svc Id The ID that identifies a service.

Sdp Id The ID that identifies an SDP.

Type Indicates whether the SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

I. Lbl The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by the SDP.

E. Lbl The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by the SDP.

Number of The total number of SDP bindings that exist within the specified egress label
bindings found range.

ingress-label

Table 3-28 ingress-label command

Item Description

Syntax ingress-label start-label [end-label]

Context show>service

Description This command displays services using the range of egress labels. If only the
mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label
are displayed.
If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the
range of labels X where start-label <= X <= end-label are displayed.
Use the show router vprn-service-id ldp bindings command to display dynamic
labels.

Parameters start-label — The starting egress label value for which to display services using the
label range. If only start-label is specified, services only using start-label are
displayed.
Values: 0, 2048 — 131071
end-label — The ending egress label value for which to display services using the
label range.
Default: the start-label value
Values: 2049 — 131071

Table 3-29 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-29 Show Service Ingress Label Output Fields

Label Description

Svc Id The ID that identifies a service.

Sdp Id The ID that identifies an SDP.

Type Indicates whether the SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

(1 of 2)

3-30 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

I. Lbl The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by the SDP.

E. Lbl The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by the SDP.

Number of The total number of SDP bindings that exist within the specified egress label
bindings found range.

(2 of 2)

sap-using

Table 3-30 sap-using command

Item Description

Syntax sap-using [sap sap-id]

sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id

Context show>service

Description This command displays SAP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all
defined SAPs.
The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified
properties.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-31
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Item Description

Parameters ingress — Specifies matching an ingress policy.

egress — Specifies matching an egress policy.

filter filter-id — The ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching
SAPs.
1 — 65535
sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

Table 3-31 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-31 Show Service SAP Output Fields

Label Description

Port ID The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID The service identifier.

Sap MTU The SAP MTU value.

I.QoS The SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress SAP.

I.MAC/IP The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP.

E.QoS The SAP egress QoS policy number specified on the egress SAP.

E.Mac/IP The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP.

A.Pol The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

(1 of 2)

3-32 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Adm The administrative state of the SAP.

Opr The operational state of the SAP.

(2 of 2)

sdp

Table 3-32 sdp command

Item Description

Syntax sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]

Context show>service

Description This command displays SDP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is
displayed.

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP ID for which to display information.

Default: All SDPs.
Values: 1 — 17407

far-end ip-address — Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP
address.
Default: SDPs with any far-end IP address.

detail — Displays detailed SDP information.

Default: SDP summary output.

Table 3-33 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-33 Show Service SDP Output Fields

Label Description

SDP Id The SDP identifier.

Adm MTU Specifies the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be
transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet
to be fragmented.
Opr MTU Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

IP address Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined
by this SDP.

Adm Specifies the desired state of the SDP.

Admin State

Opr Specifies the operating state of the SDP.

Oper State

Deliver Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: GRE or MPLS.
Delivery

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-33
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Flags Specifies all the conditions that affect the operating status of this SDP.

Signal Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels
Signaling used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

Last Status Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SDP.
Change
Last Mgmt Change Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SDP.

Number of SDPs Specifies the total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified.

Associated LSP When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of static LSPs used to reach the far-end router
List displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in
the far end field.

(2 of 2)

sdp-using

Table 3-34 sdp-using command

Item Description

Syntax sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]

Context show>service
Description Display services using SDP or far-end address options.

Parameters sdp-id — Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values: 1 — 17407

vc-id — The virtual circuit identifier.

Values: 1 — 4294967295

far-end ip-address — Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP
address.
Default: Services with any far-end IP address.

Table 3-35 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-35 Show Service sdp-using Output Fields

Label Description

Svc ID The service identifier.

Sdp ID The SDP identifier.

Type Type of SDP: spoke or mesh.

Far End The far end address of the SDP.

Oper State The operational state of the service.

Ingress Label The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by this SDP.

Egress Label The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by this SDP.

3-34 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

id

Table 3-36 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id {all | base | labels | sap | sdp}

Context show>service

Description Display information for a particular service-id.

Parameters service-id — The service identification number that identifies the service in the
domain.

all — Display detailed information about the service.

base — Display basic service information.

labels — Display labels being used by this service.

sap — Display SAPs associated to the service.

sdp — Display SDPs associated with the service.

all

Table 3-37 all command

Item Description

Syntax all
Context show>service>id

Description This command displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Table 3-38 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-38 Show Service-ID All Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

VPN Id The number which identifies the VPN.

Service Type Specifies the type of service.

VLL Type Specifies the VLL type.

SDP Id The SDP identifier.

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change

Endpoint Specifies the name of the service endpoint.

(1 of 4)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-35
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch,RelearnLimitExceeded,
RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, NoSapIpipeCeIpAddr,
TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch,
CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr, StandByForMcRing, ServiceMTUTooSmall,
SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch,
NoSapEpipeRingNode, mcStandby (22), mhStandby (23), oamDownMepFault
(24), oamUpMepFault (25), ethTunTagMisconfig (26), ingressPolicerMismatch
(27), egressPolicerMismatch (28), sapTl

SAP Count The number of SAPs specified for this service.

SDP Bind Count The number of SDPs bound to this service.

Split Horizon Group specifics

Split Horizon Name of the split horizon group for this VPLS.
Group

Description Description of the split horizon group.

Last Changed The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this split
horizon group.

Service Destination Points (SDPs)

SDP Id The SDP identifier.

Type Indicates whether this Service SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

Admin Path MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Oper Path MTU The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through
this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Delivery Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS.

Admin State The administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State The operational state of this SDP.

Ingress Label The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by this SDP.

Egress Label The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by this SDP.

Far End Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the GRE or MPLS tunnel defined
by this SDP.

Last Changed The date and time of the most recent change to this customer.

Signaling Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels
used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State Specifies the admin. state of the keepalive protocol.

Oper State Specifies the operational state of the keepalive protocol.

SDP Delivery A list of static LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the
Mechanism list must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field.

Number of SDPs The total number SDPs applied to this service ID.

Service Access Points

(2 of 4)

3-36 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

Port Id The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.

Description Generic information about the SAP.

Encap Value The value of the label used to identify this SAP on the access port.

Admin State The desired state of the SAP.

Oper State The operating state of the SAP.

Last Changed The date and time of the last change.

Admin MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Oper MTU The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through
this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

SAP Statistics

Dropped The number of packets or octets dropped.

Offered Hi Priority The number of high priority packets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS
policy.

Offered Low The number of low priority packets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS
Priority policy.
Forwarded In The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
Profile

Forwarded Out The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.
Profile

Queueing Stats

Dropped In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets discarded.

Dropped Out The number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

Profile

Forwarded In The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
Profile
Forwarded Out The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded
Profile

Sap per Queue stats

Ingress Queue 1 The index of the ingress QoS queue of this SAP.
High priority The packets or octets count of the high priority traffic for the SAP.
offered

High priority The number of high priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

dropped

Low priority The packets or octets count of the low priority traffic.
offered

Low priority The number of low priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

dropped

In profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
forwarded

Out profile The number of out-of-profile octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.
forwarded

(3 of 4)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-37
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Egress Queue 1 The index of the egress QoS queue of the SAP.

In profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
forwarded

In profile dropped The number of in-profile packets or octets dropped for the SAP.

Out profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.
forwarded

Out profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

dropped

Service Access Points

Managed by Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP.
Service

Managed by SAP Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Prune state Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

Spoke SDPs

Managed by Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this spoke SDP.
Service

Managed by Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this spoke SDP.
Spoke

Prune state Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

(4 of 4)

base

Table 3-39 base command

Item Description

Syntax base
Context show>service>id

Description Displays basic information about the service ID including service type, description,
SAPs and SDPs.

Table 3-40 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-40 Show Service-ID Base Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

Service Type Specifies the type of service.

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change

(1 of 2)

3-38 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Adm The desired state of the service.

Oper The operating state of the service.

Mtu The largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle.
SAP Count The number of SAPs defined on the service.

SDP Bind Count SDP Bind Count

Identifier Specifies the service access (SAP) and destination (SDP) points.

Type Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels
used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

AdmMTU Specifies the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be
transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet
to be fragmented.

OprMTU Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.
Opr The operating state of the SDP.

(2 of 2)

labels

Table 3-41 labels command

Item Description

Syntax labels
Context show>service>id

Description Displays the labels being used by the service.

Table 3-42 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-42 Show Service-ID Labels Output Fields

Label Description

Svc Id The service identifier.

Sdp Id The SDP identifier.

Type Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

I. Lbl The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by the SDP.

E. Lbl The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by the SDP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-39
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

sap

Table 3-43 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id detail

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service. If no
optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.

Parameters sap-id — The ID of the SAP for which information must be displayed.
detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

Table 3-44 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-44 Show Service-ID SAP Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

SAP The SAP and qtag.

Encap The encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State The operating state of the SAP.

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapParamMismatch, ServiceMTUTooSmall.
Last Status Change The time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP.

Last Mgmt Change The time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SAP.

Admin MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Oper MTU The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Ingress Filter-Id The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

LLF Admin State Displays the Link Loss Forwarding administrative state.

LLF Oper State Displays the Link Loss Forwarding operational state.

Restricted-tagging Indicates whether restricted-tagging is enabled or disabled on this SAP

3-40 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

sdp

Table 3-45 sdp command

Item Description

Syntax sdp sdp-id far-end ip-addr detail

Context show>service>id

Description Displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is
displayed.

Parameters sdp-id — Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
Default: All SDPs.
Values: 1 — 17407

far-end ip-addr — Displays only SDPs matching the specified far-end IP address.
Default: SDPs with any far-end IP address.

detail — Displays detailed SDP information.

Table 3-46 describes the command output fields.

Table 3-46 Show Service-ID SDP Output Fields

Label Description
Sdp Id The SDP identifier.

Type Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

VC Type The VC type, ether, vlan, or vpls.

VC Tag The explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end.

I. Lbl The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by the SDP.

Admin Path MTU The operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one
is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is
set (the default case.)

Oper Path MTU The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through
this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Far End Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this
SDP.

Delivery Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS.

Admin State The administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State The current state of this SDP.

Ingress Label The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this
service by this SDP.

Egress Label The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this
service by the SDP.

Last Changed The date and time of the most recent change to the SDP.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-41
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

Label Description

Signaling Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels
used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State The administrative state of the Keepalive process.

Oper State The operational state of the Keepalive process.

I. Fwd. Pkts. Specifies the number of forwarded ingress packets.

I. Dro. Pkts Specifies the number of dropped ingress packets.

E. Fwd. Pkts. Specifies the number of forwarded egress packets.

E. Fwd. Octets Specifies the number of forwarded egress octets.

Associated LSP A list of static LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the
List list must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field.

(2 of 2)

Clear Commands

id

Table 3-47 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id

Context clear>service
clear>service>statistics

Description This command clears commands for a specific service.

Parameters service-id — The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

spoke-sdp

Table 3-48 spoke-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label

Context clear>service

Description This command clears and resets the spoke SDP bindings for the service.

Parameters sdp-id — The spoke SDP ID to be reset.

Values: 1 — 17407
vc-id — The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values: 1 — 4294967295

3-42 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

counters

Table 3-49 counters command

Item Description

Syntax counters

Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.

spoke-sdp

Table 3-50 spoke-sdp command

Item Description
Syntax spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters}

Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description This command clears statistics for the spoke SDP bound to the service.

Parameters sdp-id — The spoke SDP ID to be reset.

Values: 1 — 17407
vc-id — The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values: 1 — 4294967295

all — Clears all queue statistics statistics associated with the SDP.

counters — Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 3-43
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
3 — Virtual Leased Line Services

3-44 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.1 In This Chapter 4-2

4.2 VPLS used in the NT 4-2

4.3 ISAM VPLS implementation 4-3

4.4 VPLS feature enhancements 4-16

4.5 Configuring a VPLS Service with CLI 4-25

4.6 Configuration Overview 4-26

4.7 Configuration Workflow 4-28

4.8 Configuring VPLS Components 4-29

4.9 Service Management Tasks 4-52

4.10 VPLS Service CLI Command Reference 4-56

4.11 VPLS Service CLI Configuration Commands 4-63

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.1 In This Chapter

This chapter provides information about Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS),
process overview, and implementation notes.

4.2 VPLS used in the NT

The ISAM NT makes use of the m-VPLS service, the v-VPLS service for
VLAN-based services over a EMAN network and the VPLS service for L2 VPN
using PW over a MPLS/IP network.
v-VPLS services and m-VPLS services make only use of Service Access Points
(SAPs) to interact with the external world. VPLS services in addition make use of
spoke/mesh SDPs.
The operator can configure VPLS SAPs on ports which have been configured with
mode “access”. On ports which have been configured with mode “network” no SAPs
can be defined.
Access Ports can be of category:
• Residential: ports facing the subscriber side ( facing ISAM LTs)
• Regular: ports facing the network side. These ports can be grouped in na LAG.

Figure 4-1 ISAM residential and regular access ports

NT

LAG

EMAN
LT

Legend:
Residential Port (untrusted by default)
Regular Port (trusted)

In a public access network, residential access ports are connected to subtending

ISAMs or LTs and are considered untrusted.
Regular access ports are connected to the EMAN, or directly to service provider
equipment (for example, BRAS) and are considered to be trusted.
Network ports (which are by definition of category regular) are connected to the
IP/MPLS network giving access to the service provider equipemt. Only network
ports support MPLS traffic and support the origination/termination of MPLS
pseudowires

4-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Access ports are defined for the IHub as residential or regular, by a port table that is
auto-created by the system at startup time.

4.3 ISAM VPLS implementation

SAPs are used to associate a physical port or a LAG port to a v-VPLS, m-VPLS, or
VPLS.
The SAPs of a given v-VPLS must have all the same VLAN ID as the v-VPLS
VLAN ID.
The SAPs of a given VPLS can all have a different VLAN ID, except the VLAN-IDs
already associated with a v-VPLS.

m-VPLS

m-VPLS usage
The ISAM uses a single m-VPLS to exclusively handle L2CP frames to support
spanning tree protocols (RSTP/MSTP). The m-VPLS processes externally untagged
L2CP frames on regular (network) access ports or alternatively on a LAG. Tagged
L2CP frames are not handled by the m-VPLS. See “v-VPLS traffic processing” for
more information.
An m-VPLS does not forward traffic, hence it has no FDB. Therefore MAC learning,
aging, and user-to-user control are relevant only for a v-VPLS and not for the
m-VPLS.

Note — The ISAM supports only one m-VPLS.

m-VPLS SAPs
An m-VPLS uses Ethernet dot1q encapsulated SAPs ports, or alternatively on a
LAG, to manage untagged xSTP L2CP frame processing on the specified port, for
RSTP/MSTP protocol handling. An m-VPLS SAP is configured using the reserved
notation “Px:no-tag”.
To support L2CP protocols running on top of a LAG, m-VPLS SAPs must be created
on the LAG itself.

v-VPLS

v-VPLS usage
The v-VPLS forwarders emulate the ISAM bridging service in the IHUB. Typical of
bridging, a v-VPLS operates in the context of a VLAN. In general, several v-VPLS
will be configured allowing to support a multi-VLAN environment.
Figure 4-2 illustrates the ISAM network topology for an IP VPLS implementation.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Figure 4-2 ISAM network topology for VPLS

Access
port
7450
ISAM
VPLS/
VPRN
v-VPLS
EMAN
v-VPLS
VPLS/
Access port VPRN

VLAN 7450
SAP

VLAN

The v-VPLS can be used for the following functionality:

• enable L2 forwarding of frames between SAPs (typically between the user side
and the network side); see Figure 4-3.
• extend the reach of a VPRN IP interface (SAP) to several physical ports; see
Figure 4-4.

A v-VPLS has no operational state. It is configured with an associated customer ID

and VLAN ID, to enable the forwarding of traffic. SAPs are used to associate the
v-VPLS instance with specific residential (user) or regular (network) access ports.

Figure 4-3 NT v-VPLS forwarding

LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP
Static config. Relay
LT RSTP/
ports Network
ibridge NT MSTP ports
IGMP
snooping
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP m-VPLS
Static config. Relay
IP
ibridge v-VPLS EMAN Network

LT IP Edge
DHCP snooping/ ARP
Static config. Relay
VLAN identifies the
ibridge bridge instance
Legend:
SAP
User port

4-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Figure 4-4 VPRN IP interface reach extension using v-VPLS

LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP
Static config. Relay

ibridge NT

LT Routing DHCP ARP

protocols Relay
DHCP snooping/ ARP Agent
Static config. Relay
EMAN IP
Network
ibridge v-VPLS Base-Router/ v-VPLS
VPRN
IP Edge
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP
Static config. Relay
VLAN Legend:
ibridge per VRF SAP
IP
User port

The following features are supported for each v-VPLS service instance:
• L2 traffic forwarding
• IP address-based multicasting
• VPRN IP interface extension via SAPs and virtual port configuration
• SAP configuration
• Extensive MAC and IP filter support (up to Layer 4). Filters can be applied on a
per SAP basis.
• Forwarding Information Base (FIB) management features on a per service level
including:
• Configurable FIB size limit.
• FIB size alarms.
• MAC learning disable.
• User-to-user communication control for services configured on residential (user)
ports.
• IGMP snooping on a per-VLAN basis.
• static IP address based multicast trees

v-VPLS SAPs
ISAM supports configuration of SAPs on Ethernet access ports. A v-VPLS uses
Ethernet dot1q encapsulated SAPs exclusively, to handle VLAN ID tagged traffic
received on the regular (network) or residential (user) access port defined by the SAP
associated with the v-VPLS. See Residential and regular port usage for more
information.
The ISAM supports dot1q encapsulation at network side for v-VPLS. A frame that
is multiple-tagged with the specified VLAN Id as the most exterior tag, will be
handled by the v-VPLS, since the interior VLAN tag is transparent. As such, the
v-VPLS forwards single- and multiple-tagged frames.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The v-VPLS processes untagged non-L2CP frames, by configuring an SAP for the
v-VPLS with a null VLAN ID defined. In this case, untagged non-L2CP traffic is
handled by the v-VPLS, as if it were tagged with the v-VPLS VLAN ID.
Note 1 — Untagged L2CP traffic is handled by the m-VPLS.

Note 2 — When a v-VPLS is created, the virtual port is automatically

associated with the service; no v-VPLS SAP is required for the virtual
port. See “Using virtual ports to extend the VPRN interface reach” for
information about virtual ports.
Note 3 — You cannot configure a v-VPLS SAP with a null VLAN ID
on an LT port (which is never needed in practice).
Note 4 — Although v-VPLS forwards single- and multiple-tagged
frames, the messages generated by the v-VPLS itself are single
tagged. This is the case for instance for IGMP messages generated by
the v-VPLS when acting as proxy IGMP client. Then if, for instance,
a multi-tagged query message would be received, the answer on this
query message will be single tagged.

The following apply to v-VPLS SAP configuration:

• An SAP can only be configured on dot1q Ethernet encapsulation access ports.
• The v-VPLS operates in the context of a homogeneous VLAN ID, where all
Ethernet dot1q v-VPLS SAPs must refer to the v-VPLS VLAN ID.
• A v-VPLS SAP can only be simultaneously configured on a single v-VPLS.
Rules for handling frames in a v-VPLS are described in “v-VPLS traffic processing”.

Mix of VPLS and VPRN

Figure 4-5 illustrates the mix of VPLS and VPRN implementation in the NT.

4-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Figure 4-5 NT VPLS Implementation

NT
v-VPLS v-VPLS
VPRN
VLAN 17 VLAN 23

1
LAG v-VPLS LT
VLAN 19
Network
side 2
PVID17 2 m-VPLS
2
PVID19
OBC
- RSTP/MSTP

Legend:
Externally untagged
Tagged_17
Tagged_19
Tagged_23
1 PVID17
2 L2CP

Residential and regular port usage

The v-VPLS behavior distinguishes between the user-side (SAPs built on residential
ports) and the network-side (SAPs built on regular ports or on LAGs made of regular
ports), to secure control over MAC learning capabilities, and enable the ability to
control user-to-user communication. User-to-user communication can be enabled or
disabled, to allow or prevent user-to-user communications between residential ports.
SAPs that are built on residential ports inherit the untrusted property of the
underlying port and consequently, they have restricted capabilities compared to
SAPs built on regular ports.
The following security measures apply to SAPs built on residential ports:
• In case of conflict during MAC address self-learning, a regular (network) port has
priority over a residential (user) port.
• MAC address relearning (movement) is not allowed between residential ports.
• User-to-user connectivity is forbidden by default (but may be overruled by
operator as a property of the v-VPLS).

Using virtual ports to extend the VPRN interface reach

The ISAM requires configuration of one VPRN IP interface SAP on a LAN, (a group
of ports such as the LT-Links).

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

A virtual port is used to concatenate v-VPLS and VPRN services. The virtual port
has been defined as an intuitive way to couple v-VPLS and VPRN service such that
an IP interface (VPRN SAP) is spread over a group of physical/LAG ports.
The virtual port is automatically associated with a v-VPLS when the service is
created, and requires no input from the operator.
For more information about access port configuration and usage in the ISAM,
see “Residential and regular port usage”.
The v-VPLS transmits frames that bear the ISAM IHub MAC address as destination
address to the virtual port, which functions as a shared collector. As shown in
Figures 4-6 and 4-7.

Figure 4-6 VPRN and v-VPLS virtual port interconnection model

v-VPLS
Vlan 17 My-Own-MAC@
VPRN_1

v-VPLS
Vlan 19 My-Own-MAC@

VPRN_2
v-VPLS
Vlan 23 My-Own-MAC@

Legend:
SAP
Virtual port

Figure 4-7 SAPs and virtual port object model

VPRN v-VPLS All SAPs must

(type=v VPLS, have the same
1 1
VLAN-id) VLAN-id
n 1
IP
interface Virtual association
(maintained by IWM)
1

1 n
SAP SAP
(Atribute: VLAN-id) 1 (Atribute: VLAN-id)
n n

1 1
Port Port

Virtual port Physical/LAG port

4-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The virtual port plays the role of a physical connection between a v-VPLS and
VPRN. The virtual port is auto-created at NT start-up time and is automatically
associated with each v-VPLS instance when the v-VPLS is created. The virtual port
is not visible to the v-VPLS and v-VPLS SAPs are not associated with the virtual
port. The VPRN service does support SAP configuration on the virtual port, and is
able to process frames that match the respective v-VPLS and VPRN SAP VLAN
tags.
Note 1 — The virtual port works in d1q mode and is used for general
L3 applications. See the documentation on VRF IP Interface creation
for details.
Note 2 — The virtual port is not used by the m-VPLS.

v-VPLS MAC Learning and Packet Forwarding

The ISAM edge devices perform the packet replication required for broadcast and
multicast traffic across the bridged domain. MAC address learning is performed by
the ISAM to reduce the amount of unknown destination MAC address flooding.
The NT learns the source MAC addresses of the traffic arriving on its access and
network ports. Each ISAM maintains a Forwarding Information Base (FIB) for each
VPLS service instance and learned MAC addresses are populated in the FIB table of
the service. All traffic is switched based on MAC addresses. Unknown destination
packets (i.e., the destination MAC address has not been learned) are forwarded to the
ports of the ISAM v-VPLS service associated to the ingress port, until the target
station responds and the MAC address is learned by that v-VPLS service
Self-learning process
The following describes the self-learning process for v-VPLS related data and
control frames received by the IHUB:
• When a frame is received from an SAP and the source MAC address is unknown
in the FDB, the system self-learns this source MAC address in relation with this
SAP in its v-VPLS FDB. This new entry is used to forward frames using this
MAC address as destination. The frame is processed on the IHUB by a v-VPLS
service. The system initializes the new FDB entry as “in use”.
• When a frame is received from an SAP and the source MAC address has already
been self-learned on this same SAP in the v-VPLS FDB (it is a dynamic FDB
entry), this entry is refreshed as “in use”, to prevent aging.
• When a frame is received from an SAP on a regular (network-facing) port, with
the source MAC address being equal to one of the ISAM port or the ISAM system
MAC address, no learning takes place, the frame is discarded and a “duplicate self
MAC” alarm is generated.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• When a frame is received from an SAP and the source MAC address conflicts
with an entry in the FDB which was already self-learned (a dynamic FDB entry)
on another SAP:
• MAC movement is allowed from a regular port to another regular port:
MAC address relearning takes place and the IHUB receives the frame to be handled
by a v-VPLS service. The system marks the updated entry as “in use”.
• MAC movement is allowed from a residential port to a regular port:
MAC address relearning takes place and the frame is forwarded according to the
IHUB to be handled by a v-VPLS service. The system marks the updated entry as
“in use”.
• MAC movement is not allowed from a regular port to a residential port. No learning
takes place. In ISAM, a duplicate MAC alarm is generated.
• MAC movement is not allowed from a residential port to another residential port.
No learning takes place. In ISAM, a duplicate MAC alarm is generated.
• When a frame is received from an SAP and the Source MAC address conflicts
with an entry in the FDB which was statically entered (via the management
system):
• MAC movement is not allowed and no learning takes places. In ISAM, a duplicate
MAC alarm is generated.

Disabling MAC Learning

You can disable MAC learning for a v-VPLS service instance. When MAC learning
is disabled, new source MAC addresses are not entered in the forwarding database
for the service. MAC learning can be disabled for individual SAPs.

v-VPLS traffic processing

The ISAM dispatches frames received on a residential or regular port with a valid
FCS. Depending on the type and content, frames are discarded or directed to the
m-VPLS, v-VPLS, or to the virtual port for VPRN processing.
As a general rule, frames received on a port are processed by m-VPLS or v-VPLS as
indicated below:
• Untagged L2CP frames are processed by the m-VPLS if a m-VPLS SAP:no-tag
is configured on this port
• Untagged user frames are processed by a v-VPLS if an SAP:0 is configured on
this port for this v-VPLS
• Tagged user frames are processed by a v-VPLS if the corresponding SAP:VlanId
is configured on this v-VPLS
• Tagged L2CP frames are processed like user frames.

Table 4-1 L2CP and LACP destination MAC address definitions

Frame type Destination MAC address

L2CP pause frames(1) 01-80-C2-00-00-01(1)

L2CP frames L2CP frames include:

• 01-80-C2-00-00-00 through 01-80-C2-00-00-0F
• 01-80-C2-00-00-10
• 01-80-C2-00-00-20 through 01-80-C2-00-00-2F

(1 of 2)

4-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Frame type Destination MAC address

LACP frames(2) 01-80-C2-00-00-02

(2 of 2)

Notes
(1) The Ether type and op-code can be anything.
(2) LACP frames are L2CP frames with the indicated destination MAC address.

The m-VPLS passes the L2CP frames to the ISAM control plane for protocol
processing (typically RSTP/MSTP).
As a general rule, the v-VPLS processes frames as follows.
After being subjected to self-learning,
• special protocol frames (DHCP, ARP, OSPF, RIP, IS-IS, IGMP,...) are processed
according to corresponding protocol rules
• frames with a known Unicast MAC destination address are unicast forwarded to
the proper egress SAP
• frames with unknown Unicast MAC destination address are flooded to all
v-VPLS SAPs
• multicast frames with known Multicast IP destination address are forwarded to
the corresponding SAP list

Multicast frames with unknown Multicast IP address are:

• discarded if IGMP snooping is enabled on the v-VPLS
• flooded to all SAPs if IGMP snooping is disabled on the v-VPLS
Frames where the destination MAC address is the ISAM system MAC address are
eligible for VPRN processing (if applicable).
Frames with Broadcast MAC destination address are flooded to all SAPs
Note that frame forwarding may be subjected to some operator control (e.g. traffic
filtering, user-to-user communication permit/deny).
Also, self-learning is subjected to security restrictions; in particular, a MAC address
learned on the network side may not be relearned on the user side to avoid network
address hijacking.

VPLS

VPLS usage
Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) as described in Internet Draft
draft-ietf-ppvpn-vpls-ldp-01.txt, is a class of virtual private network service that
allows the connection of multiple sites in a single bridged domain over a
provider-managed IP/MPLS network. The customer sites in a VPLS instance appear
to be on the same LAN, regardless of their location. VPLS uses an Ethernet interface
on the customer-facing (access) side which simplifies the LAN/WAN boundary and
allows for rapid and flexible service provisioning.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

VPLS offers a balance between point-to-point Frame Relay service and outsourced
routed services (VPRN). VPLS enables each customer to maintain control of their
own routing strategies. All customer routers in the VPLS service are part of the same
subnet (LAN) which simplifies the IP addressing plan, especially when compared to
a mesh constructed from many separate point-to- point connections. The VPLS
service management is simplified since the service is not aware of nor participates in
the IP addressing and routing.
A VPLS service provides connectivity between two or more SAPs on one (which is
considered a local service) or more (which is considered a distributed service) ISAM
routers. The connection appears to be a bridged domain to the customer sites so
protocols, including routing protocols, can traverse the VPLS service.
Other VPLS advantages include:
• VPLS is a transparent, protocol-independent service.
• There is no Layer 2 protocol conversion between LAN and WAN technologies.
• There is no need to design, manage, configure, and maintain separate WAN
access equipment, thus, eliminating the need to train personnel on WAN
technologies such as Frame Relay.

The VPLS architecture proposed in draft-ietf-ppvpn-vpls-ldp-0x.txt specifies the use

of provider equipment (PE) that is capable of learning, bridging, and replication on
a per-VPLS basis. The PE routers that participate in the service are connected using
MPLS Label Switched Path (LSP) tunnels in a full-mesh composed of mesh SDPs or
based on an LSP hierarchy (Hierarchical VPLS (H-VPLS)) composed of mesh SDPs
and spoke SDPs.
Multiple VPLS services can be offered over the same set of LSP tunnels. Signaling
specified in draft-martini-l2circuit-encap-mpls-0x.txt is used to negotiate a set of
ingress and egress VC labels on a per-service basis. The VC labels are used by the
PE routers for de-multiplexing traffic arriving from different VPLS services over the
same set of LSP tunnels.
VPLS is provided over MPLS by:
• Connecting bridging-capable provider edge routers with a full mesh of MPLS
LSP (label switched path) tunnels.
• Negotiating per-service VC labels using draft-Martini encapsulation.
• Replicating unknown and broadcast traffic in a service domain.
• Enabling MAC learning over tunnel and access ports (see VPLS MAC Learning
andPacket Forwarding).
• Using a separate forwarding information base (FIB) per VPLS service.
The following features are supported for each VPLS service instance:
• L2 traffic forwarding
• IP address-based multicasting
• SAP configuration
• Extensive MAC and IP filter support (up to Layer 4). Filters can be applied on a
per SAP basis.

4-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• Forwarding Information Base (FIB) management features on a per service level

including:
• Configurable FIB size limit.
• FIB size alarms.
• MAC learning disable.
• User-to-user communication control for services configured on residential (user)
ports.
• IGMP snooping
• static IP address based multicast trees
• Active/standby pseudowire
• Control word

VPLS MAC Learning and Packet Forwarding

The ISAM performs the packet replication required for broadcast and multicast
traffic across the bridged domain. MAC address learning is performed by the ISAM
to reduce the amount of unknown destination MAC address flooding.
ISAMs learn the source MAC addresses of the traffic arriving on their access and
network ports. Each ISAM maintains a Forwarding Information Base (FIB) for each
VPLS service instance and learned MAC addresses are populated in the FIB table of
the service. All traffic is switched based on MAC addresses and forwarded between
all participating LSR using the LSP tunnels. Unknown destination packets (i.e., the
destination MAC address has not been learned) are forwarded on all LSPs to the
participating edge service router or ISAM for that service until the target station
responds and the MAC address is learned by the edge service router/ISAM
associated with that service.

VPLS Packet Walkthrough

This section provides an example of VPLS processing of a customer packet sent
across the network from site-A, which is connected to PE-Router-A, to site-B, which
is connected to PE-Router-C (see Figure 4-8).

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Figure 4-8 VPLS service architecture

PE D
LSP full-mesh
B VPLS Service 1

VPLS Service 2

PE A PE C
B B
B B

IP/MPLS
network

B
B

PE B

B : virtual bridge

PE-Router-A (see Figure 4-9)

Figure 4-9 Access Port Ingress Packet Format and Lookup

Customer
Location A
PE A
B
IP/MPLS
network

Dest Src VLAN Customer

MAC MAC ID packet
Ingress look-up based on
B : virtual bridge
access port or port/VLAN ID

1 Service packets arriving at PE-Router-A are associated with a VPLS service

instance based on the combination of the physical port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag
(VLAN-ID) in the packet.
2 PE-Router-A learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry
in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to the service access point
(SAP) on which it was received.
3 The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the
VPLS in- stance. There are two possibilities: either the destination MAC address
has already been learned (known MAC address) or the destination MAC address
is not yet learned (unknown MAC address).

4-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4 For a Known MAC Address (see Figure 4-10):

If the destination MAC address has already been learned by PE-Router-A, an
existing entry in the FIB table identifies the far-end PE-Router and the service
VC-label (inner label) to be used before sending the packet to far-end
PE-Router-C.
5 PE-Router-A chooses a transport LSP to send the customer packets to
PE-Router-C. The customer packet is sent on this LSP once the IEEE 802.1Q tag
is stripped and the service VC-label (inner label) and the transport label (outer
label) are added to the packet.
6 For an Unknown MAC Address (see Figure 4-10):
If the destination MAC address has not been learned, PE-Router-A will flood the
packet to both PE-Router-B and PE-Router-C that are participating in the service
by using the VC-labels that each PE-Router previously signaled for the VPLS
instance. Note that the packet is not sent to PE-Router-D since this VPLS service
does not exist on that PE-Router.

Figure 4-10 Network Port Egress Packet Format and Flooding

Pre-assigned and
signaled by PE 'C'

Tunnel VC Dest Src Customer PE C

label label X MAC MAC packet
Customer
Location A B
PE A
IP/MPLS
B
network

B
Apply VC and
tunnel labels
PE B
Tunnel VC Dest Src Customer
B : virtual bridge label label Y MAC MAC packet

Pre-assigned and
signaled by PE 'B'

Core Router Switching

1 All the core routers ('P' routers in IETF nomenclature) between PE-Router-A and
PE-Rout- er-B and PE-Router-C are Label Switch Routers (LSRs) that switch the
packet based on the transport (outer) label of the packet until the packet arrives
at far-end PE-Router. All core routers are unaware that this traffic is associated
with a VPLS service.
PE-Router-C
1 PE-Router-C strips the transport label of the received packet to reveal the inner
VC-label.
The VC-label identifies the VPLS service instance to which the packet belongs.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-15
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

2 PE-Router-C learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry
in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to PE-Router-A and the
VC-label that PE-Router-A signaled it for the VPLS service.
3 The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the
VPLS in- stance. Again, there are two possibilities: either the destination MAC
address has already been learned (known MAC address) or the destination MAC
address has not been learned on the access side of PE-Router-C (unknown MAC
address).
4 Known MAC address (Figure 4-11)
If the destination MAC address has been learned by PE-Router-C, an existing
entry in the FIB table identifies the local access port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag to
be added before send- ing the packet to customer Location-C. The egress Q tag
may be different than the ingress Q tag.

Figure 4-11 Access Port Egress Packet Format and Lookup

Pre-assigned and
signaled by PE 'C'

Tunnel VC Dest Src Customer PE C

label label X MAC MAC packet
Customer
Location A B
PE A
IP/MPLS
B
network

B
Apply VC and
tunnel labels
PE B
Tunnel VC Dest Src Customer
B : virtual bridge label label Y MAC MAC packet

Pre-assigned and
signaled by PE 'B'

4.4 VPLS feature enhancements

This section describes v-VPLS and m-VPLS supported enhancements and features.

Local and Remote Aging Timers

Like a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs within a VPLS instance can be aged out if no
packets are sourced from the MAC address for a specified period of time (the aging
time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for locally
and remotely learned MAC entries in the forwarding database (FIB). A local MAC
address is a MAC address associated with an SAP because it ingressed on an SAP.
A remote MAC address is a MAC address received via a mesh/spoke SDP from
another PE for that VPLS instance.
The local-age timer for the VPLS instance specifies the aging time for locally learned
MAC addresses and the remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remotely
learned MAC addresses.

4-16 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

In general, the remote-age timer is set to a longer period than the local-age timer to
reduce the amount of flooding required for destination unknown MAC addresses.
The MAC aging timers can be changed after the v-VPLS/VPLS service is
configured. MAC aging cannot be disabled to prevent any learned MAC entries from
being aged out of the FIB. Note that static FDB entries are not subject to aging and
can only be removed by the operator.

Unknown MAC Discard

Unknown MAC discard is a feature which discards all packets ingressing the service
where the destination MAC address is not in the FIB. The normal behavior is to flood
these packets to all end points in the service.

User to User Communication

The v-VPLS and VPLS behavior distinguishes between the user-side and
network-side, to enable the ability to control user-to-user communication.
User-to-user communication can be enabled or disabled, to allow or prevent
user-to-user communications between residential ports. Note that network ports are
created in regular mode. If the port is later assigned to a sub-tending NE, the port
can be changed to residential, and user-to-user communication can be enabled in the
v-VPLS/VPLS instance.

FIB Table Management

The following sections describe VPLS features related to management of the
Forwarding Information Base (FIB).

FIB Size
The following MAC table management features are required for each instance of an
SAP or a spoke SDP within a particular VPLS service instance:
• MAC FIB size limits — Allows users to specify the maximum number of MAC
FIB entries that are learned locally for an SAP or a spoke SDP. If the configured
limit is reached, then no new addresses will be learned from the SAP until at least
one FIB entry is aged out or cleared.
• When the limit is reached on an SAP, packets with unknown source MAC
addresses are still forwarded (this default behavior can be changed via
configuration). By default, if the destination MAC address is known, it is
forwarded based on the FIB, and if the destination MAC address is unknown, it
will be flooded. Alternatively, if discard unknown is enabled at the VPLS service
level, any packets from unknown source MAC addresses are discarded at the
SAP.
• Disable learning allows users to disable the dynamic learning function on an SAP
or a spoke SDP of a v-VPLS/VPLS service instance.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-17
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

VPLS Broadcast/Multicast/Unknown Flooding List

For a v-VPLS frames with the broadcast Ethernet address (all 48 bits = “1”) are
broadcasted to a set of SAPs of the v-VPLS, except for the SAP it was received from.
The user-to-user communication restriction rules are taken into account to determine
the set of SAPs to which forwarding is allowed.
For a VPLS frames with the broadcast Ethernet address (all 48 bits = “1”) are
broadcasted to a set of SAPs, spoke SDPb, mesh SDP of the VPLS, except for the
SAP or SDP it was received from. The user-to-user communication restriction rules
are taken into account to determine the set of SAPs, SDPs to which forwarding is
allowed. For SDPs labeled as mesh, packets never get forwared to another mesh
SDP.

VPLS IGMP Snooping (s,g) Flooding List

When IGMP snooping is enabled on a VPLS context, a Layer 2 IP multicast record
(s,g) is created for each multicast stream entering the VPLS context. Each stream
should only be sent to each SAP where either a multicast router exists or a host exists
that has requested to receive the stream (known as a receiver).

VPLS and Spanning Tree Protocol

Alcatel-Lucent’s VPLS service emulates a bridged or switched Ethernet Layer 2
network. The ISAM uses m-VPLS SAPs configured on ports or a LAG to forwards
Ethernet packets into the m-VPLS service. The ISAM participating in the service
learns where the customer MAC addresses reside, on ingress SAPs. SAPs must be
explicitly configured on the m-VPLS.
Unknown destinations, broadcasts, and multicasts are flooded to all other SAPs in
the service. If SAPs are connected together, either through misconfiguration or for
redundancy purposes, loops can form and flooded packets can keep flowing through
the network. Alcatel-Lucent’s implementation of the Spanning Tree Protocol (xSTP)
is designed to remove these loops from the VPLS topology. This is done by putting
one or several SAPs in the discarding state.

Spanning Tree Operating Modes

A preferred STP variant can be configured for the m-VPLS. The following STP
variants supported on the ISAM.
• rstp
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) compliant with IEEE 802.1D-2004 -
default mode.
• dot1w
Compliant with IEEE 802.1w.
• comp-dot1w
Operation as in RSTP but backwards compatible with IEEE 802.1w (this mode
was introduced for interoperability with some MTU types).
• mstp
Compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE
802.1Q-REV/D5.0-09/200.

4-18 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• pmstp
Provider MSTP mode is implemented according to 802.1ad (provider bridges)
The provider functionality is implemented and the provider edge functionality is
not.

While the ISAM initially uses the mode configured for the m-VPLS, it will
dynamically fall back (on a per-SAP basis) to STP (IEEE 802.1D-1998) based on the
detection of a BPDU of a different format. A trap or log entry is generated for every
change in spanning tree variant.
• Some older 802.1W compliant RSTP implementations may have problems with
some of the features added in the 802.1D-2004 standard. Interworking with these
older systems is improved with the comp-dot1w mode. The differences between
the RSTP mode and the comp-dot1w mode are: the RSTP mode implements the
improved convergence over shared media feature, for example, RSTP will
transition from discarding to forwarding in 4 seconds when operating over shared
media. The comp-dot1w mode does not implement this 802.1D-2004
improvement and transitions conform to 802.1w in 30 seconds (both modes
implement fast convergence over point-to-point links).
• In the RSTP mode, the transmitted BPDUs contain the port's designated priority
vector (DPV) (conforms to 802.1D-2004). Older implementations may be
confused by the DPV in a BPDU and may fail to recognize an agreement BPDU
correctly. This would result in a slow transition to a forwarding state (30
seconds). For this reason, in the comp-dot1w mode, these BPDUs contain the
port's port priority vector (conforms to 802.1w).

The ISAM supports two BDPU encapsulation formats, and can dynamically switch
between these (again on a per-SAP basis):
• IEEE 802.1D STP
• Cisco PVST

Multiple Spanning Tree

The Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) extends the concept of the IEEE
802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) by enabling grouping and associating
of VLANs to Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI) that can be configured for
the m-VPLS and associated SAPs. Each MSTI can have its own topology, which
provides architecture enabling load balancing by providing multiple forwarding
paths. At the same time, the number of STP instances running in the network is
significantly reduced as compared to Per VLAN STP (PVST) mode of operation.
Network fault tolerance is also improved because a failure in one instance
(forwarding path) does not affect other instances.
The ISAM implementation of Management VPLS (m-VPLS) is used to group
different VPLS instances under single RSTP instance. Introducing MSTP into the
m-VPLS enables interoperating with the IP network and traditional Layer 2 switches
in access network and provides an effective solution for dual homing of many
business Layer 2 VPNs into a provider network.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-19
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Redundancy Access to VPLS

The GigE MAN portion of the network is implemented with traditional switches.
Using MSTP running on individual switches facilitates redundancy in this part of the
network. In order to provide dual homing of all VPLS services accessing from this
part of the network, the VPLS PEs must participate in MSTP.
This can be achieved by configuring m-VPLS on VPLS-PEs (only PEs directly
connected to GigE MAN network) and then assign different managed-VLAN ranges
to different MSTP instances.
The m-VPLS will have SAPs with “no-tag” encapsulations (to receive, send, and
transmit MSTP BPDUs).

MSTP General Principles

MSTP represents modification of RSTP which allows the grouping of different
VLANs into multiple MSTIs. To enable different devices to participate in MSTIs,
they must be consistently configured. A collection of interconnected devices that
have the same MST configuration (region-name, revision and VLAN-to-instance
assignment) comprises an MST region.
There is no limit to the number of regions in the network, but every region can
support a maximum of 1615 MST instances, with different VLAN ranges. VLANs
which are not included explicitly in an MSTP instance fall into the default MSTP
instance 0. Instance 0 is a special instance for a region, known as the Internal
Spanning Tree (IST) instance. All other instances are numbered 1 to 4093. IST is the
only spanning-tree instance that sends and receives BPDUs (typically BPDUs are
untagged). All other spanning-tree instance information is included in MSTP records
(M-records), which are encapsulated within MSTP BPDUs. This means that single
BPDU carries information for multiple MSTI which reduces overhead of the
protocol.
Any given MSTI is local to an MSTP region and completely independent from an
MSTI in other MST regions. Two redundantly connected MST regions will use only
a single path for all traffic flows (no load balancing between MST regions or between
MST and SST region).
Traditional L2 switches running MSTP protocol assign all VLANs to the IST
instance per default. The operator may then “re-assign” individual VLANs to a given
MSTI by configuring per VLAN assignment. This means that an ISAM can be
considered as the part of the same MST region only if the VLAN assignment to IST
and MSTIs is identical to the one of L2 switches in access network.

MSTP implementation
The ISAM uses m-VPLS to group different SAPs under a single STP instance. The
VLAN range covering SAPs to be managed by a given m-VPLS is declared under a
specific m-VPLS SAP definition. MSTP mode-of-operation is only supported in an
m-VPLS.
When running MSTP, by default, all VLANs are mapped to the CIST. On the
m-VPLS level VLANs can be assigned to specific MSTIs.

4-20 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Pseudowire Control Word

The control word command enables the use of the control word individually on each
mesh-sdp or spoke-sdp. By default, the control word is disabled. When the control
word is enabled, all VPLS packets, including the BPDU frames are encapsulated
with the control word.
The T-LDP control plane behavior will be the same as the control word for VLL
services. This means that an ISAM PE will not be able to negotiate with the peer PE
whether the control word should be used. The C bit in the pseudowire FEC sent in
the label mapping message is set to a value of 1 when the control word is enabled.
The configuration for the two directions of the Ethernet pseudowire should match.
Each node will signal the C bit value as per the local mesh-sdp or spoke-sdp
configuration. A SR-Series node receiving a label mapping message with a C bit
different from the local configuration must withdraw its own label mapping message
if one was sent. The service will only come up if the same C bit value is signaled in
both directions.

xSTP High Availability

High Availability Enhancement for Duplex NT is introduced for xSTP Protocols
(RSTP/MSTP) from Release 4.3.01.
When a switchover to the stand-by NT board occurs due to failure of the active NT
or a forced NT switchover from management, all the xSTP port states and port roles
remain intact and are not re-calculated again on the newly active NT. This prevents
any topology change in an already converged network during NT switchover.

QoS Policies associated with v-VPLS/VPLS

Ingress SAP Classification

A service ingress access QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine the
Flow Class for each packet, entering via an SAP. The operator can configure ingress
access QoS policy for the service. By default each v-VPLS/VPLS service is
associated the default ingress access QoS policy: policy ID 1.

Egress Network EXP Marking ( only VPLS)

A service egress network QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine the
mapping of Flow Class and profile indication to EXP bits. Marking of the EXP bits
in both labels (transport and VC) of the PW is performed. The operator can configure
egress network QoS policy for the service. By default each VPLS service is
associated the default egress network QoS policy: policy ID 1.

Ingress Network Classification (only VPLS)

A service ingress network QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine
the Flow Class of each packet, entering via an SDP binding (i.e. PW). The operator
can configure ingress network QoS policy for the service. By default each VPLS
service is associated the default ingress network QoS policy: policy ID 1. The flow
class is determined based on the EXP value of the VC label or on the inner P-bit of
the L2 payload.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-21
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

VPLS management VRF

Figure 4-12 shows the management model.

Figure 4-12 Management model

VPLS Management
router instance

IP itf
PW n
VPLS LSP
PW m

IP itf

VPLS LSP PW l

SAP

SDP binding

A VPLS management router instance is created automatically at the start-up of the

system.
When an IP interface is created on top of a VPLS service instance, then this IP
interface gets implicitly associated with this single VPLS management router
instance.
No modifications can be done on this VPLS management router instance.
An IP packet can be sent to or received from any SDP binding/PW of that VPLS.
Multiple IP interfaces can be created on top of a single VPLS (this can be considered
as multi-netting as all these interfaces are acting above the same set of SAPs and SDP
bindings attached to that VPLS).
The VPLS mamagment VRF only supports routing packets to locally attached hosts.
That is, no next-hops can be statically specified and no routing protocols can be
activated.
To address the VPLS management VRF, the router instance vpls-management must
be specified in CLI commands.
For example:
show router vpls-management arp

ping 10.10.10.1 router vpls-management

show router vpls-management route-table

4-22 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

PM Counters per SAP

Statistics and Performance Monitoring (PM) can be enabled on a per-SAP basis for
both VPLS and v-VPLS services. This includes counting of Transmit and Receive
Frames and Octets on the SAP. By enabling statistics on the SAP, the operator can
monitor the running statistics on the SAP and also the current 15-minute interval and
current 1-day interval statistics. The PM interval table holds the history for the most
recent 32 instances of 15-minute intervals and 2 instances of 1-day intervals.

Per-service Configurable TPID

As per IEEE 802.1ad, S-VLANs can be tagged with 0x88a8 (or any other ethernet
type other than 0x8100) by the access provider for each v-VPLS service.
This feature allows for certain v-VPLS services to be configured to use one TPID
(for example, A) while other v-VPLS services can be configured to use either another
TPID (for example, B) or a system-wide default TPID.
Once a service level TPID is configured, each SAP in the service can be enabled to
use either the TPID configured at the v-VPLS service level or the port-default TPID.
This feature is only supported on v-VPLS services and is not supported on network
ports.

Figure 4-13 Configurable TPID

Region A
C-IBridge
Outer VID * S+C-IBridge
Data
0x8100 *
Tunnel-IBridge
Distrib Outer Outer VID *
Data C-VLAN
VID? 0x8100 *
Outer VID * S+C-VLAN
Data
0x88a8 * Tunnel-VLAN
NSP
Network NT
LT

The per-service TPID is set as follows:

1 Configure a TPID to be used at the service level (for example, 0x88a8 (or any
other ether type other than 0x8100))
2 Enable the use of this TPID on the underlying ports of all SAPs belonging to this
service, for which the service level TPID is to be used.

The use of service level TPID is enabled at the port level. For all other SAPs on the
port belonging to other services where no service level TPID has been configured, a
system-level default TPID will be used.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-23
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

External Packet Forwarding (EPF)

External Packet Forwarding is an ALU proprietary feature to support Lawful
intercept in a H.248 based voice network.
To support this in IHUB, the IP address of a router 'R' will be configured in a v-VPLS
which carries voice traffic. This IP address will act as the next-hop for all up-stream
voice packets from the voice LTs in the v-VPLS.
ISAM will send an ARP message to find out the MAC address of the router 'R' and
will send the voice packets with the real IP destination address and the MAC of
router "R" as the MAC destination.
When EPF is enabled, the hair-pinning is disabled automatically on the service.

Figure 4-14 External Packet Forwarding

Router
“R”

1540 Litespan VoIP

MPLS VPN IPv

VoIP MACV

POTS

POTS
POTS

POTS
7600
PoP

MAN

source dest
IPv IPv
VoIP
MACV MACR
platform

source dest
IPv IPv
NT
NT

MACR MACV

VLAN Voice & H.248

VLAN OAM
NT I/O interface

ISAM

Configuration Model
The EPF IP configuration is accepted only when the following conditions are met:
• the EPF IP is configured on v-VPLS,
• a VPRN / IES interface is present over the v-VPLS on which EPF IP is
configured,
• the VPRN / IES interface over the v-VPLS must have an primary IP Address,

4-24 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• the configured EPF IP address is not the same as the VPRN / IES interface
primary IP address,
• the VPRN / IES interface primary IP address must be in the same subnet as the IP
address of the configured EPF IP.

When the EPF IP is already configured on the v-VPLS, the following restrictions are
enforced:
• a virtual port SAP cannot be removed from the VPRN / IES interface,
• the primary IP address cannot be unconfigured from the VPRN / IES interface,
• the modification of the VPRN/IES interface IP address will be rejected when it is
modified to be the same as the EPF IP already configured (or) when the
modification will result in the configured EPF IP falling outside the subnet of the
VPRN/IES interface.

In case of a subtending mode, the EPF IP is to be configured at both the main ISAM
and the subtending ISAM:
• at the subtending ISAM for traffic originating at the subtending LT boards,
• at the main ISAM for traffic originating at the main node LT boards.

4.5 Configuring a VPLS Service with CLI

This section provides information to configure VPLS services using the Command
Line Interface (CLI). For complete command and parameter descriptions see also the
sections “VPLS Service CLI Command Reference”and “VPLS Service CLI
Configuration Commands”.
Topics in this section include:
• Configuration Overview
• Configuration Workflow
• Configuring VPLS Components
• Creating a VPLS Service
• Configuring v-VPLS/VPLS parameters
• Configuring Spanning Tree Protocols on m-VPLS
• Configuring VPLS SAPs
• Configuring VPLS SAP Parameters
• Configuring SDP Bindings
• STP SAP Operational States
• Service Management Tasks
• Modifying VPLS Service and SAP Parameters
• Enabling and Disabling VPLS Entities
• Deleting a VPLS Service or SAP
• Showing VPLS information
• Clearing VPLS operational data
• Showing VPLS SAP operational data
• Clearing SAP statistics

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-25
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.6 Configuration Overview

The ISAM supports configuration of three types of VPLS services:

• multiple v-VPLS instances can be configured to support L2 data frame
forwarding between the user side and network sides via the IHub and VPRN
interface reach extension
• a single m-VPLS is configured to indicate per port or LAG, whether xSTP BPDU
frames should be dropped or accepted.
• multiple VPLS instances can beconfigured to support L2 data frame forwarding
between the user side and the MPLS network side using MPLS pseudowires.

The following configuration parameters are used to create the m-VPLS or a v-VPLS:
• Customer ID: must be pre-existing in the ISAM; value 1 is always pre-existing at
system start-up and needs not be created by the operator.
• Service ID: must be unique to the service domain.
• VLAN ID: an existing VLAN ID must be specified for each v-VPLS instance. No
VLAN ID is required for the other VPLS types.

Note — Multiple v-VPLS instances can configured, but only one

m-VPLS can be configured for a ISAM system. In the m-VPLS,
several RSTP/MSTP instances (VLAN groups) can be configured.

After the m-VPLS, the v-VPLS, or the VPLS instance is created, SAPs are
configured to associate the physical access port or LAG to the service. The m-VPLS
cannot be associated to a port, connected to a local or remote line board and a
v-VPLS/VPLS can be associated with regular or residential (user) ports. For a VPLS
spoke or mesch SDP are in addition to the SAP's configured, they represent MPLS
pseudowires.
The following example shows a basic m-VPLS configuration, with local SAPs
configure. The service is enabled using the no shutdown command.
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 1 customer 1 create
description “Local VPLS”
exit
sap lt:1/2/2:no-tag create
description “SAP for local service”
exit
sap lt:1/1/5:no-tag create
description “SAP for local service”
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls#

4-26 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The following configuration elements can be specified for m-VPLS after the service
is created:
• service description
• STP, RSTP or MSTP instances
• admin status up or down

Note — Since the m-VPLS does not forward traffic, it has no FDB.
Therefore MAC learning, aging, and user-to-user control are not
relevant. Configuration of static MAC addresses on m-VPLS is not
allowed either.

The following parameters and configuration elements can be modified or configured

after a v-VPLS or a VPLS is created:
• service description
• user-to-user communication
• FIB size
• MAC learning and aging
• MFIB table size
• IGMP snooping
• admin status up or down

The following example displays a sample configuration of a distributed VPLS

service between ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
The following example displays a sample configuration of a distributed VPLS
service between
ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
shutdown
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/5:16 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 7:750 create
exit
exit

----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#

*A:ALA-2>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-27
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

exit
sap lt:1/1/5:16 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 8:750 create
exit
no shutdown
exit

----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-2>config>service#

*A:ALA-3>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/3:33 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 8:750 create
exit
no shutdown
exit

4.7 Configuration Workflow

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure VPLS services and SAP and spoke/mesh SDPs, and describes the related
CLI command syntax.
For VPLS services:
1 Create the m-VPLS instance, a v-VPLS instance or a VPLS instance.
2 Add a service description (optional).
3 Define SAPs:
• Select port(s) or LAGs.
• Select v-VPLS/VPLS filter policies (optional).
4 Define mesh/spoke SDP's for the VPLS (optional)
• Associate the service to an existing SDP
5 Modify STP default parameters for the m-VPLS (optional).
6 Modify v-VPLS parameters such as user-to-user communication, mac learning
and aging, FDB database size (optional).
7 Modify IGMP snooping parameters for the v-VPLS instances and the VPLS
instances (optional).
8 Enable the service.

4-28 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.8 Configuring VPLS Components

This section describes how to configure v-VPLS and m-VPLS entities, including
CLI command syntax and examples. For complete command and parameter
descriptions see also the sections “VPLS Service CLI Command
Reference”and “VPLS Service CLI Configuration Commands”.
This section provides information about configuring the following entities:
• Creating a VPLS Service
• Configuring Spanning Tree Protocols on m-VPLS
• Configuring v-VPLS/VPLS parameters
• Configuring VPLS SAPs
• Configuring VPLS SAP Parameters
• Configuring SAP-Specific STP Parameters
• Configuring SDP Bindings

Creating a VPLS Service

Only one m-VPLS service is configured per ISAM, using the default customer ID 1.
Note that in the CLI syntax example, customer ID must be specified when creating
the service, but is optional when modifying an existing service.
configure service vpls <service-id> customer {1 | <customer-id>} {m-vpls - |
v-vpls <vlan-id>}

The following is an example of a basic m-VPLS configuration. Note that the

description can only be added and the admin state changed to up using the [no]
shutdown command, after the service is created.
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
m-vpls 1 customer 1 create
description “Local mVPLS”
stp
shutdown
exit
exit
no shutdown
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls#

Multiple v-VPLS instances can be configured for the ISAM. Note that the customer
ID must be specified when creating the service, but is optional when making
modifications.
configure service vpls <service-id> [customer <customer-id>] v-vpls vlan
<vlan-id> create

The following illustrates a basic v-VPLS configuration:

*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
v-vpls 200 customer 1 vlan 2001 create
description “Local vVPLS”
exit
no shutdown
...

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-29
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls#

Multiple VPLS instances can be configured for the ISAM. Note that the customer ID
must be specified when creating the service, but is optional when making
modifications.
configure service vpls <service-id> [customer <customer-id>] v-vpls vlan
<vlan-id> create

The following illustrates a basic VPLS configuration:

*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 1 create
description “This is a distributed VPLS”
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls#

The following conditions apply when creating any VPLS:

• For an m-VPLS, the default customer ID 1 must be specified. For the v-VPLS or
VPLS services, 1 or an existing customer ID can be specified. When modifying a
service, the customer ID is optional.
• A description can be specified only after the service is created.
• The service ID must be unique to the service domain. Specifying an existing
service ID enters the editing context for that service ID.
• The admin status is down when the service is created and must be enabled using
the no shutdown command.

The following conditions apply when creating an m-VPLS:

• Only one m-VPLS can be configured for a ISAM system. RSTP or MSTP
instances (VLAN groups) can be configured for the m-VPLS after it is created.
• A VLAN ID must not be specified.
The following conditions apply when creating a v-VPLS:
• Single-tagged VLANs or a null VLAN (for untagged frames) can be specified.
• The v-VPLS VLAN ID cannot already be used by another v-VPLS nor be an
value internally used. The following VLAN ID values are used internally and
may not be used for v-VPLS: 4094, 4092, 4091 and 4090.
• Several v-VPLS instances can be configured in the system. The system supports
at least 4 K instances of v-VPLS.
• A v-VPLS is automatically connected to the virtual port at creation time, without
further operator action.
• User-to-user communication for users situated on distinct SAPs is disabled.
Note — User side relates to v-VPLS SAPs constructed on residential
ports and network side relates to v-VPLS SAPs constructed on regular
ports.

• MAC learning is enabled.

4-30 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• Restricted MAC move is enabled ( i.e MACs learned on regular ports overule
MACs learned on residential ports; MACs learned on residential ports cannot
override MACs learned on regular ports).
• MAC aging is 300 seconds. The MAC aging can be modified but not disabled.
The following conditions apply when creating a VPLS:
• Only single-tagged VLANs can be specified.
• Several VPLS instances can be configured in the system. The system supports at
maximum 1K VPLS instances.
• User-to-user communication for users situated on distinct SAPs is disabled.
Note — User side relates to VPLS SAPs constructed on residential
ports and network side relates to VPLS SAPs or SDP bindings
constructed on or associated to regular ports.

• MAC learning is enabled.

• Restricted MAC move is enabled ( i.e MACs learned on regular ports overule
MACs learned on residential ports; MACs learned on residential ports cannot
override MACs learned on regular ports).
• MAC aging is 300 seconds for MACs learned on SAPs. MAC aging is 900
seconds for MACs learned on spoke/mesh SDP s. The MAC aging can be
modified but cannot be disabled.

Configuring v-VPLS/VPLS parameters

The following parameters and configuration elements can be modified or configured
after the v-VPLS/VPLS is created:
• service description
• FIB size
• MFIB size
• MAC learning and aging
• IGMP snooping
• user-to-user communication
• unrestricted MAC move
• service Dot1q Etype
• External Packet Forwarding

FIB size
The maximum number of forwarding database entries can be configured for both
learned and static MAC addresses for a v-VPLS/VPLS instance.
configure service vpls <service-id> [no] fdb-table-size

MFIB size
The maximum number of multicast database entries for both learned and static
multicast addresses can be configured for the v-VPLS/VPLS instance.
configure service vpls <service-id> mfib-table-size <size>

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-31
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

MAC learning and aging

Learning of new MAC addresses in the v-VPLS/VPLS forwarding database (FDB)
can be enabled and disabled for the service instance using the disable-learning
command.
configure service vpls <service-id> [no] disable-learning

You can change the default aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the
forwarding database (FDB) for the v-VPLS/VPLS instance.
configure service vpls <service-id> local-age <seconds>

You can change the default aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the
forwarding database (FDB) for the VPLS instance.
configure service vpls <service-id> remote-age <seconds>

IGMP snooping
The following IGMP paramters can be configured:
• shutdown:
The following command administratively enables or disables IGMP snooping.
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping no shutdown
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping shutdown
When IGMP snooping is disabled:
• received IGMP messages are transparently flooded
• received multicast data streams are flooded in the v-VPLS/VPLS
• no IGMP query messages are generated
• no IGMP response messages are sent out
• dynamic multicast tree cannot be created, and related IGMP messages are
transparently flooded
• static multicast tree still can be created but will be overruled by the flooding of all
multicast streams, including the ones for which there are static multicast trees, as
long as IGMP snooping is disabled.
• The command “show mfib” will result in no entries, i.e. flooding does not make use
of the MFIB, but (static) entries actually remain in the MFIB. This can be verified
by enabling IGMP again.
• query-interval:
The configured default value for (dynamic) MR SAPs when these SAPs cannot
learn the query-interval from the received QUERY messages (for example,
because these are not filled in in the QUERY message).
The system assumes an external querier is shutdown when no QUERY is received
during a period of (vpls_robust_count-1) × vpls_query_interval +
msg_query_response_interval
Note: a valid QUERY always carries a msg_query_response_interval
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping query-interval seconds
The no form of the command returns this value to the system default value
(125 s).

4-32 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• query-src-ip:
The specific IP source address used in IGMP queries.
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping query-src-ip ip-address
The no form of the command returns this value to the system default value
(0.0.0.0).
• report-src-ip:
The specific IP source address used in IGMP reports.
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping report-src-ip ip-address
The no form of the command returns this value to the system default value
(0.0.0.0).
• robust-count:
The configured default value for (dynamic) MR SAPs when these SAPs cannot
learn the robust-count from the received QUERY messages (for example,
because these are not filled in in the QUERY message).
configure service vpls service-id igmp-snooping robust-count robust-count
The no form of the command returns this value to the system default value (2).

User-to-user communication
The v-VPLS/VPLS behavior distinguishes between the user-side and network-side,
to secure control over MAC learning capabilities, and enable the ability to control
user-to-user communication. User-to-user communication can be enabled or
disabled, to allow or prevent user-to-user communications between residential ports.
Note — Network Ports (including Subtending ISAM ports) are
created in regular mode. If the port is later assigned to a subtending
NE, the port can be changed to residential in the port extension table,
and user-to-user communication can be enabled in the v-VPLS
instance.

The following CLI command syntax can be used to enable or disable user to user
communication for a v-VPLS/VPLS instance:
configure service vpls <service-id> [no] user-user-com

Unrestricted MAC move

The v-VPLS/VPLS behavior distinguishes between the user side and network side,
to secure control over MAC learning capabilities. MAC learning on regular access
ports or on SDP bindings has by default priority over MACs learned on residential
SAPs. That is, a MAC address learned on a regular port shall not move to a
residential port when learned on that port, while a MAC learned on a residential port
shall move to a regular port when learned/configured on that regular port. This
default MAC move behaviour can however be modified.
The following CLI command syntax can be used to enable or unrestricted-mac-move
for a v-VPLS/VPLS instance:
configure service vpls <service-id> [no] unrestrict-mac-move

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-33
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Service Dot1q Etype

In v-VPLS, each service can be configured to use a dot1q-etype value other than the
port default ether-type by setting a VLAN level ether-type parameter
vlan-dot1q-etype in the context of that service.
This value will be applicable for all the SAPs on that service, where
use-vlan-dot1q-etype is enabled on the underlying ports.
This means, when vlan-dot1q-etype is configured in a service, only the packets
matching this TPID are allowed on all those SAPs where use-vlan-dot1q-etype is
enabled on the underlying ports.
Similarly, all packets that egress out of the service will be tagged with the
dot1q-etype value configured at the VLAN level, for those SAPs on that service,
where use-vlan-dot1q-etype is enabled on the underlying ports.
The following example displays vlan-dot1q-etype configuration:
>configure>service>vpls # info
---------------------------------------------------------------
vlan-dot1q-etype <etype>
sap nt-a:xfp:2:500 create
exit
no shutdown
---------------------------------------------------------------
>configure>service>vpls#

>configure>port>nt-a:xfp:2:500>ethernet
---------------------------------------------------------------
use-vlan-dot1q-etype
-------------------------------------------------------------------

To disable the use of an alternate TPID, use the no vlan-dot1q-etype command.

>configure>service>vpls# info
-------------------------------------------------------------
[no] vlan-dot1q-etype <etype>
sap nt-a:xfp:2:500 create
exit
no shutdown
-------------------------------------------------------------

External Packet Forwarding

The following CLI command syntax can be used to enable or disable external packet
forwarding for a v-VPLS instance:
configure service vpls <vpls-id> extfwd [no] device-ip <ip-address>

The following example displays external packet forwarding configuration:

leg:isadmin># info configure service
----------------------------------------------
customer 1 create
description "Default customer"
exit
vpls 1000 customer 1 v-vpls vlan 1000 create
shutdown
extfwd
device-ip 10.1.1.2
exit
stp

4-34 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

shutdown
exit
exit
vprn 1001 customer 1 create
shutdown
interface "epf_vprn" create
address 10.1.1.1/30
sap nt:vp:1:1000 create
exit
exit
exit
-----------------------------------------------

Configuring Spanning Tree Protocols on m-VPLS

RSTP and MSTP are supported on the m-VPLS only, not on a v-VPLS. When
implementing an RSTP or MSTP, take note of the following conditions:
• RSTP and MSTP cannot run concurrently on the system.
• An SAP must be created in the m-VPLS for each port or LAG that will participate
in the STP protocol. STP must then be enabled on each SAP in m-VPLS, using
the no shutdown command. The SAP is created using the VLAN ID notation
“no-tag”.
• The STP parameters must be configured for the m-VPLS, including no shutdown
to enable STP and 'mode' to specify whether RTSP or MSTP protocol is required.
• For MSTP, up to 15 instances can be configured with different VLAN ranges for
the MST instance. VLANs which are not included explicitly in an MSTP instance
fall into the default MSTP instance 0. For the MST instance, the path-cost and
port-priority are configured at the SAP level.

Note that traditional L2 switches running MSTP protocol assign all VLANs to the
IST instance per default. The operator can re-assign individual VLANs to a given
MSTI by configuring per VLAN assignment.

Configuring STP Bridge Parameters

Modifying some of the Spanning Tree Protocol parameters allows the operator to
balance STP between resiliency and speed of convergence extremes. Modifying
particular parameters, mentioned below, must be done in the constraints of the
following two formulae:
2 x (Bridge_Forward_Delay - 1.0 seconds) >= Bridge_Max_Age
Bridge_Max_Age >= 2 x (Bridge_Hello0_Time + 1.0 seconds)
STP always uses the locally configured values for the first three parameters (Admin
State, Mode, and Priority).
For the parameters Max Age, Forward Delay, Hello Time and Hold Count, the
locally configured values are only used when this bridge has been elected root bridge
in the STP domain, otherwise the values received from the root bridge are used. The
exception to this rule is: when STP is running in RSTP mode, the Hello Time is
always taken from the locally configured parameter. The other parameters are only
used when running mode MSTP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-35
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Bridge STP Admin State:

The administrative state of STP at the m-VPLS level is controlled by the shutdown
command.
When STP on the VPLS is administratively disabled, any BPDUs are forwarded
transparently through the ISAM. When STP on the VPLS is administratively
enabled, but the administrative state of an SAP is down, BPDUs received on such an
SAP are discarded.
configure>service>vpls <service-id> stp no shutdown

Mode
To be compatible with the different iterations of the IEEE 802.1D standard, the
ISAM supports several variants of the Spanning Tree protocol:
• rstp
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) compliant with IEEE 802.1D-2004 -
default mode.
• dot1w
Compliant with IEEE 802.1w.
• comp-dot1w
Operation as in RSTP but backwards compatible with IEEE 802.1w (this mode
was introduced for interoperability with some MTU types).
• mstp
Compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE 802.1Q
REV/D5.0-09/2005.
• mstp-comp-2003
Compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE
802.1Q-REV/D3.0-04/2005 but with some changes to make it backwards
compatible to 802.1Q 2003 edition and IEEE 802.1w.
• pmstp
Provider MSTP mode is implemented according to 802.1ad (provider bridges)
The provider functionality is implemented and the provider edge functionality is
not.

The configured mode shall be used unless (on a per-SAP basis) a BPDU of a different
format is detected, in which case the mode shall fall back to STP (IEEE
802.1D-1998). See “Spanning Tree Operating Modes” for details on these modes.
configure>service>vpls <service-id> stp mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp|
mstp-comp-2003 | pmstp}

Default: rstp
Bridge Priority
The bridge-priority command is used to populate the priority portion of the bridge
ID field within outbound BPDUs (the most significant 4 bits of the bridge ID). It is
also used as part of the decision process when determining the best BPDU between
messages received and sent. When running MSTP, this is the bridge priority used for
the CIST.

4-36 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

All values will be truncated to multiples of 4096, conforming with IEEE 802.1t and
802.1D-2004.
configure>service>vpls service-id# stp priority bridge-priority
• Range: 1 to 65535
• Default: 32768
• Restore Default: no priority
Max Age
The max-age command indicates how many hops a BPDU can traverse the network
starting from the root bridge. The message age field in a BPDU transmitted by the
root bridge is initialized to 0. Each other bridge will take the message_age value from
BPDUs received on their root port and increment this value by 1. The message_age
thus reflects the distance from the root bridge. BPDUs with a message age exceeding
max-age are ignored.
STP uses the max-age value configured in the root bridge. This value is propagated
to the other bridges via the BPDUs.
The default value of max-age is 20. This parameter can be modified within a range
of 6 to 40, limited by the standard STP parameter interaction formulae.
configure>service>vpls service-id# stp max-age max-info-age
• Range: 6 to 40 seconds
• Default: 20 seconds
• Restore Default: no max-age
Forward Delay
RSTP, as defined in the IEEE 802.1D-2004 standards, will normally transition to the
forwarding state via a handshaking mechanism (rapid transition), without any
waiting times. If handshaking fails (e.g. on shared links, see below), the system falls
back to the timer-based mechanism defined in the original STP (802.1D-1998)
standard.
A shared link is a link with more than two Ethernet bridges (for example, a shared
10/100BaseT segment). The port-type command is used to configure a link as
point-to-point or shared.
For timer-based transitions, the 802.1D-2004 standard defines an internal variable
forward-delay, which is used in calculating the default number of seconds that an
SAP spends in the discarding and learning states when transitioning to the
forwarding state.
The value of the forward-delay variable depends on the STP operating mode of the
VPLS instance:
• in all other situations, the value configured by the forward-delay command is
used.
configure>service>vpls service-id# stp forward-delay seconds

• Range: 4 to 30 seconds
• Default: 15 seconds
• Restore Default: no forward-delay

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-37
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Hello Time
The hello-time command configures the STP hello time for the VPLS STP instance.
The seconds parameter defines the default timer value that controls the sending
interval between BPDU configuration messages by this bridge, on ports where this
bridge assumes the designated role.
The active hello time for the spanning tree is determined by the root bridge (except
when the STP is running in RSTP mode, then the hello time is always taken from the
locally configured parameter).
The configured hello-time value can also be used to calculate the bridge forward
delay, “forward-delay”.
configure>service>vpls service-id# stp hello-time hello-time

• Range: 1 to 10 seconds
• Default: 2 seconds
• Restore Default: no hello-time
Hold Count
The hold-count command configures the peak number of BPDUs that can be
transmitted in a period of one second.
configure>service>vpls service-id# stp hold-count count-value

• Range: 1 to 10
• Default: 6
• Restore Default: no hold-count
MST Instances
You can create up to 15 MST-instances. They can range from 1 to 4093. By changing
path-cost and priorities, you can make sure that each instance will form it's own tree
within the region, thus making sure different VLANs follow different paths.
You can assign non overlapping VLAN ranges to each instance. VLANs that are not
assigned to an instance are implicitly assumed to be in instance 0, which is also called
the CIST. This CIST cannot be deleted or created.
The parameters that can be defined per instance are mst-priority and VLAN-range.
• mst-priority:
The bridge-priority for this specific mst-instance. It follows the same rules as
bridge-priority. For the CIST, the bridge-priority is used.
• VLAN-range:
The VLANs are mapped to this specific mst-instance. If no VLAN-ranges are
defined in any mst-instances, then all VLANs are mapped to the CIST.

MST Max Hops

The mst-max-hops command defines the maximum number of hops the BPDU can
traverse inside the region. Outside the region max-age is used.
MST Name

4-38 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The MST name defines the name that the operator gives to a region. Together with
MST revision and the VLAN-to-MST-instance mapping, it forms the MST
configuration identifier. Two bridges that have the same MST configuration
identifier form a region if they exchange BPDUs.
MST Revision
The MST revision together with MST-name and VLAN to MST-instance mapping
define the MST configuration identifier. Two bridges that have the same MST
configuration identifier form a region if they exchange BPDUs.

Configuring VPLS SAPs

A default QoS policy is applied to each ingress and egress SAP. Additional QoS
policies can be configured in the configure>qos context.VPLS services use SAPs to
associate the service with a dot1q Ethernet encapsulation access physical port or
LAG. The virtual port is automatically associated with a v-VPLS when the service is
created and requires no input from the operator.
An m-VPLS uses Ethernet dot1q encapsulated SAPs to enable xSTP protocol on
ports and LAGs.
A v-VPLS/VPLS uses Ethernet dot1q encapsulated SAPs exclusively, to handle
VLAN ID tagged traffic received on the regular (network) or residential (user) access
port defined by the SAP associated with the v-VPLS/VPLS.
Note that the v-VPLS/VPLS behavior distinguishes between residential (user-side)
and regular (network-side) ports, to secure control over MAC learning capabilities,
and enable the ability to control user-to-user communication between residential
ports.
Ingress and egress IP and MAC filter policies can also be configured for SAPs.
SAP level STP parameters are also specified for RSTP or MSTP on the m-VPLS.

Configuration Guidelines
The following conditions apply when creating SAPs for VPLS services:
• SAPs can only be configured on dot1q Ethernet encapsulation access ports
• All SAPs must refer to the associated m-VPLS or v-VPLS VLAN ID. For
m-VPLS SAPs, the VLAN ID notation is “no-tag”.
• An SAP on a v-VPLS can be created with a null VLAN ID, to receive and send
untagged frames.
Note 1 — If a null SAP is not created on a port, untagged packets will
be dropped.
Note 2 — You cannot configure an SAP with a null VLAN ID on an
LT port (which is never needed in practice). The null VLAN ID would
be overruled by the internal VLAN ID used to interconnect the LT to
NT. Untagged L2CP traffic is handled by the m-VPLS.
• A description can be added or modified after the SAP is created.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-39
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• There are no default filter policies. Filter policies must be explicitly applied to an
SAP after the SAP is created.
• An SAP that is created on an m-VPLS, a v-VPLS or a VPLS that is
administratively up will attempt to enter the operationally up state.

VPLS SAP configuration example

To configure a local VPLS service, enter the sap sap-id command twice with
different port IDs in the same service configuration.
configure service vpls <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:<vlan-id>
create

The following CLI command syntax to create or modify an SAP:

configure service vpls <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:<vlan-id>
create

The port or LAG is specified in the following format:

• Network (regular) ports: <slot>:<type of port>:<faceplate sequential number>.
• LT (residential or user) ports: lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<sequential number of the line
board>

The VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID of the associated service as follows:
• For an m-VPLS SAP, “no-tag” is used for the externally untagged L2CP frames
processed by the m-VPLS
• For a v-VPLS SAP, the VLAN ID must be explicitly specified.
• For a VPLS there are no restrictions, that is, SAPs of a VPLS can have a different
VLAN ID. The only restriction is that a VLAN ID of a V-VPLS cannot be used.

The following example displays SAPs configured for an m-VPLS:

*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 1 customer 1 create
description “Local m-VPLS”
stp
shutdown
exit
sap nt-a:sfp:2 create
description “SAP for RSTP service”
exit
sap nt-a:sfp:5 create
description “SAP for RSTP service”
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service#

The following example displays configuration of distributed VPLS SAPs:

To configure a distributed VPLS service, you must configure service entities on
originating and far-end nodes. You must use the same service ID on all ends (for
example, create a VPLS service ID 9000 on ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3). A
distributed VPLS consists of an SAP on each participating node and an SDP bound
to each participating node.

4-40 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

For SDP binding information, see “Configuring SDP Bindings”.

The following example displays a configuration of VPLS SAPs configured for
ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
--------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 vpn 750 create
description "Distributed VPLS services."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/2/5:0 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
exit
...
--------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#

*A:ALA-2>config>service# info
--------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 vpn 750 create
description "Distributed VPLS services."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/2:22 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
exit
...
--------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-2>config>service#

*A:ALA-3>config>service# info
--------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 vpn 750 create
description "Distributed VPLS services."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/3:33 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
exit
...
--------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-3>config>service#

Configuring VPLS SAP Parameters

After an SAP is created for a service, you can modify SAP parameters including IP
and MAC filter policies, static MAC, and SAP specific RSTP/MSTP parameters.

Configuring egress and ingress filter policies on an SAP

You can associate an IP or MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress Service
Access Point (SAP) or IP interface. Filter policies control forwarding and dropping
of packets based on IP or MAC matching criteria. Only one type may be applied to
an SAP at a time.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-41
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The filter ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with an ingress or egress
SAP. In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the
SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the
default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.

Configuring a static MAC on an SAP

Local static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SAP association in the
forwarding database for the VPLS instance, so that the MAC address will not be
learned on the edge device.
The following CLI command syntax can be used to create or delete a static MAC
association with an SAP:
configure service vpls <service-id> sap [{<port-id> | <lag-id>}:<vlan-id>]
[no] static-mac <static-mac>

Configuring SAP-Specific STP Parameters

When a m-VPLS has STP enabled, each SAP within the m-VPLS has STP enabled
by default.
SAP STP Administrative State
The administrative state of STP within an SAP controls how BPDUs are transmitted
and handled when received. The allowable states are:
• SAP Admin Up
The default administrative state is up for STP on an SAP. BPDUs are handled in
the normal STP manner on an SAP that is administratively up.
• SAP Admin Down
An administratively down state allows a service provider to prevent an SAP from
becoming operationally blocked. BPDUs will not originate out the SAP towards
the customer.
Note — The administratively down state allows a loop to form within
the VPLS.

configure>service>vpls>sap>stp# [no] shutdown

• Range: shutdown or no shutdown
• Default: no shutdown (SAP admin up)
SAP Virtual Port Number
The virtual port number uniquely identifies an SAP within configuration BPDUs.
The internal representation of an SAP is unique to a system and has a reference space
much bigger than the 12 bits definable in a configuration BPDU. STP takes the
internal representation value of an SAP and identifies it with it’s own virtual port
number that is unique to every other SAP defined on the VPLS. The virtual port
number is assigned at the time that the SAP is added to the VPLS.
Since the order in which SAPs are added to the VPLS is not preserved between
reboots of the system, the virtual port number may change between restarts of the
STP instance. To achieve consistency after a reboot, the virtual port number can be
specified explicitly.

4-42 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

configure>service>vpls>sap>stp# port-num number

• Range: 1 — 2047
• Default: (automatically generated)
• Restore Default: no port-num
SAP Priority
SAP priority allows a configurable “tie breaking” parameter to be associated with an
SAP. When configuration BPDUs are being received, the configured SAP priority
will be used in some circumstances to determine whether an SAP will be designated
or blocked. These are the values used for CIST when running MSTP.
In traditional STP implementations (802.1D-1998), this field is called the port
priority and has a value of 0 to 255. This field is coupled with the port number (0 to
255 also) to create a 16 bit value. In the latest STP standard (802.1D-2004) only the
upper 4 bits of the port priority field are used to encode the SAP priority. The
remaining 4 bits are used to extend the port ID field into a 12 bit virtual port number
field. The virtual port number uniquely references an SAP within the STP instance.
STP computes the actual SAP priority by taking the configured priority value and
masking out the lower four bits. The result is the value that is stored in the SAP
priority parameter. For example, if a value of 0 was entered, masking out the lower
4 bits would result in a parameter value of 0. If a value of 255 was entered, the result
would be 240.
The default value for SAP priority is 128. This parameter can be modified within a
range of 0 to 255, 0 being the highest priority. Masking causes the values actually
stored and displayed to be 0 to 240, in increments of 16.
configure>service>vpls>sap>stp# priority stp-priority

• Range: 0 to 255 (240 largest value, in increments of 16)

• Default: 128
• Restore Default: no priority
SAP Path Cost
The SAP path cost is used by STP to calculate the path cost to the root bridge. The
path cost in BPDUs received on the root port is incremented with the configured path
cost for that SAP. When BPDUs are sent out other egress SAPs, the newly calculated
root path cost is used. These are the values used for CIST when running MSTP.
STP suggests that the path cost is defined as a function of the link bandwidth. Since
SAPs are controlled by complex queuing dynamics, in the ISAM the STP path cost
is a purely static configuration.
The default value for sap-path-cost is 10. This parameter can be modified within a
range of 1 to 65535, 1 being the lowest cost.
configure>service>vpls>sap>stp# path-cost sap-path-cost

• Range: 1 to 200000000
• Default: 10
• Restore Default: no path-cost
SAP Link Type

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-43
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The SAP link-type parameter instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges
behind this SAP. If there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state will
be based on handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected
via a shared media, their SAPs should all be configured as shared, and timer-based
transitions are used.
Valid values for SAP link-type are shared and pt-pt with pt-pt being the default.
configure>service>vpls>sap>stp# link-type {pt-pt|shared}

Default: link-type pt-pt

Restore Default: no link-type

Configuring SAP-specific IGMP Parameters

The following SAP-specific IGMP parameters can be configured:
• mrouter-port:
This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this SAP.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping mrouter-port
When configuring an SAP as an mrouter-port, then IGMP REPORTS generated
by the IGMP subsystem of the containing v-VPLS/VPLS are sent out on this
SAP. In general, IGMP subsystems generate IGMP REPORTS as answer to a
received QUERY, or when an SAP joins a multicast group.
If two multicast edge routers exist in the network, one of them will become the
active querier. While the other multicast edge router (non-querier) stops sending
IGMP QUERIES, it should still receive IGMP REPORTS to keep its multicast
trees up to date. To support this, the mrouter-port should be enabled on all SAPs
connecting to a multicast router.
The no form of the command returns this value disables the SAP as an
mrouter-port.
• send-queries:
This command specifies whether to send IGMP QUERIES on the SAP.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping send-queries
The no form of the command returns this value disables the sending of IGMP
QUERIES.
• version:
This command specifies the version of all types of QUERIES generated by (the
IGMP subsystem on) the SAP, when send-queries is enabled.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping version version
Default value: IGMPv3
If send-queries is not configured, the version command has no effect.
The no form of this command removes the SAP-specific version for use in IGMP
queries

4-44 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• fast-leave:
This command enables IGMP fast leave on this SAP.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping fast-leave
If fast-leave is enabled, the multicast branch for this multicast channel on this
SAP will be deleted without “last-member-query-interval” waiting time and
without IGMP query-report verification when an IGMP leave for a particular
multicast channel is received on this SAP.
The no form of this command disables fast-leave.
• query-interval:
This command configures the interval between two consecutive general
QUERIES sent out by the IGMP subsystem on this SAP.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping query-interval
seconds
The configured query-interval must be greater than the configured
query-response-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured query-interval value
has no effect.
The no form of this command returns the query-interval to its default value.
• query-response-interval:
This command configures the maximum time that (the IGMP subsystem on) an
SAP waits for an IGMP response after sending an IGMP QUERY.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping
query-response-interval seconds
The system assumes a branch can be deleted when no RESPONSE is received
during a period of (robust_count-1) × query_interval +
query_response_interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured
query-response-interval value has no effect.
The no form of this command returns the query-response-interval to its default
value.
• last-member-query-interval:
This command configures the maximum time that (the IGMP subsystem on) an
SAP waits for an IGMP response after sending an IGMP group-specific query.
The latter was triggered by receiving an IGMP leave.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping
last-member-query-interval interval
If fast-leave is enabled on the SAP, the configured last-member-query-interval
has no effect.
The no form of this command returns the last-member-query-interval to its
default value.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-45
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• robust-count:
This command configures the retry count for sending IGMP QUERIES, when an
IGMP response is not received/time-out.
configure service vpls service-id sap sap-id igmp-snooping robust-count count
For example, when robust-count is 2, the system assumes a branch can be deleted
when no RESPONSE during a period of 1 × query_interval +
query_response_interval
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured robust-count value has
no effect.
The no form of this command returns the robust-count to its default value.

Configuring “restricted-tagging” on an SAP

When “restricted-tagging” is enabled on an SAP, only double-vlan-tagged packets
arriving at the SAP will be forwarded. Only packets with outer TPID as 0x8100 and
inner TPID 0x8100 are considered as double-vlan-tagged packets.
The following example displays restricted-tagging configuration:
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "VPLS service 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:5 create
description "Sap description for service id 2100"
restricted-tagging
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

To disable restricted-tagging, use the no restricted-tagging command.

*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe# info
----------------------------------------------
description "VPLS service 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:5 create
description "Sap description for service id 2100"
no restricted-tagging
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>epipe#

Configuring Management Points (MEPs/MIPs) for Ethernet CFM on SAPs

Two steps are required to configure the CFM in a VPLS network:
1 The MD and MA need to be created first
2 The MEP/MIP can be created in the VPLS service instance, associating it to a
SAP and added to the defined MD and MA. The MEP has to be specified with
the “Domain” and “Association” IDs that have been configured already under
the configure eth-cfm context (see “Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management”).

4-46 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

When creating the MEP, MDs and MAs are associated and in addition, the following
parameters are required:
• MEP-ID - The ID value used to identify the MEP in the MA. This ID value must
be listed in the remote-MEP-iD list in the MA configuration of the other PE
router. Correlate the MEP with the correct MD and MA. When configuring the
correlation, the index value is used instead of the name of the MD and MA. All
MEPs that belong to the same MA must have the same MA name and MD level.
• Direction - The CFM message flow direction.
If the CFM message should travel from the SAP to the fabric, then over the
pseudo wires to reach the far-end SAPs where the other MEPs are configured then
the direction must be set as “up”. That is ,the CFM messages are sent from the
SAP up to the fabric.
If the CFM message must be sent through the port directly out to the network then
the direction must be set as “down”.
Default value for a MEP/MIP is “down”
• MAC address (optional) - The source MAC address of the CFM messages can be
defined in the MEP. By default, the system MAC address is used as the source
MAC address for all CFM messages. For ease of troubleshooting and
management, specific MAC addresses can be used for CFM messages.

The MEP must be adminstratively enabled using the no shutdown command

The following CLI command syntax can be used to create or modify a MEP/MIP on
a SAP:
configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
sap nt-a:sfp:1:100 create
eth-cfm
mep 5 domain 50 association 1 direction down
no shutdown
exit
sap nt-a:sfp:1:100 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------

For MIP:
config>service>Vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
sap nt-a:sfp:1:100 create
eth-cfm
mip
exit
sap nt-a:sfp:2:100 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------

Enabling Statistics collection and PM collection on an SAP

Statistics collection and PM collection are enabled on an SAP when “enable-stats” is
configured on that SAP.
The operator can then monitor ingress packets/octets and egress packets/octets on an
SAP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-47
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

32 15-minute interval and two 1-day interval instances will be collected and wrap
around after that.
The following example displays the enable-stats configuration:
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>vpls # info
----------------------------------------------
description "VPLS service 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:5 create
description "Sap description for service id 2100"
enable-stats
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>vpls#

To disable enable-stats, use the no enable-stats command.

*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "VPLS service 2100"
sap lt:1/1/1:5 create
description "Sap description for service id 2100"
no enable-stats
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-Dut-B>configure>service>vpls#

STP SAP Operational States

The operational state of STP within an SAP controls how BPDUs are transmitted and
handled when received. Defined states are:
• Operationally Disabled
• Operationally Discarding
• Operationally Learning
• Operationally Forwarding

Operationally Disabled
Operationally disabled is the normal operational state for STP on an SAP in a VPLS
that has any of the following conditions:
• VPLS state administratively down
• SAP state administratively down
• SAP state operationally down
If the SAP enters the operationally up state with the STP administratively up and the
SAP STP state is up, the SAP will transition to the STP SAP discarding state.
When, during normal operation, the router detects a downstream loop behind an
SAP, BPDUs can be received at a very high rate. To recover from this situation, STP
will transition the SAP to disabled state for the configured forward-delay duration.

4-48 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Operationally Discarding
An SAP in the discarding state only receives and sends BPDUs, building the local
proper STP state for each SAP while not forwarding actual user traffic. The duration
of the discarding state is explained in “forward-delay”.

Note — In previous versions of the STP standard, the discarding state

was called a blocked state.

Operationally Learning
The learning state allows population of the MAC forwarding table before entering
the forwarding state. In this state, no user traffic is forwarded.

Operationally Forwarding
Configuration BPDUs are sent out an SAP in the forwarding state. Layer 2 frames
received on the SAP are source learned and destination forwarded according to the
FIB. Layer 2 frames received on other forwarding interfaces and destined for the
SAP are also forwarded.

Configuring SDP Bindings

A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge port where flooded
traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other "ports" (other spoke and
mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received (unless a split
horizon group was defined on the spoke SDP).
A spoke SDP connects a VPLS service between two sites and, in its simplest form,
could be a single tunnel LSP. A set of ingress and egress VC labels are exchanged
for each VPLS service instance to be transported over this LSP. The PE routers at
each end treat this as a virtual spoke connection for the VPLS service in the same
way as the PE-MTU connections. This architecture minimizes the signaling
overhead and avoids a full mesh of VCs and LSPs between the two metro networks.
A mesh SDP bound to a service is logically treated like a single bridge "port" for
flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is
replicated to other "ports" (spoke SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh
SDPs.
A VC-ID can be specified with the SDP-ID. The VC-ID is used instead of a label to
identify a virtual circuit. The VC-ID is significant between peer SRs on the same
hierarchical level. The value of a VC-ID is conceptually independent from the value
of the label or any other datalink specific information of the VC.
Figure 4-15 displays an example of a distributed VPLS service configuration of
spoke and mesh SDPs (uni-directional tunnels) between ISAMs and MTUs.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-49
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Figure 4-15 Uni-Directional Tunnels

ALA-1 ALA-2
MESH-SDP 3
VPLS 9000 MESH-SDP 4 VPLS 9000
for for
Customer 6001 Customer 6001

5
M

P
ES

D
-S
H

5
M

-S

P
ES

ES
D

D
P

-S
H

M
-S

H
ES
D
P

M
4
Spoke-SDP 21 Spoke-SDP 11

Spoke-SDP 22 Spoke-SDP 10

MTU A MTU C

VPLS 9000
for
Customer 6001

ALA-3

Spoke-SDP 50

Spoke-SDP 51

MTU B

Use the following CLI syntax to create a mesh or spoke SDP bindings with a
distributed VPLS service. SDPs must be configured prior to binding. Refer to
Configuring an SDP on page 73 for information about creating SDPs.
Use the following CLI syntax to configure mesh SDP bindings:
configure>service# vpls service-id
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}]
egress
vc-label egress-vc-label
ingress
vc-label ingress-vc-label
no shutdown
static-mac ieee-address
vlan-vc-tag 0..4094

Use the following CLI syntax to configure spoke SDP bindings:

configure>service# vpls service-id
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id [vc-type {ether|vlan}]
egress
vc-label egress-vc-label
ingress
vc-label ingress-vc-label
vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
no shutdown
static-mac ieee-address
vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]

4-50 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

The following displays SDP binding configurations for ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3
for VPLS service ID 9000 for customer 6:
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/2/5:0 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 5:750 create
exit
mesh-sdp 7:750 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#

*A:ALA-2>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
sap lt:1/1/2:22 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 5:750 create
exit
mesh-sdp 7:750 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-2>config>service#

*A:ALA-3>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
def-mesh-vc-id 750
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/3:33 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
mesh-sdp 5:750 create
exit
mesh-sdp 7:750 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-3>config>service#

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-51
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.9 Service Management Tasks

This section discusses the following service management tasks:

• Modifying VPLS Service and SAP Parameters
• Enabling and Disabling VPLS Entities
• Deleting a VPLS Service or SAP
• Showing VPLS information
• Clearing VPLS operational data
• Showing VPLS SAP operational data
• Clearing SAP statistics

Modifying VPLS Service and SAP Parameters

You can change existing service and SAP parameters after the service or SAP is
created. The changes are applied immediately.
Some v-VPLS or m-VPLS parameters cannot be modified as long as the v-VPLS or
m-VPLS exists. In order to change these parameters, you must remove the service
and reconfigure with the new values. This includes the following service parameters:
• service id
• customer ID
• VLAN ID
For some changes, the admin state of the service or SAP must be set down. If the
admin state is set down, then the operational state of the associated port shall go
down and the state change shall propagate If an SAP is operationally down, no traffic
shall be passed in control and data plane in the SAP and the corresponding
forwarding database entries shall be flushed.
The following displays a modified m-VPLS configuration.
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description “This is a different description.”
stp
shutdown
exit
sap lt:1/1/5:22 create
description “VPLS SAP”
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vpls#

To display a list of services, use the show service service-using vpls command.
Enter the parameter such as description and/or SAP command syntax, and then enter
the new information.
To modify the range of VLANs on an access port that are to be managed by an
existing m-VPLS, first the new range should be entered and afterwards the old range
removed. If the old range is removed before a new range is defined, all customer
VPLS services in the old range will become unprotected and may be disabled. For
example:
configure>service# vpls service-id sap sap-id managed-vlan-list [no] range
vlan-range

4-52 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Enabling and Disabling VPLS Entities

You can administratively enable and disable the following VPLS without deleting
the service parameters.
• v-VPLS or m-VPLS service.
• SAPS configured for the m-VPLS or a v-VPLS instance.
• STP instance configured in m-VPLS or an m-VPLS SAP
When a VPLS is disabled, all associated user VPLS services are also disabled (to
prevent loops). If this is not desired, first un-manage the user’s VPLS service by
removing them from the managed-vlan-list.
The shutdown command administratively enables or disables the following m-VPLS
or v-VPLS entities:
• The no form of the shutdown command puts an entity into the administratively
enabled state.
• The shutdown form of the command administratively disables an entity.
Administratively downing an entity changes the operational state of the entity to
down and the operational state of any entities contained within the
administratively down entity. Downing an entity does not change, reset, or
remove any configuration settings or statistics.

Unlike other commands and parameters where the default state will not be indicated
in the configuration file, shutdown and no shutdown are always indicated in system
generated configuration files.
configure service vpls <service-id> [no] shutdown

For example:
configure service vpls 1
configure service vpls 1 shutdown
configure>service>vpls1>exit

Deleting a VPLS Service or SAP

A VPLS service cannot be deleted until SAPs are unbound (deleted), interfaces are
shutdown, and the service is shutdown on the service level.
The following is an example of the CLI syntax to delete a VPLS service:
configure service no vpls <service-id>

The following is an example of the CLI syntax to delete a VPLS SAP:

configure service vpls <service-id> no sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid

The following is an example of the command output:

ALA-A>configure>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
configure>service
no vpls service-id
shutdown
no sap service-id
description “SAP”
shutdown
----------------------------------------------
ALA-A>configure>service>vpls#

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-53
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Showing VPLS information

You can view information about an m-VPLS or v-VPLS, including the following:
• FDB database and MAC forwarding information (not applicable for m-VPLS)
• all services
• base services
• fdb sap specific details
• services using m-VPLS
• services using v-VPLS

The show service command with one of the applicable parameters can be used to
view VPLS information:
show service id <service-id> {all | base | fdb | igmp-snooping | mfib |
mstp-configuration | sap | stp | service-using | sap-using}

The following example shows the information for a v-VPLS forwarding database:
*A:SetupCLI# show service id 17 fdb

============================================================================
Forwarding Database, Service 17
============================================================================
Service Id : 17
Service Type : v-VPLS
Table Size : 250 Total Count : 8
Learned Count : 0 Static Count : 8
OAM-learned Count : 0
Host-learned Count: 0
Local Age : 300
High WaterMark : 95% Low Watermark : 90%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl
============================================================================

The following example illustrates output from the service-using show command:
====================================================================
*A:SetupCLI# show service fdb-mac
=========================================================================
Service Forwarding Database
=========================================================================
ServId MAC Source-Identifier Type/Age Last Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 10:20:30:40:50:60 sap:4/2/11:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:51:19
17 10:20:30:40:50:61 sap:4/2/11:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:51:32
17 10:20:30:40:50:62 sap:4/2/11:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:51:40
17 10:20:30:40:50:63 sap:4/2/11:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:51:54
17 10:20:30:40:51:60 sap:4/2/30:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:52:39
17 10:20:30:40:52:60 sap:4/2/30:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:52:47
17 10:20:30:40:53:60 sap:4/2/30:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:53:11
17 10:20:30:40:54:60 sap:4/2/30:117 Static 07/23/2008 23:53:26
23 00:00:00:01:00:01 sap:4/2/30:3000 Host 06/13/2008 01:34:22
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Entries: 9
========================================================================

Clearing VPLS operational data

The operator can clear v-VPLS and m-VPLS operational data, including the
following:
• FDB database and mac specific forwarding information
• STP statistics

4-54 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

• IGMP statistics
• SAP statistics
The following command syntax displays SAP operational data:
clear service <service-id> stats fdb
clear service <service-id> stats stp

Showing VPLS SAP operational data

The operator can show SAP operational data including the following:
• Summary information
• All information
• STP statistics
• SAP statistics
• SAP PM statistics

The following command syntax displays SAP operational data:

show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid detail
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid stp
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid sap-stats
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid
curr-15min-stats
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid curr-day-stats
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid
prev-15min-stats [interval-number <interval-number>]
show service id <service-id> sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid prev-day-stats
[interval-number <interval-number>]

Clearing SAP statistics

The operator can clear the following SAP statistical data:
• All SAP statistics
• STP statistics
The following command syntax displays SAP operational data:
clear service <service-id> stats sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid all
clear service <service-id> stats sap {<port-id> | <lag-id>}:vlanid stp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-55
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.10 VPLS Service CLI Command Reference

This section shows the following command hierarchies:

• Global Commands
• SAP Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands
• Debug Commands

VPLS Service Configuration Commands

Global Commands
configure
— service
— vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [v-vpls] [vlan vlan-id] [create]
— vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [m-vpls] [create]
— vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
— no vpls service-id
— def-mesh-vc-id vc-id
— no def-mesh-vc-id [vc-id]
— description description-string
— no description
— [no] disable-aging
— [no] disable-learning
— egress
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— [no] rate-limit-pbits [1..8]
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size | default]
[pbs pbs-size | default]
— dot1p dot1p-priority1 [dot1p-priority2] ..
[dot1p-priority8]
— no dot1p
— meter-mode {trtcm | trtcm-modified}
— no meter-mode
— shutdown
— no shutdown
— egress-network
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— [no] endpoint endpoint-name [create]
— description description-string
— [no] ignore-standby-signaling
— [no] revert-time {revert-time | infinite}
— [no] static-mac ieee-address [create]
— [no] suppress-standby-signaling
— extfwd
— device-ip ip-address
— no device-ip
— fdb-table-size table-size
— no fdb-table-size

4-56 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

— igmp-snooping
— query-interval seconds
— no query-interval
— query-src-ip ip-address
— no query-src-ip
— report-src-ip ip-address
— no report-src-ip
— robust-count robust-count
— no robust-count
— [no] shutdown
— ingress
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— ingress-network
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— interface
— [no] address ip-address[/mask] [netmask]
— [no] arp-timeout seconds
— description description-string
— no description
— [no] shutdown
— local-age aging-timer
— no local-age
— mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create]
— no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
— [no] control-word
— [no] hash-label
— egress
— [no] vc-label [egress-vc-label]
— eth-cfm
— mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
[direction {up | down}]
— no mep mep-id domain md-index
association ma-index
— [no] ccm-enable
— ccm-ltm-priority priority
— [no] ccm-ltm-priority
— low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon
| remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
— mac-address mac-address
— [no] mac-address
— [no] shutdown
— [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
— igmp-snooping
— [no] fast-leave
— [no] mrouter-port
— static
— group grp-ip-address
— [no] group
— source ip-address
— [no] source
— [no] starg
— ingress
— [no] vc-label [ingress-vc-label]

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-57
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

— [no] shutdown
— [no] static-mac ieee-mac-address
— [no] vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
— mfib-table-size table-size
— no mfib-table-size
— no propagate-mac-flush
— remote-age aging-timer
— no remote-age
— no send-flush-on-failure
— service-mtu octets
— no service-mtu
— [no] shutdown
— sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy
— no sgt-qos
— spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create]
endpoint
— spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create]
[no-endpoint]
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id [vc-type {ether|vlan}]
— no spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id
— [no] control-word
— [no] hash-label
— egress
— [no] vc-label [egress-vc-label]
— eth-cfm
— mep mep-id domain md-index association
ma-index [direction {up | down}]
— no mep mep-id domain md-index
association ma-index
— [no] ccm-enable
— ccm-ltm-priority priority
— [no] ccm-ltm-priority
— low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon
| remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
— mac-address mac-address
— [no] mac-address
— [no] shutdown
— mip [mac mac address]
— mip default-mac
— no mip
— [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
— igmp-snooping
— [no] fast-leave
— [no] mrouter-port
— static
— group grp-ip-address
— [no] group
— source ip-address
— [no] source
— [no] starg
— ignore-standby-signaling
— ingress
— [no] vc-label [ingress-vc-label]
— precedence {precedence-value | primary}
— [no] shutdown
— [no] static-mac ieee-mac-address
— [no] vlan-vc-tag 0..4094

4-58 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

— [no] unrestrict-mac-move
— stp
— forward-delay forward-delay
— no forward-delay
— hello-time hello-time
— no hello-time
— hold-count BDPU tx hold count
— no hold-count
— max-age max-info-age
— no max-age
— mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp | pmstp}
— no mode
— [no] mst-instance mst-inst-number
— mst-priority bridge-priority
— no mst-priority
— [no] vlan-range vlan-range
— mst-max-hops hops-count
— no mst-max-hops
— mst-name region-name
— no mst-name
— mst-revision revision-number
— no mst-revision
— priority bridge-priority
— no priority
— [no] shutdown
— vlan-dot1q-etype etype
— [no] vlan-dot1q-etype
— [no] user-user-com

SAP Commands
configure
— service
— [no] vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [vpn vpn-id]
[m-vpls] [v-vpls] [create]
— sap sap-id [create]
— no sap sap-id
— description description-string
— no description
— [no] restricted-tagging
— egress
— filter ip ip-filter-id
— filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
— enable-stats
— no enable-stats
— eth-cfm
— mep mep-id domain md-index association
ma-index [direction {up | down}]
— no mep mep-id domain md-index
association ma-index
— [no] ccm-enable
— ccm-ltm-prioritypriority
— no ccm-ltm-priority

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-59
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

— low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon

| remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
— mac-address mac-address
— no mac-address
— [no] shutdown
— mip [mac mac address]
— mip default-mac
— no mip
— igmp-snooping
— [no] fast-leave
— last-member-query-interval interval
— no last-member-query-interval
— [no] mrouter-port
— query-interval seconds
— no query-interval
— query-response-interval seconds
— no query-response-interval
— robust-count count
— no robust-count
— [no] send-queries
— static
— group grp-ip-address
— [no] group
— source ip-address
— [no] source
— [no] starg
— version version
— no version
— ingress
— filter ip ip-filter-id
— filter mac mac-filter-id
— no filter
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
— [no] shutdown
— [no] static-mac ieee-mac-address
— stp
— [no] auto-edge
— [no] edge-port
— link-type {pt-pt | shared}
— no link-type [pt-pt | shared]
— mst-instance mst-inst-number
— mst-path-cost inst-path-cost
— no mst-path-cost
— mst-port-priority stp-priority
— no mst-port-priority
— path-cost sap-path-cost
— no path-cost
— [no] port-num virtual-port-number
— port-num stp-priority
— no port-num
— priority stp-priority
— no priority
— [no] rapid-start
— [no] root-guard
— [no] shutdown

4-60 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Note — The stp command can only be used in m-VPLS

Show Commands
show
— service
— fdb-info
— fdb-mac ieee-address [expiry]
— id service-id
— all
— base
— fdb [sap sap-id] [sdp sdp-id] [expiry] | [mac ieee-address [expiry]] |
[detail] [expiry]
— igmp-snooping
— all
— base
— mrouters [detail]
— port-db sap sap-id [detail]
— port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
— port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
— port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-address
— querier querier
— static [sap sap-id]
— statistics [sap sap-id]
— mfib [brief] [ip]
— mfib group grp-address
— mstp-configuration
— sap [sap-id [detail | sap-stats]]
— sap [sap-id curr-15min-stats]
— sap [sap-id curr-day-stats]
— sap [sap-id prev-15min-stats [interval-number interval-number]]
— sap [sap-id prev-day-stats [interval-number interval-number]]
— stp [detail]
— stp mst-instance mst-inst-number
— sap-using [sap sap-id]
— sap-using interface ip-address | ip-int-name

Note — The show stp command can only be used in m-VPLS

Clear Commands
clear
— service
— id service-id
— dhcp
— statistics [sap sap-id | interface [ip-address
| ip-int-name]]
— fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id |

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-61
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id}

— igmp-snooping
— querier
— statistics {all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id}
— mesh-sdp sdp-id:[vc-id] ingress-vc-label
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
— stp
— detected-protocols [all | sap sap-id]]
— statistics
— id service-id
— counters
— mesh-sdp sdp-id:[vc-id] {all | counters}
— spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters}
— stp
— sap sap-id {all | stp}

Debug Commands
debug
— service
— id service-id
— igmp-snooping
— detail-level {low | medium | high}
— no detail-level
— [no] mac ieee-address
— mode {dropped-only | ngr-and-dropped | egr-ingr-and-dropped}
— no mode
— [no] sap sap-id
— stp
— all-events
— [no] bpdu
— [no] core-connectivity
— [no] exception
— [no] fsm-state-changes
— [no] fsm-timers
— [no] port-role
— [no] port-state
— [no] sap sap-id

debug
— igmp
— router
— [no] interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— [no] mcs [ip-int-name]
— [no] misc
— [no] packet [query|v1-report|v2-report|v3-report|v2-leave]
[ip-int-name|ip-address]

4-62 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

4.11 VPLS Service CLI Configuration Commands

The following commands are described below:

• Generic Commands
• VPLS Service Commands
• VPLS STP Commands
• VPLS SAP Commands
• VPLS SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands
• VPLS Multicast commands
• Show Commands
• IGMP Snooping Show Commands
• Clear Commands
• Debug Commands

Generic Commands

shutdown

Table 4-2 shutdown command

Item Description

Syntax [no] shutdown

Context configure>service>vpls
configure>service>vpls>interface
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>egress>rate-limit-pbits
configure>service>vpls>sap
configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>sap>stp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>stp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-63
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description The shutdown command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an

entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics. The
operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any
entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be
deleted.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no
shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then
tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and
service entities is described below in Special Cases.
• Service Operational State
A v-VPLS is regarded as operational providing that one SAPs is operational.
• SAP Operational State
A v-VPLS SAP is created on a port or a LAG, and belongs to the v-VPLS with the
same VLAN ID as defined for the SAP. The SAP is created in the administratively
up default state, and attempts to enter the operationally up state.

(2 of 2)

description

Table 4-3 description command

Item Description

Syntax description description-string

no description
Context configure>service>vpls
configure>service>vpls>endpoint
configure>service>vpls>interface
configure>service>vpls>sap

Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to
help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default No description associated with the configuration context.

Parameters description-string - The description character string. Allowed values are any string up
to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

4-64 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

VPLS Service Commands

vpls

Table 4-4 vpls command

Item Description

Syntax vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [v-vpls]

[vlan vlan-id] [create]
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [m-vpls] [create]
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
no vpls service-id

Context configure>service

Description This command creates or modifies a Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) instance. The
configure service vpls command is used to create or maintain a v-VPLS service or
an m-VPLS service, depending on the context specified by the operator. If the
service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists,
the context for editing the service is entered.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified
and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already have been
created using the customer command in the service context (note that value “1”
needs not be created by the operator since it is automatically created at system
startup). Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional
for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with
the incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
To create a management VPLS, the m-VPLS keyword must be specified to the
configure service vpls command. In the ISAM, one m-VPLS is required to group
different VPLS instances under a single remote spanning Tree protocol (RSTP)
instance. The m-VPLS exclusively handles L2CP frames to support STP, RSTP, and
MSTP protocols. The m-VPLS processes externally untagged L2CP frames on access
ports. See section m-VPLS and Spanning Tree Protocol for an introduction to the
concept of management VPLS.
The v-VPLS forwarders emulate the ISAM bridging service in the IHUB, to provide the
following functionality:
• enable L2 forwarding of frames between the user side and the network side via
the IHUB
• extend the reach of a VPRN IP interface (SAP) to several physical ports

More than one VPLS service can be created for a single customer ID.
By default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the m-VPLS or v-VPLS service instance with the
specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs defined within the
service ID have been shutdown and deleted, and the service has been shutdown.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-65
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number identifying the service in the
service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any
other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every
ISAM on which this service is defined.
Values: 1 — 2147483648

customer customer-id — Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with

the service. This parameter is required when creating a new service but is optional
for service editing or deleting.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

m-vpls — Specifies a management VPLS required to group VPLS instances under a

single remote spanning Tree protocol (RSTP) instance. The m-VPLS exclusively
handles L2CP frames to support STP, RSTP, and MSTP protocols. For the m-VPLS, no
VLAN ID is required to be specified.
v-vpls — Specifies a v-VPLS to perform L2 forwarding of data frames between the
user side and the network side via the IHUB or to extend the reach of a VPRN IP
interface (SAP) to several physical ports.

vlan vlan-id — A VLAN ID must be associated with the v-VPLS service to manage L2
and IP data frame forwarding.
Values: 1 — 4093

(2 of 2)

def-mesh-vc-id

Table 4-5 def-mesh-vc-id command

Item Description
Syntax def-mesh-vc-id vc-id
no disable-learning [vc-id]

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command configures the value used by each end of a tunnel to identify the VC.
If this command is not configured, then the service ID value is used as the VC-ID.
This VC-ID is used instead of a label to identify a virtual circuit.The VC-ID is significant
between peer ISAMs on the same hierarchical level. The value of a VC-ID is
conceptually independent from the value of the label or any other datalink specific
information of the VC.
The no form of this command disables the VC-ID.

Default None

Parameter vc-id - The virtual circuit ID.

Values: 1...4294967295

4-66 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

disable-aging

Table 4-6 disable-aging command

Item Description

Syntax disable-aging
no disable-aging

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command disables MAC address aging across a VPLS service or on a VPLS service
SAP or spoke SDP.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from
the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance,
there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC
entries in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB). The disable-aging command turns off
aging for local and remote learned MAC addresses.
When no disable-aging is specified for a VPLS, it is possible to disable aging for
specifc SAPs and/or spoke SDPs by entering the disable-aging command at the
appropriate level.
When the disable-aging command is entered at the VPLS level, the disable-aging
state of individual SAPs or SDPs will be ignored.
The no form of this command enables aging on the VPLS service.

Default no disable-aging

disable-learning

Table 4-7 disable-learning command

Item Description
Syntax disable-learning
no disable-learning

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables learning of new MAC addresses in the v-VPLS forwarding
database (FDB) for the service instance.
When disable-learning is enabled, new source MAC addresses will not be entered
in the VPLS service forwarding database.
When disable-learning is disabled, new source MAC addresses will be learned and
entered into the VPLS forwarding database.
The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses.

Default no disable-learning (Normal MAC learning is enabled)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-67
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

egress-network

Table 4-8 egress-network command

Item Description

Syntax egress-network

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the context to configure egress network policies.

endpoint

Table 4-9 endpoint command

Item Description
Syntax endpoint endpoint-name [create]
no endpoint
Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command configures a service endpoint.

Parameter endpoint-name — Specifies an endpoint name, 32 chars maximum

ignore-standby-signaling

Table 4-10 ignore-standby-signaling command

Item Description
Syntax [no] ignore-standby-signaling

Context configure>service>vpls>endpoint

Description When this command is enabled, the node will ignore standby-bit received from TLDP
peers for the given spoke SDP and performs internal tasks withot taking it into
account.
This command is present at endpoint level as well as spoke SDP level. If the spoke
SDP is part of the explicit-endpoint, it is not possible to change this setting at the
spoke SDP level. The existing spoke SDP will become part of the explicit-endpoint only
if the setting is not conflicting. The newly created spoke SDP which is a part of the
given explicit-endpoint will inherit this setting from the endpoint configuration.

Default disabled

4-68 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

revert-time

Table 4-11 revert-time command

Item Description

Syntax revert-time {revert-time | infinite}

no revert-time

Context configure>service>vpls>endpoint

Description This command configures the time to wait before reverting to primary spoke SDP.

Parameters revert-time — [0..600 seconds]

infinite — makes endpoint non-revertive

static-mac

Table 4-12 static-mac command

Item Description

Syntax static-mac ieee-address [create]

no static-mac

Context configure>service>vpls>endpoint

Description This command assigns a static-mac to the endpoint. In FDB, the static-mac is then
associated with the active spoke SDP.

Default None

Parameters ieee-address — 6-byte mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx). Cannot

be all zeros.

suppress-standby-signaling

Table 4-13 suppress-standby-signaling command

Item Description

Syntax [no] suppress-standby-signaling

Context configure>service>vpls>endpoint

Description When this command is enabled, the pseudowire standby bit (value 0x00000020) will
not be sent to TLDP peer when the given spoke is selected as a standby. This allows
faster switchover as the traffic will be sent over this SDP and discarded at the blocking
side of the connection. This is particularly applicable to multicast traffic.

Default Enabled

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-69
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

extfwd

Table 4-14 extfwd command

Item Description

Syntax extfwd

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the context to configure External Packet Forwarding (EPF)
policies.

device-ip

Table 4-15 device-ip command

Item Description
Syntax device-ip ip-address
no device-ip
Context configure>service>vpls>extfwd

Description This command enables External Packet Forwarding (EPF) for voice traffic and disables
hair-pinning on the v-VPLS service. The IP address configured with this command will
act as the next-hop for all up-stream packets (both signaling and voice) from the
voice LTs in the v-VPLS. This command is supported only on a v-VPLS service and not
on a VPLS service.

Parameters ip-address — Specifies the IPv4 unicast address.

fdb-table-size

Table 4-16 fdb-table-size command

Item Description

Syntax fdb-table-size table-size

no fdb-table-size

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the forwarding
database (FDB) for the v-VPLS instance on this node.
The fdb-table-size specifies the maximum number of forwarding database entries
for both learned and static MAC addresses for the v-VPLS instance.
The no form of this command returns the maximum FDB table size to default.

Default 250
Parameters table-size — The maximum number of MAC entries in the forwarding database.
Values: 1 — 32768

4-70 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

interface

Table 4-17 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface ip-int-name [create]

no interface

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command creates an IP interface on top of a VPLS.

The IP interface is created within a VRF instance called vpls-management.
This allows to receive/send IP packets (for example, ANCP) over an MPLS pseudowire
(that is, spoke-spd or mesh-sdp).
Two types of IP interfaces can be created on top of a VPLS, they are distinguished
based on their name:
1) A normal IP interface: the name of this interface should not start with ANCP
2) An ANCP IP interface: the name of this interface must start with ANCP
An ANCP interface has the following syntax: ANCP_X_[Y_]....
The X value represents an integer VLAN value (0 ≤X < 4096) and is mandatory.
The Y value represents a integer p-bit value (0 ≤Y ≤7) and is optional. When this value
is not specified or when an invalid value is specified, then the default value of 6 is
used.
• When sending a packet over a normal IP interface, the packet which is sent over
the pseudowire is composed as follows:
• sdp binding of type ether: the MPLS L2 payload is untagged
• sdp binding of type vlan: the MPLS L2 payload is tagged with the VLAN value
specified as vlan-vc-tag
• When sending a packet over an ANCP IP interface, the packet which is sent over
the pseudowire is composed as follows:
• sdp binding of type ether: the MPLS L2 payload is VLAN-tagged with value X
(of the interface name) and p-bit Y
• sdp binding of type vlan: the MPLS L2 payload is double-tagged with outer
VLAN value X, inner VLAN value vlan-vc-tag and outer p-bit Y

Restrictions • On a specific VPLS instance all interfaces have to be of the same type (that is, all
ANCP or all normal)
• The value X of all the ANCP interfaces must be identical for all VPLS instances.
• This kind of IP interface can only be created on top of a VPLS. Not on top of a
v-VPLS.
• An IP interface can only be created when the VPLS has igmp-snooping disabled.

address

Table 4-18 address command

Item Description

Syntax address ip-address[/mask]

no address

Context configure>service>vpls>interface

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-71
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, to a VPLS management router

interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface. An IP address
and a mask are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must
be unique within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other
existing IP prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing
context within the ISAM.
The IP address for the interface can be entered in CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain
Routing) notation.
By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is
explicitly created.
Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP
interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes
operationally down.
The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the
address and admin states (see Table 4-19). The address and admin states are
independent and can be set independently. If an interface is in an adminstratively up
state and an address is assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol
interfaces and the MPLS LSPs associated with that IP interface will be reinitialized.

Parameter ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address
command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the
subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted
decimal notation.

(2 of 2)

Table 4-19 States

Address Admin State Oper State

No address up down

No address down down

1.1.1.1 up up

1.1.1.1 down down

arp-timeout

Table 4-20 arp-timeout command

Item Description

Syntax arp-timeout seconds

no arp-timeout

Context configure>service>vpls>interface

(1 of 2)

4-72 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the
IP interface will be stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed
when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host, otherwise, the ARP
entry is aged from the ARP table. If arptimeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP
aging is disabled.
When the arp-populate and lease-populate commands are enabled on an IES
interface, the ARP table entries will no longer be dynamically learned, but instead by
snooping DHCP ACK message from a DHCP server. In this case the configured
arp-timeout value has no effect.
The default value for arp-timeout is 14400 seconds (4 hours).
The no form of this command restores arp-timeout to the default value.

Default 14400 seconds

Parameters seconds — The minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry will be stored in the
ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is
inoperative and learned ARP entries will not be aged.
Values 0 — 65535

(2 of 2)

local-age

Table 4-21 local-age command

Item Description

Syntax local-age seconds

no local-age

Context configure>service>vpls
Description Specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database
(FDB) for the v-VPLS instance. In a v-VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated
with a Service Access Point (SAP). MACs associated with an SAP are classified as local
MACs.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from
the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance,
there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC
entries in the FDB. The local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC
addresses.
The no form of this command returns the local aging timer to the default value.

Default 300 — Local MAC addresses aged after 300 seconds.

Parameters seconds — The aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds.
Values: 60 — 86400

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-73
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mesh-sdp

Table 4-22 mesh-dsp command

Item Description

Syntax mesh-dsp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create]

no mesh-dsp sdp-id[:vc-id]

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command binds a VPLS service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).
Mesh SDPs bound to a service are logically treated like a single bridge “port” for
flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is
replicated to other “ports” (spoke SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh
SDPs.
Note that this command creates a binding between a service and an SDP. The SDP
has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the
service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for
the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to
associate the SDP with a valid service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an
error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id
and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to
a service, no farend ISAM devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP
configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed,
no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Default No sdp-id is bound to a service.

Special cases VPLS — Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS. Each SDP must be destined to a
different ISAM router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same ISAM, an error
occurs and the second SDP is binding is rejected.

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP identifier.

Values 1 — 17407

vc-id — The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion
of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is
equal to the service ID.
Values 1 — 4294967295

vc-type — This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or
mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a
value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends
on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type
command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider
equipment. A change of the bindings VC type causes the binding to signal the new
VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled. VC types are derived according to
IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.
The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004

ether — Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet and vlan keywords are
mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for
spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and
restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding. (hex 5)

vlan — Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet and vlan keywords are mutually
exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP
bindings.

4-74 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

spoke-sdp

Table 4-23 spoke-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax spoke-dsp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create] endpoint

spoke-dsp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether|vlan}] [create] no endpoint
no spoke-dsp sdp-id[:vc-id]

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP). A spoke
SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic
received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh
SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP
within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down,
the SDP for the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to
associate the SDP with a valid service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an
error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id
and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to
a service, no farend ISAM devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP
configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed,
no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Default No sdp-id is bound to a service.

Special Cases VPLS — Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS. Each SDP must be destined to a
different ISAM router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same ISAM, an error
occurs and the second SDP is binding is rejected.

Parameters sdp-id — The SDP identifier.

Values 1 — 17407

vc-id — The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion
of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is
equal to the service ID.
Values 1 — 4294967295

vc-type — This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or
mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a
value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends
on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type
command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider
equipment. A change of the bindings VC type causes the binding to signal the new
VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled. VC types are derived according to
IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.
The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004

ether — Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet and vlan keywords are
mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for
spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and
restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding. (hex 5)

vlan — Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet and vlan keywords are mutually
exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP
bindings.
endoint — Keyword

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-75
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

control-word

Table 4-24 control-word command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description This command enables the use of the control word on pseudowire packets in VPLS
and enables the use of the control word individually on each mesh-sdp or spoke-sdp.
By default, the control word is disabled.
When the control word is enabled, all VPLS packets, including the BPDU frames, are
encapsulated with the control word when sent over the pseudowire.
The T-LDP control plane behavior is the same as in the implementation of control
word for VLL services. The C bit in the pseudowire FEC sent in the label mapping
message is set to a value of 1 when the control word is enabled. It is set to zero when
the control word is disabled. The configuration for the two directions of the Ethernet
pseudowire should match. Each node will signal the C bit value as per the local mesh
SDP or spoke-sdp configuration. An ISAM node receiving a label mapping message
with a C bit different from the local configuration must withdraw its own label
mapping message if one was sent. The service will only come up if the same C bit
value is signaled in both directions.
The no form of the command reverts the mesh SDP or spoke-sdp to the default
behavior of not using the control word.

Default no control word

hash-label

Table 4-25 hash-label command

Item Description
Syntax [no] hash-label

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp

(1 of 2)

4-76 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command enables the use of the hash label on a VLL, or VPLS service bound to
LDP SDP.
When this feature is enabled, the ingress LER is modified so that the result of the hash
on the ingress packet header is communicated to the egress data path for use as
index to select the value of the label field of the hash label. The egress data path has
a set of 128 different label field values in the range 524.288 - 1.048.575. The egress
data path appends the hash label at the bottom of the stack (BoS) and sets the S-bit
to 1 to indicate that.
The hash label, also referred to as entropy label, allows LSR nodes in a network to
load balance labeled packets in a more granular fashion than allowed by simply
hashing on the standard label stack. It also removes the need to have an LSR inspect
the payload below the label stack to check for an IPv4 or IPv6 header.
Since the ingress LER hashing routine maintains packet ordering within a
conversation, this guarantees that when an LSR sprays the packets over multiple LDP
ECMP paths or multiple paths over a LAG network port by hashing the extended label
stack including thehash label, the LSR will also maintain packet ordering within a
conversation.Packets that are generated in CPM and forwarded labeled within the
context of a service (for example, OAM packets) must also include a hash label at the
BoS and set the S-bit accordingly.
The TTL of the hash label is set to a value of 1.
The no form of this command disables the use of the hash label.

Default no hash-label

(2 of 2)

egress

Table 4-26 egress command

Item Description
Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description This command configures the egress SDP context.

ingress

Table 4-27 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description This command configures the ingress SDP context.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-77
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

vc-label

Table 4-28 vc-label command

Item Description

Syntax [no] vc-label [egress-vc-label]

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>egress
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>egress

Description This command configures the egress VC label.

Parameters egress-vc-label — A VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.

Values: 16 — 1048575

vc-label

Table 4-29 vc-label command

Item Description
Syntax [no] vc-label [ingress-vc-label]

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>ingress
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>ingress

Description This command configures the ingress VC label.

Parameters ingress-vc-label — A VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values: 16 — 1048575

force-vlan-vc-forwarding

Table 4-30 force-vlan-vc-forwarding command

Item Description

Syntax [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding

Context configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description This command forces vc-vlan-type forwarding in the data path for spoke/mesh SDPs
which have either vc-type. This comand is not allowed on vlan-vc-type SDPs.
The no form of this command sets default behavior.

Default disabled

4-78 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

ignore-standby-signaling

Table 4-31 force-vlan-vc-forwarding command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ingnore-standby-signaling

Context configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description When this command is enabled, the node will ignore standby-bit received from TLDP
peers for the given spoke SDP and performs internal tasks withot taking it into
account.
This command is present at endpoint level as well as spoke SDP level. If the spoke
SDP is part of the explicit-endpoint, it is not possible to change this setting at the
spoke SDP level. The existing spoke SDP will become part of the explicit-endpoint only
if the setting is not conflicting. The newly created spoke SDP which is a part of the
given explicit-endpoint will inherit this setting from the endpoint configuration.

Default enabled

precedence

Table 4-32 precedence command

Item Description
Syntax precedence [precedence-value| primary ]
no precedence

Context configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description This command specifies the precedence of the SDP binding when there are multiple
SDP bindings attached to one service endpoint. The value of zero can only be
assigned to one SDP bind making it the primary SDP bind. When an SDP binding goes
down, the next highest precedence SDP binding will begin to forward traffic.
The no form of the command returns the precedence value to the default.
Default 4

Parameters precedence-value — Specifies the spoke SDP precedence.

Values 1 — 4

primary — Specifies to make this the primary spoke SDP.

vlan-vc-tag

Table 4-33 vlan-vc-tag command

Item Description

Syntax vlan-vc-tag 0..4094

no vlan-vc-tag 0..4094

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-79
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp

Description This command specifies an explicit dot1q value used when encapsulating to the SDP
far end. When signaling is enabled between the near and far end, the configured
dot1q tag can be overridden by a received TLV specifying the dot1q value expected
by the far end. This signaled value must be stored as the remote signaled dot1q value
for the binding. The provisioned local dot1q tag must be stored as the administrative
dot1q value for the binding.
When the dot1q tag is not defined, the default value of zero is stored as the
administrative dot1q value. Setting the value to zero is equivalent to not specifying
the value.
The no form of this command disables the command

Default No vlan-vc-tag

Parameters 0..4094 — Specifies a valid VLAN identifier to bind an 802.1Q VLAN tag ID.

(2 of 2)

unrestrict-mac-move

Table 4-34 unrestrict-mac-move command

Item Description

Syntax [no] unrestrict-mac-move

Context configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description By default the following security measures apply to MAC addresses learned on SAP
configured on top of residential ports:
• In case of conflict during MAC address self-learning, a regular access/network
port has priority over a residential port.
• MAC address relearning (movement) is not allowed between residential ports.

By setting the unrestrict mac move parameter, above mentioned MAC restcrictions
are removed, that is, MAC addresses can freely move between residential/regular
ports.
Default no unrestrict-mac-move

mfib-table-size

Table 4-35 mfib-table-size command

Item Description

Syntax mfib-table-size size

no mfib-table-size

Context configure>service>vpls

(1 of 2)

4-80 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries in the multicast
forwarding database (MFIB) for the v-VPLS instance.
The mfib-table-size parameter specifies the maximum number of multicast
database entries for both learned and static multicast addresses for the v-VPLS
instance. When a table-size limit is set on the mfib of a service which is lower than
the current number of dynamic entries present in the mfib then the number of entries
remains above the limit.
The no form of this command removes the configured maximum MFIB table size.

Default None.

Parameters size — The maximum number of (s,g) entries allowed in the Multicast FIB.
Values: 1 — 4095

(2 of 2)

propagate-mac-flush

Table 4-36 propagate-mac-flush command

Item Description

Syntax [no] propagate-mac-flush

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command specifies whether MAC flush messages received from the given LDP
are propagated to all spoke and mesh SDPs within the context of this VPLS service.
The propagation will follow the split-horizon principle and any data-path blocking in
order to avoid the looping of these messages.

Default No propagate-mac-flush

remote-age

Table 4-37 remote-age command

Item Description

Syntax remote-age aging-timer

no remote-age

Context configure>service>vpls

Description Specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the forwarding
database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance. In a VPLS service,
MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service
Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with an SAP are classified as local MACs,
and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Like in a layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from
the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance,
there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC
entries in the FDB. The remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remote learned
MAC addresses. To reduce the amount of signaling required between switches
configure this timer larger than the local-age timer.
The no form of this command returns the remote aging timer to the default value.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-81
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Default remote age 900 — Remote MACs aged after 900 seconds

Parameters aging-timer — The aging time for remote MACs expressed in seconds.
Values 60 — 86400

(2 of 2)

send-flush-on-failure

Table 4-38 send-flush-on-failure command

Item Description

Syntax [no] send-flush-on-failure

Context configure>service>vpls
Description This command enables sending out “flush-all-from-ME” messages to all LDP peers
included in affected VPLS, in the event of physical port failures or “oper-down” events
of individual SAPs. This feature provides an LDP-based mechanism for recovering a
physical link failure in a dual-homed connection to a VPLS service. This method
provides an alternative to RSTP solutions where dual homing redundancy and
recovery, in the case of link failure, is resolved by RSTP running between a PE router
and CE devices. If the endpoint is configured within the VPLS and
send-flush-on-failure is enabled, flush-all-from-me messages will be sent out only
when all spoke SDPs associated with the endpoint go down.
This feature cannot be enabled on management VPLS.

Default no send-flush-on-failure

service-mtu

Table 4-39 service-mtu command

Item Description

Syntax service-mtu octets

no service-mtu

Context configure>service>vpls

(1 of 2)

4-82 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the service payload (Maximum Transmission Unit – MTU),
in bytes, for the service. This MTU value overrides the service-type default MTU. The
service-mtu defines the payload capabilities of the service. It is used by the system
to validate the SAP and SDP binding’s operational state within the service.
Note: This parameter is not applicable for v-VPLS or m-VPLS. It is applicable for a
normal VPLS.
The service MTU and an SAP’s service delineation encapsulation overhead (i.e., 4
bytes for a dot1q tag) is used to derive the required MTU of the physical port on which
the SAP was created. If the required payload is larger than the port MTU, then the
SAP will be placed in an inoperative state. If the required MTU is equal to or less than
the port MTU, the SAP will be able to transition to the operative state.
When binding an SDP to a service, the service MTU is compared to the path MTU
associated with the SDP. The path MTU can be administratively defined in the context
of the SDP. The default or administrative path MTU can be dynamically reduced due
to the MTU capabilities discovered by the tunneling mechanism of the SDP or the
egress interface MTU capabilities based on the next hop in the tunnel path. If the
service MTU is larger than the path MTU, the SDP binding for the service will be placed
in an inoperative state. If the service MTU is equal to or less than the path MTU, then
the SDP binding will be placed in an operational state.
In the event that a service MTU, port MTU, or path MTU is dynamically or
administratively modified, then all associated SAP and SDP binding operational states
are automatically re-evaluated.
The no form of this command returns the default service-mtu for the indicated service
type to the default value.

Default VPLS: 1514

Parameters octets — The size of the MTU in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values 1 - 9194
Table 4-40 displays MTU values for specific VC types.

(2 of 2)

Table 4-40 MTU Values for specific VC types

VC type Example Service MTU Advertised

MTU

Ethernet 1514 1500

Ethernet (with preserved dot1q) 1518 1504

sgt-qos

Table 4-41 sgt-qos command

Item Description

Syntax sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy

[no] sgt-qos

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the context to configure DSCP/Dot1p re-marking for
self-generated traffic.

Parameters sgt-qos-policy — Integer 1-65535.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-83
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

vlan-dot1q-etype

Table 4-42 vlan-dot1q-etype command

Item Description

Syntax vlan-dot1q-etype etype

no vlan-dot1q-etype

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the configuration of an alternate TPID value to be used at the
service level.
The no form of this command disables the configuration of an alternate TPID value.

Parameters etype — etype value (can be given in hexadecimal or decimal).

Range: hex: 0x0600...0xffff
decimal: 1536...65535

user-user-com

Table 4-43 user-user-com command

Item Description
Syntax user-user-com
no user-user-com

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables and disables user to user communication for a v-VPLS service.
It does not apply to m-VPLS. When enabled, user to user traffic is permitted between
users on distinct SAPs. The user side relates to v-VPLS SAPs constructed on residential
ports. User-to-user communication for users situated on the same SAP is anyway not
possible. Network side relates to v-VPLS SAPs constructed on regular ports. Network
Ports (including subtending ISAM ports) are created in regular mode. If the port is
later assigned to a sub-tending NE, the port can be changed to residential in the port
extension table, and user-to-user communication can be enabled in the v-VPLS
instance.
This parameter can be invoked at any point in time.

Default no user-user-com

VPLS STP Commands

stp

Table 4-44 stp command

Item Description

Syntax stp

(1 of 2)

4-84 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vpls
configure>service>vpls>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
parameters for the m-VPLS. Alcatel-Lucent’s STP is simply the Spanning Tree Protocol
(STP) with a few modifications to better suit the operational characteristics of VPLS
services. The most evident change is to the root bridge election. Since the core
network operating between Alcatel-Lucent’s service routers should not be blocked,
the root path is calculated from the core perspective.

(2 of 2)

auto-edge

Table 4-45 auto-edge command

Item Description

Syntax auto-edge
no auto-edge

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

Description This command configures automatic detection of the edge port characteristics of the
SAP.
If auto-edge is enabled, and a BPDU is received, the OPER_EDGE variable will
dynamically be set to true (see edge-port).
The no form of this command returns the auto-detection setting to the default value.
Default auto-edge

edge-port

Table 4-46 edge-port command

Item Description

Syntax [no] edge-port

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-85
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the SAP as an edge or non-edge port. If auto-edge is
enabled for the SAP, this value will be used only as the initial value.
Note: The function of the edge-port command is similar to the rapid-start
command. It tells RSTP that it is on the edge of the network (for example, there are
no other bridges connected to that port) and, as a consequence, it can immediately
transition to a forwarding state if the port becomes available.
RSTP, however, can detect that the actual situation is different from what edge-port
may indicate.
Initially, the value of SAP parameter is set to edge-port. This value will change if:
• A BPDU is received on that port. This means that after all there is another bridge
connected to this port. Then the edge-port becomes disabled.
• If auto-edge is configured and no BPDU is received within a certain period of time,
RSTP concludes that it is on an edge and enables the SAP edge-port.

The no form of this command returns the edge port setting to the default value.

Default no edge-port

(2 of 2)

forward-delay

Table 4-47 forward-delay command

Item Description

Syntax forward-delay seconds

no forward-delay

Context configure>service>vpls>stp
Description RSTP, as defined in the IEEE 802.1D-2004 standards, will normally transition to the
forwarding state via a handshaking mechanism (rapid transition), without any waiting
times. If handshaking fails (e.g. on shared links, see below), the system falls back to
the timer-based mechanism defined in the original STP (802.1D-1998) standard.
A shared link is a link with more than two nodes (for example, a shared 10/100BaseT
segment). The port-type command is used to configure a link as point-to-point or
shared.
For timer-based transitions, the 802.1D-2004 standard defines an internal variable
forward-delay, which is used in calculating the default number of seconds that an SAP
spends in the discarding and learning states when transitioning to the forwarding
state.
The value of the forward-delay variable depends on the STP operating mode of the
VPLS instance:
• In RSTP or MSTP mode, but only when the SAP has not fallen back to legacy STP
operation, the value configured by the hello-time command is used.
• In all other situations, the value configured by the forward-delay command is
used.

Default 15
Parameters seconds — The forward delay timer for the STP instance in seconds.
Values: 4 — 30

4-86 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

hello-time

Table 4-48 hello-time command

Item Description

Syntax hello-time hello-time

no hello-time

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description This command configures the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time for the
m-VPLS.
The hello-time parameter defines the default timer value that controls the sending
interval between BPDU configuration messages by this bridge, on ports where this
bridge assumes the designated role.
The active hello time for the spanning tree is determined by the root bridge except
when the STP is running in RSTP mode, then the hello time is always taken from the
locally configured parameter). The configured hello-time can also be used to calculate
the forward delay. See auto-edge.
The no form of this command returns the hello time to the default value.
Default 2
Parameters hello-time — The hello time for the STP instance in seconds.
Values: 1 — 10

hold-count

Table 4-49 hold-count command

Item Description

Syntax hold-count BDPU tx hold count

no hold-count

Context configure>service>vpls>stp
Description This command configures the peak number of BPDUs that can be transmitted in a
period of one second.
The no form of this command returns the hold count to the default value.

Default 6
Parameters BDPU tx hold count — The hold count for the STP instance in seconds.
Values: 1 — 10

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-87
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

link-type

Table 4-50 link-type command

Item Description

Syntax link-type {pt-pt | shared}

no link-type

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

Description This command instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges behind this SAP. If
there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state will be based on
handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected via a shared
media, their SAP should all be configured as shared, and timer-based transitions are
used.
The no form of this command returns the link type to the default value.

Default pt-pt

mst-instance

Table 4-51 mst-instance command

Item Description
Syntax mst-instance mst-inst-number

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

Description This command enables the context to configure MSTI related parameters at SAP level.
This context can be open only for existing mst-instances defined at the service level
(see mst-instance).
Default None

Parameters mst-inst-number — Specifies an existing Multiple Spanning Tree Instance number.

Values: 1 — 4093

mst-path-cost

Table 4-52 mst-path-cost command

Item Description

Syntax mst-path-cost inst-path-cost

no mst-path-cost

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp>mst-instance

Description This commands specifies path-cost within a given instance, expressing probability
that a given port will be put into the forwarding state in case a loop occurs (the
highest value expresses lowest priority).
The no form of this command sets port-priority to its default value.

Default The path-cost is proportional to link speed.

(1 of 2)

4-88 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters inst-path-cost — Specifies the contribution of this port to the MSTI path cost of paths
towards the spanning tree regional root which include this port.
Values: 1 — 200000000

(2 of 2)

mst-port-priority

Table 4-53 mst-port-priority command

Item Description

Syntax mst-port-priority stp-priority

no mst-port-priority

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp>mst-instance

Description This command indicates how many hops a BPDU can traverse the network starting
from the root bridge. The message age field in a BPDU transmitted by the root bridge
is initialized to 0. Each other bridge will take the message_age value from BPDUs
received on their root port and increment this value by 1. The message_age thus
reflects the distance from the root bridge. BPDUs with a message age exceeding
max-age are ignored.
STP uses the max-age value configured in the root bridge. This value is propagated
to the other bridges via the BPDUs.
The no form of this command returns the max age to the default value.

Default 20
Parameters seconds — The maximum info age for the STP instance in seconds.
Values: 6 — 40

max-age

Table 4-54 max-age command

Item Description

Syntax max-age seconds

no max-age

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description This commands specifies the port priority within a given instance, expressing
probability that a given port will be put into the forwarding state if a loop occurs.
The no form of this command sets port-priority to its default value.

Default 128
Parameters stp-priority — Specifies the value of the port priority field.
Values: 1 — 255

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-89
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mode

Table 4-55 mode command

Item Description

Syntax mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp | pmstp}

no mode

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description This command specifies the version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently
running.
See Spanning Tree Operating Modes for details on these modes.
The no form of this command returns the STP variant to the default.
Default rstp

Parameters rstp — Corresponds to the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE
802.1D/D4-2003.

compdot1w — Corresponds to the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol fully conform to

IEEE 802.1w.

dot1w — Corresponds to the mode where the Rapid Spanning Tree is backward
compatible with IEEE 802.1w.
mstp — Sets MSTP as the STP mode of operation. Corresponds to the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol specified in 802.1Q REV/D5.0-09/2005.

pmstp — The PMSTP mode is only supported in VPLS services where the m-VPLS flag
is configured.

mst-instance

Table 4-56 mst-instance command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mst-instance mst-inst-number

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description This command creates the context to configure MST instance (MSTI) related
parameters. Up to 16 instances will be supported by MSTP. The instance 0 is
mandatory by protocol and therefore, it cannot be created by the CLI. The software
will maintain this instance automatically.

Default none

Parameters mst-inst-number — Specifies the Multiple Spanning Tree instance.

Values: 1 — 4093

4-90 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mst-priority

Table 4-57 mst-priority command

Item Description

Syntax mst-priority bridge-priority

no mst-priority

Context configure>service>vpls>stp>mst-instance

Description This command specifies the bridge priority for this specific Multiple Spanning Tree
Instance for this service. The bridge-priority value reflects likelihood that the switch
will be chosen as the regional root switch (65535 represents the least likely). It is used
as the highest 4 bits of the Bridge ID included in the MSTP BPDUs generated by this
bridge.
The priority can only take on values that are multiples of 4096 (4k). If a value is
specified that is not a multiple of 4K, then the value will be replaced by the closest
multiple of 4K, which is lower than the value entered.
The no form of this command sets the bridge-priority to its default value.
Default 32768 — All instances created by vlan-range command and not having an explicit
definition of bridge-priority will inherit the default value.

Parameters bridge-priority — Specifies the priority of this specific Multiple Spanning Tree Instance
for this service.
Values: 1 — 65535

vlan-range

Table 4-58 vlan-range command

Item Description

Syntax [no] vlan-range [vlan-range]

Context configure>service>vpls>stp>mst-instance
Description This command specifies a range of VLANs associated with a certain MST-instance.
This range applies to all SAPs of the m-VPLS.
Every VLAN range that is not assigned within any of the created mst-instance is
automatically assigned to mst-instance 0. This instance is automatically maintained
by the software and cannot be modified. Changing the VLAN range value can be
performed only when the given mst-instance is shutdown.
The no form of this command removes the VLAN range from a given mst-instance.

Parameters vlan-range — The first VLAN range specifies the left-bound (i.e., minimum value) of
a range of VLANs that are associated with the m-VPLS SAP. This value must be
smaller than (or equal to) the second VLAN range value. The second VLAN range
specifies the right-bound (i.e., maximum value) of a range of VLANs that are
associated with the m-VPLS SAP.
Values: 1 — 4093 and 1 — 4093

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-91
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mst-max-hops

Table 4-59 mst-max-hops command

Item Description

Syntax mst-max-hops hops-count

no mst-max-hops

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description This command specifies the number of hops in the region before BPDU is discarded
and the information held for the port is aged out. The root bridge of the instance
sends a BPDU (or M-record) with remaining-hop-count set to configured
<max-hops>. When a bridge receives the BPDU (or M-record), it decrements the
received remaining-hop-count by 1 and propagates it in BPDU (or M-record) it
generates.
The no form of this command sets the hops-count to its default value.

Default 20

Parameters hops-count — Specifies the maximum number of hops.

Values: 1 — 40

mst-name

Table 4-60 mst-name command

Item Description

Syntax mst-name region-name

no mst-name

Context configure>service>vpls>stp
Description This command defines an MST region name. Two bridges are considered as a part of
the same MST region as soon as their configuration of the MST region name, the
MST-revision and VLAN-to-instance assignment is identical.
The no form of this command removes region-name from the configuration.

Default no mst-name

Parameters region-name — Specifies an MST-region name up to 32 characters in length.

mst-revision

Table 4-61 mst-revision command

Item Description

Syntax mst-revision revision-number

Context configure>service>vpls>stp

(1 of 2)

4-92 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command defines the MST configuration revision number. Two bridges are
considered as a part of the same MST region as soon as their configuration of
MST-region name, MST-revision and VLAN-to-instance assignment is identical.
The no form of this command returns the MST configuration revision to its default
value.

Default 0

Parameters revision-number — Specifies the MSTP region revision number to define the MSTP
region.
Values: 0 — 65535

(2 of 2)

path-cost

Table 4-62 path-cost command

Item Description

Syntax path-cost sap-path-cost

no path-cost

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp
Description This command configures the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) path cost for the SAP.
The SAP path cost is used by STP to calculate the path cost to the root bridge. The
path cost in BPDUs received on the root port is incremented with the configured path
cost for that SAP. When BPDUs are sent out other egress SAPs, the newly calculated
root path cost is used. These are the values used for CIST when running MSTP.
In the ISAM the STP path cost is a purely static configuration.
The no form of this command returns the path cost to the default value.

Default 10

Parameters path-cost — The path cost for the SAP.

Values: 1 — 65535 (1 is the lowest cost)

port-num

Table 4-63 port-num command

Item Description

Syntax [no] port-num virtual-port-number

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-93
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the virtual port number which uniquely identifies an SAP
within configuration bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). The internal representation
of an SAP is unique to a system and has a reference space much bigger than the 12
bits definable in a configuration BPDU. STP takes the internal representation value of
an SAP and identifies it with it’s own virtual port number that is unique to every other
SAP defined on the TLS. The virtual port number is assigned at the time that the SAP
is added to the TLS. Since the order that the SAP was added to the TLS is not
preserved between reboots of the system, the virtual port number may change
between restarts of the STP instance.
The virtual port number cannot be administratively modified.

(2 of 2)

priority

Table 4-64 priority command

Item Description
Syntax priority bridge-priority
no priority
Context configure>service>vpls>stp

Description The bridge-priority command is used to populate the priority portion of the bridge ID
field within outbound BPDUs (the most significant 4 bits of the bridge ID). It is also
used as part of the decision process when determining the best BPDU between
messages received and sent. All values will be truncated to multiples of 4096,
conforming with IEEE 802.1t and 802.1D-2004.
The no form of this command returns the bridge priority to the default value.

Default By default, the bridge priority is configured to 4096 which is the highest priority.

Parameters bridge-priority — The bridge priority for the STP instance.

Values: Allowed values are integers in the range of 4096 — 65535 with 4096 being
the highest priority. The actual bridge priority value stored/used is the number
entered with the lowest 12 bits masked off which means the actual range of values
is 4096 to 61440 in increments of 4096.

priority

Table 4-65 priority command

Item Description

Syntax priority stp-priority

no priority

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

(1 of 2)

4-94 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the Alcatel-Lucent Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for
the SAP.
STP priority is a configurable parameter associated with an SAP. When configuration
BPDUs are received, the priority is used in some circumstances as a tie breaking
mechanism to determine whether the SAP will be designated or blocked.
In traditional STP implementations (802.1D-1998), this field is called the port priority
and has a value of 0 to 255. This field is coupled with the port number (0 to 255 also)
to create a 16 bit value. In the latest STP standard (802.1D-2004) only the upper 4
bits of the port priority field are used to encode the SAP priority. The remaining 4 bits
are used to extend the port ID field into a 12 bit virtual port number field. The virtual
port number uniquely references an SAP within the STP instance.
STP computes the actual priority by taking the input value and masking out the lower
four bits.The result is the value that is stored in the SAP priority parameter. For
instance, if a value of 0 is entered, masking out the lower 4 bits results in a parameter
value of 0. If a value of 255 is entered, the result is 240.
The no form of this command returns the STP priority to the default value.

Default 128

Parameters stp-priority — The STP priority value for the SAP.

Allowed values are integer in the range of 0 to 255, 0 being the highest priority. The
actual value used for STP priority (and stored in the configuration) will be the result
of masking out the lower 4 bits - thus the actual value range is 0 to 240 in increments
of 16.

(2 of 2)

rapid-start

Table 4-66 rapid-start command

Item Description

Syntax [no] rapid-start

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

Description This command enables or disables a rapid start.

Default no rapid-start

root-guard

Table 4-67 root-guard command

Item Description

Syntax [no] root-guard

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>stp

Description This command specifies whether this port is allowed to become an STP root port. It
corresponds to the restricted role parameter in 802.1Q. If set, it can cause lack of
spanning tree connectivity.

Default no root-guard

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-95
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

VPLS SAP Commands

sap

Table 4-68 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id

no sap sap-id

Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within an m-VPLS or v-VPLS
service. An SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which
identifies the SAP on the interface and within the ISAM. Each SAP must be unique. An
m-VPLS uses SAPs built upon a Ethernet dot1q encapsulated physical or LAG port, to
process untagged L2CP frame processing on the specified port, to manage STP. A
v-VPLS uses Ethernet dot1q encapsulated SAPs to handle VLAN ID tagged traffic
(non-L2CP), received on the port defined by the SAP associated with the v-VPLS. All
SAPs for a v-VPLS service will share the same VLAN ID, as specified in the v-VPLS
service associated with the SAP. So for every residential or a cross-connect service,
SAPs are used to associate the service to a LAG or physical port.
An SAP can only be associated with a single service. An SAP can only be defined on
a port that has been configured as an access port using the configure interface
port-type port-id mode access command. A v-VPLS behavior distinguishes between
residential (user) ports and regular (network) ports, to secure control over MAC
learning capabilities, and enable the ability to control user-to-user communication.
User-to-user communication can be enabled or disabled, to allow or prevent
user-to-user communications between residential ports.
The operational state of an SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which
the SAP is defined. If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally
down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as
operationally down although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When an SAP
is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted.

Default No SAPs are defined.

(1 of 2)

4-96 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag | *}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag
• *
• For packets ingressing this SAP, a VLAN tag is added equal to the v-VPLS
VLAN value.
• For packet egressing this SAP, the VLAN tag of the v-VPLS is removed.
• Not supported on VPLS/VPRN/Mirroring SAPs
• Not supported on v-VPLS with IGMPsnooping
• Not supported on v-VPLS linked to a VRF.
• Not supported on LT ports
(2 of 2)

Table 4-69 sap parameters

Port Type Encap-Type Allowed Values Comments

Ethernet Dot1q • no tag for m-VPLS The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag
• 0, 1— 4093 for on the port. Note that when only one
v-VPLS non-0 vlanid SAP is created on a dot1q
port, the associated v-VPLS also accepts
untagged packets on the dot1q port.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-97
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

enable-stats

Table 4-70 enable-stats command

Item Description

Syntax enable-stats
no enable-stats

Context configure>service>vpls
configure>service>vpls>sap

Description This command enables statistics/PM collection for the SAP.

restricted-tagging

Table 4-71 restricted-tagging command

Item Description

Syntax restricted-tagging
no restricted-tagging

Context configure>service>epipe
configure>service>epipe>sap

Description This command enables restricted-tagging for the SAP.

static-mac

Table 4-72 static-mac command

Item Description

Syntax [no] static-mac ieee-mac-address

Context configure>service>vpls>sap
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp

(1 of 2)

4-98 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command creates a local static MAC entry in the v-VPLS forwarding database
(FDB) associated with the SAP.
In a v-VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with an SAP or with a Service
Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with an SAP are classified as local MACs,
and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Local static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SAP association in the
forwarding database for the v-VPLS instance so that MAC address will not be learned
on the edge device.
Note that static MAC definitions on one edge device are not propagated to other edge
devices participating in the VPLS instance, that is, each edge device has an
independent forwarding database for the v-VPLS.
Only one static MAC entry (local or remote) can be defined per MAC address per
v-VPLS instance.
By default, no static MAC address entries are defined for the SAP.
The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the specified MAC
address associated with the SAP from the v-VPLS forwarding database.

Parameters ieee-mac-address — Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form
aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are
hexadecimal numbers.
Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved
MAC addresses.

(2 of 2)

eth-cfm

Table 4-73 eth-cfm command

Item Description
Syntax eth-cfm

Context configure>service>vpls>sap
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp

Description This command enables the context to configure 802.1ag CFM parameters

mep

Table 4-74 mep command

Item Description

Syntax mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [direction {up | down}]
mep mep-id domain md-indexassociation ma-index

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm

Description This command enables the Configuration of a Ethernet CFM Maintenance Endpoint

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-99
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters mep-id - MEP Identifier

Values: 1...8191

md-idex - Maintenance Domain Identifier

Values: 1...4294967295

ma-index - Maintenance Association Identifier.

Values: 1...4294967295

direction - Specifies the direction of the MEP.

Values: up/down
Default value: down

(2 of 2)

ccm-enable

Table 4-75 ccm-ltm-priority command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ccm-enable

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep

Description This command enables the generation of CCM messages.

The no form of the command disables the generation of CCM messages.

Default no ccm-enable

ccm-ltm-priority

Table 4-76 ccm-ltm-priority command

Item Description

Syntax ccm-ltm-priority priority

no ccm-ltm-priority

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep

Description This command enables configuration of priority for CCM and LTM messages
Default 7

Parameters priority - Priority of the CCM/LTM Message

Value: 0...7

4-100 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

low-priority-defect

Table 4-77 low-priority-defect command

Item Description

Syntax low-priority-defect { allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon |

xcon | noXcon}

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep

Description This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault
alarm.
Default macRemErrXcon

Parameters allDef - DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon - DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon - DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

errXcon - DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon - DefXconCCM

noXcon - No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

mac-address

Table 4-78 mac-address command

Item Description
Syntax mac-address mac-address
no mac-address

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep

Description This command enables configuration of the MAC Address for the MEP

Parameters mac-address - The MAC address of the MEP in xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx

format
Value: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-101
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mip

Table 4-79 mip command

Item Description

Syntax mip [mac mac-address]

mip default-mac
no mip

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm
configure>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm
configure>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm

Description This command enables/disables Maintenance Intermediate Points (MIP)

Parameters mac-address - The MAC address of the MIP in xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx

format
Value: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx

default-mac - keyword. To indicate the use of default MAC address for the MIP.

VPLS SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands

egress

Table 4-80 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vpls>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure egress SAP filter policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

egress

Table 4-81 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vpls
Description This command enables the context to configure egress rate-limiting policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no rate-limiting is performed.

4-102 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

ingress

Table 4-82 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress

Context configure>service>vpls>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress SAP filter policies.
If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

ingress

Table 4-83 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress
Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress QoS policies.

ingress-network

Table 4-84 ingress-network command

Item Description

Syntax ingress-network
Context configure>service>vpls

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress network policies.

filter

Table 4-85 filter command

Item Description

Syntax filter ip ip-filter-id

filter mac mac-filter-id
no filter
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
Context configure>service>vpls>sap>egress
configure>service>vpls>sap>ingress

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-103
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command associates an IP filter policy or MAC filter policy with an ingress or
egress Service Access Point (SAP) or IP interface.
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC
matching criteria. There are two types of filter policies: IP and MAC. Only one type
may be applied to an SAP at a time.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with
an ingress or egress SAP. The filter ID must already be defined before the filter
command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an
error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP.
One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default
action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the
SAP or IP interface. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the
scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only
break the association with the service object, use scope command within the filter
definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is
local.

Special Cases VPLS — Both MAC and IP filters are supported on a VPLS service SAP.

Parameters ip ip-filter-id — Specifies IP filter policy.

Values: 1 — 65535

mac mac-filter-id — Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must
already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within
the created MAC filters.
Values: 1 — 65535

(2 of 2)

qos

Table 4-86 qos command

Item Description

Syntax qos policy-id

no qos

Context configure>service>vpls>egress-network
configure>service>vpls>ingress
configure>service>vpls>ingress-network

Description The ingress QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine what Forwarding
Class (FC) each packet is associated to. Associating a QoS policy to a VPLS service
effectively associates the QoS policy to all SAPs of a VPLS service at one time.
The ingress QoS policy is installed in the hardware when the first service is associated
to it. Similarly, when the last service is disassociated from it, the policy is removed
from the hardware (except for the default policy which cannot be deleted from
hardware).
Only one QoS policy can be associated to a VPLS service.
When an L3 interface is associated with the VPLS, it is not permitted to modify the
QoS Policy id of the VPLS. (It must have been set to the default policy ID previously.)
The no form of this command associates the VPLS service to the default policy.

Default By default, each VPLS service is associated to QoS policy ID 1

(1 of 2)

4-104 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters policy-id — The ID of the QoS policy.

Values: 2 — 65535

(2 of 2)

rate-limit

Table 4-87 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>vpls>egress

Description This command defines the aggregate egress rate limit per VPLS service.
It applies to traffic associated to the VPLS service which is egressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a VPLS.

Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

rate-limit

Table 4-88 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>vpls>ingress

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-105
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command defines the aggregate ingress rate limit per VPLS service.
It applies to traffic associated to the VPLS service which is ingressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a VPLS.

Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

(2 of 2)

rate-limit-pbits

Table 4-89 rate-limit-pbits command

Item Description
Syntax [no] rate-limit-pbits [1..8]

Context configure>service>vpls>egress

Description This command enables the context to configure the per service/Cos rate limiting
parameters. The command is applicably only for a v-VPLS service.
The no form of the command removes the rate limiting for the service.

rate-limit

Table 4-90 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size | default] [pbs pbs-size | default]

Context configure>service>vpls>egress>rate-limit-pbits

(1 of 2)

4-106 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command defines the aggregate egress rate limit for the v-VPLS service
matching the dot1p bits specified through rate-limit-pbits. It applies to traffic
associated to the service which is egressing on regular ports (network ports).
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are specified.
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
More information on rate-limting and some constraints regarding the granularity of
the values for rate and burst-size can be found in the FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT
IHub Qos Guide.
Parameters cir-rate — The cir parameter defines the CIR rate, in kilobits, used for the service.
When the rate-limit-pbits command is executed, a valid CIR setting must be
explicitly defined.
Values: 0...10000000, max

pir-rate — The pir parameter defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, used for
the service. When the rate-limit-pbits command is executed, a valid PIR setting
must be explicitly defined. pir-rate acts as EIR rate as defined in RFC 4115 when
tr-tcm-modified mode is configured, which means that in tr-tcm-modified mode the
actual peak rate achieved is cir-rate + pir-rate.
Values: 0...10000000, max
cbs-size — The cbs parameter defines the CBS size, in kilobytes, used for the service.
When the rate-limit-pbits command is executed, the cbs parameter can be
optionally specified. If not specified, the default value of 256 Mbytes is assumed.
Values: 1...262144, default

pbs-size — The pbs parameter defines the PBS size, in kilobytes, used for the service.
When the rate-limit-pbits command is executed, the pbs parameter can be
optionally specified. . If not specified, the default value of 256 Mbytes is assumed.
Values: 1...262144, default

(2 of 2)

dot1p

Table 4-91 dot1p command

Item Description

Syntax dot1p dot1p-priority1 [dot1p-priority2] .. [dot1p-priority8]

no dot1p

Context configure>service>vpls>egress>rate-limit-pbits

Description This command allows to define the set of 802.1p bits for which the rate-limiter will be
applied.
The no form of this command resets all the configured 802.1p values.

Parameters dot1p-priority — Priority.

Values: 0 - 7

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-107
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

meter-mode

Table 4-92 meter-mode command

Item Description

Syntax meter-mode {trtcm | trtcm-modified}

no meter-mode

Context configure>service>vpls>egress>rate-limit-pbits

Description This command defines the two-rate three-color marking meter's algorithm.
Parameters trctm - The rate-limiting is compliant as per RFC 2698

trctm-modified - The rate-limiting is compliant as per RFC 4115

VPLS Multicast commands

igmp-snooping

Table 4-93 igmp-snooping command

Item Description

Syntax igmp-snooping

Context configure>service>vpls
configure>service>vpls>sap
configure>service>mesh-sdp
configure>service>spoke-sdp
Description This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping
context.

Default none

fast-leave

Table 4-94 fast-leave command

Item Description

Syntax [no] fast-leave

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping

(1 of 2)

4-108 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command enables fast leave. When IGMP fast leave processing is enabled, the
ISAM will immediately remove an SAP from the IP multicast group when it detects an
IGMP 'leave' on that SAP. Fast leave processing allows the switch to remove an SAP
that sends a 'leave' from the forwarding table without first sending out group-specific
queries to the SAP, and thus speeds up the process of changing channels ('zapping').
Fast leave should only be enabled when there is a single receiver present on the SAP.
When fast leave is enabled, the configured last-member-query-interval value is
ignored.

Default no fast-leave

(2 of 2)

last-member-query-interval

Table 4-95 last-member-query-interval command

Item Description

Syntax last-member-query-interval interval

no last-member-query-interval

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

Description This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries
sent in response to ‘leave’ messages, and is also the amount of time between 2
consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave
latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of
the last member of a group.
The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on
the SAP.
Default 10

Parameters interval — Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are
sent.
Values: 1 — 50

mrouter-port

Table 4-96 mrouter-port command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mrouter-port

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-109
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this SAP.
Configuring an SAP as an mrouter-port will have a the following effect: IGMP reports
generated by the system as a result of someone joining or leaving a multicast group,
will be sent to this SAP.
If two multicast routers exist in the network, one of them will become the active
querier. While the other multicast router (non-querier) stops sending IGMP queries,
it should still receive IGMP reports to keep its multicast trees up to date. To support
this, the mrouter-port should be enabled on all SAPs connecting to a multicast router.
Note that the IGMP version to be used for the reports (v1, v2 or v3) can only be
determined after an initial query has been received. Until such time no reports are
sent on the SAP, even if mrouter-port is enabled.

Default no mrouter-port

(2 of 2)

query-interval

Table 4-97 query-interval command

Item Description
Syntax query-interval seconds
no query-interval

Context configure>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

Description This command configures the IGMP query interval. If the send-queries command is
enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two consecutive general
queries sent by the system on this SAP.
The configured query-interval must be greater than the configured
query-response-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured query-interval value is
ignored.
Parameters seconds — The time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general host-query
messages.
Values: 2 — 1024

query-response-interval

Table 4-98 query-response-interval command

Item Description

Syntax query-response-interval seconds

no query-response-interval

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

(1 of 2)

4-110 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the IGMP query response interval. If the send-queries
command is enabled, this parameter specifies the maximum response time advertised
in IGMPv2/v3 queries.
The configured query-response-interval must be smaller than the configured
query-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP, the configured query-response-interval
value is ignored.

Default 10

Parameters seconds — Specifies the length of time to wait to receive a response to the host-query
message from the host.
Values: 1 — 1023

(2 of 2)

query-src-ip

Table 4-99 query-src-ip command

Item Description

Syntax query-src-ip ip-address

no query-src-ip

Context configure>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Description This command configures the specific IP source address used in IGMP queries.
The no form of the command removes the specific IP source address used in IGMP
queries.

Parameters ip-address — The IP source address used in queries.

report-src-ip

Table 4-100 report-src-ip command

Item Description

Syntax report-src-ip ip-address

no report-src-ip

Context configure>service>vpls>igmp-snooping

Description This parameter specifies the source IP address used when generating IGMP reports.
According the IGMPv3 standard, a zero source address is allowed in sending IGMP
reports. However, for interoperability with some multicast routers, the source IP
address of IGMP group reports can be configured using this command.

Default 0.0.0.0
Parameters ip-address — The source IP address in transmitted IGMP reports.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-111
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

robust-count

Table 4-101 robust-count command

Item Description

Syntax robust-count robust-count

no robust-count

Context configure>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

Description If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for the
expected packet loss on an SAP. The robust-count variable allows tuning for the
expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a retry count. If this an SAP
is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be increased. IGMP snooping on this SAP
is robust to (robust-count-1) packet losses.
If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter will be ignored.

Default 20

Parameters robust-count — Specifies the robust count for the SAP.

Values: 2 — 7

send-queries

Table 4-102 send-queries command

Item Description

Syntax [no] send-queries

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

Description This command specifies whether to send IGMP general query messages on the SAP.
When send-queries is configured, all type of queries generated ourselves are of the
configured version.
If a report of a version higher than the configured version is received, the report will
get dropped and a new wrong version counter will get incremented.
If send-queries is not configured, the version command has no effect. The version
used on that SAP will be the version of the querier. This implies that, for example,
when we have a v2 querier, we will never send out a v3 group or group-source
specific query when a host wants to leave a certain group.

Default no send-queries

static

Table 4-103 static command

Item Description

Syntax static

(1 of 2)

4-112 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping

Description This command enables access to the context to configure static group addresses.
Static group addresses can be configured on an SAP. When present either as a (*, g)
or a (s,g) entry, multicast packets matching the configuration will be forwarded even
if no join message was registered for the specific group.

(2 of 2)

group

Table 4-104 group command

Item Description

Syntax group grp-ip-address

[no] group

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>static
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>static

Description This command adds a static multicast group either as a (*,G) or one or more (S,G)
records. Use IGMP static group memberships to test multicast forwarding without a
receiver host. When IGMP static groups are enabled, data is forwarded to an interface
without receiving membership reports from host members.
Default None

Parameters grp-ip-address — Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an
interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group. Specify the address
in dotted decimal notation

source

Table 4-105 source command

Item Description

Syntax source ip-address

[no] source

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static>group
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-113
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command specifies a IPv4 unicast address that sends data on an interface. This
enables a multicast receiver host to signal a router the group is to receive multicast
traffic from, and from the source(s) that the traffic is expected.
The source command is mutually exclusive with the specification of individual sources
for the same group.
The source command in combination with the group is used to create a specific (S,G)
static group entry.
Use the no form of the command to remove the source from the configuration

Default None

Parameters ip-address — Specifies the IPv4 unicast address.

(2 of 2)

starg

Table 4-106 starg command

Item Description

Syntax [no] starg

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static>group
configure>service>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group
configure>service>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group

Description This command adds a static (*,G) entry. This command can only be enabled if no
existing source addresses for this group are specified.
Use the no form of the command to remove the starg entry from the configuration.

version

Table 4-107 static command

Item Description

Syntax version version

[no]version

Context configure>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping

Description This command specifies the IGMP version. If routers run different versions of IGMP,
they will negotiate the lowest common version of IGMP that is supported by hosts on
their subnet and operate in that version. For IGMP to function correctly, all routers on
a LAN should be configured to run the same version of IGMP on that LAN.
For IGMPv3, note that a multicast router that is also a group member performs both
parts of IGMPv

Parameters version — Specifies the IGMP version number.

Values 1, 2, 3

4-114 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Show Commands

fdb-info

Table 4-108 fdb-info command

Item Description

Syntax fdb-info

Context show>service

Description Displays global FDB usage information.

Table 4-109 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-109 Show FDB-Info Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The ID that identifies a service.

Service Type The type of service.

Table Size The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the FDB.

Total Count The current number of entries (both learned and static) in the FDB of this
service.

Learned Count The current number of learned entries in the FDB of this service.

Static Count The current number of static entries in the FDB of this service.

Local Age The seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local SAPs.

High WaterMark The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‘table full’ alarm is
raised by the agent.

Low WaterMark The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‘table full’ alarm is
cleared by the agent.
Mac Learning Specifies whether the MAC learning process is enabled in this service.

Discard Unknown Specifies whether frames received with an unknown destination MAC are
discarded in this service.

MAC Aging Specifies whether the MAC aging process is enabled in this service.

Total Service FDBs The current number of service FDBs configured on this node.

Total FDB The sum of configured FDBs.

Configured Size

Total FDB Entries In The total number of entries (both learned and static) in use.
Use

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-115
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

fdb-mac

Table 4-110 fdb-mac command

Item Description

Syntax fdb-mac ieee-address [expiry]

Context show>service

Description This command displays the FDB entry for a given MAC address.
Parameters ieee-address - The 48-bit MAC address for which to display the FDB entry in the form
aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are
hexadecimal numbers.
expiry - Shows the time until the MAC is aged out.

Table 4-111 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-111 Show FDB-MAC Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service ID number.

MAC The specified MAC address.

Source-Identifier The location where the MAC is defined.

Type/Age Static - FDB entries created by management.

Learned - Dynamic entries created by the learning process.

OAM - Entries created by the OAM process.

H - Host

D or DHCP - DHCP-installed MAC.

sap-using

Table 4-112 sap-using command

Item Description

Syntax sap-using [sap sap-id]

sap-using interface ip-address | ip-int-name

Context show>service

Description This command displays SAP information for the specified IP parameters.
If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all
defined SAPs.
The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified
properties.

(1 of 2)

4-116 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface — Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.

ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values: 1.0.0.0 — 223.255.255.255
ip-int-name — The IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.

(2 of 2)

Table 4-113 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-113 Show Service SAP Command Output Fields

Label Description

Port ID The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID The service identifier.

I.MAC/IP The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP.

E.Mac/IP The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP.

Adm The desired state of the SAP.

Opr The actual state of the SAP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-117
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

id

Table 4-114 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id

Context show>service

Description Display information for a particular service-id.

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number that identifies the service in the
service domain.

all — Display detailed information about the service.

base — Display basic service information.

fdb — Display FDB entries.

sap — Display SAPs associated to the service.

stp — Display STP information.

all

Table 4-115 all command

Item Description

Syntax all
Context show>service>id

Description Displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Table 4-116 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-116 Show All Service-ID Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Detailed Information

Service Id The service identifier.

VPN Id The number which identifies the VPN.

Service Type Specifies the type of service.

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
customer.

SAP Count The number of SAPs specified for this service.

Circuit ID Specifies whether the If Index is inserted in Circuit ID suboption of Option 82.

(1 of 2)

4-118 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Remote ID Specifies whether the far-end MAC address is inserted in Remote ID suboption
of Option 82.

STP Service Access Point Specifics

Managed by Service Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Managed by MSTI Specifies the MST instance inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Last BPDU from The bridge ID of the sender of the last BPDU received on this SAP.

Managed by SAP Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.
Prune state Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

(2 of 2)

base

Table 4-117 base command

Item Description

Syntax base
Context show>service>id
show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description Displays basic information about the service ID including service type, description,
and SAPs.

Table 4-118 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-118 Show Service-ID Base Command Output Fields

Label Description
Service Id The service identifier.

Vpn Id Specifies the VPN ID assigned to the service.

Service Type The type of service: IES, VPRN, v-VPLS, mirror

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Status Change The date and time of the most recent status change to this customer.
Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
customer.

Admin State The administrative state of the service.

Oper State The operational state of the service.

MTU The largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle.

SAP Count The number of SAPs defined on the service.

Identifier Specifies the service access (SAP) points.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-119
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

fdb

Table 4-119 fdb command

Item Description

Syntax fdb [{sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id | mac ieee-address | detail}][expiry]

Context show>service>id
show>service>fdb-mac

Description Display FDB entries for a given SAP, SDP or MAC address.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
Values:
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

sdp sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to display FDB entries.

Values: 1...17407

mac ieee-address - Specifies the 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be
expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee
and ff are hexadecimal numbers.

detail - Displays detailed information.

expiry - Displays time until MAC is aged out.

Table 4-120 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-120 Show FDB Command Output Fields

Label Description

ServID Displays the service ID.

MAC Displays the associated MAC address.

(1 of 2)

4-120 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Source-Identifier The location where the MAC is defined.

Type/Age Type - Specifies the number of seconds used to age out TLS FDB entries
learned on local SAPs.
These entries correspond to MAC addresses learned on remote SAPs.

Last Change Indicates the time of the most recent state changes.

(2 of 2)

mfib

Table 4-121 mfib command

Item Description

Syntax mfib [brief] [ip]

mfib group grp-address
Context show>service>id

Description This command displays the multicast FIB on the v-VPLS service.

Parameters brief - Displays a brief output.

ip - Displays IP address information.

group grp grp-address - Displays the multicast FIB for a specific multicast group
address.

Table 4-122 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-122 Show MFIB Command Output Fields

Label Description

Source Address IPv4 unicast source address.

Group Address IPv4 multicast group address.

SAP Indicates the SAP to which the corresponding multicast stream will be
forwarded/blocked.

Forwarding/Blocking Indicates whether the corresponding multicast stream will be

blocked/forwarded.
Number of Entries Specifies the number of entries in the MFIB.

Forwarded Packets Indicates the number of multicast packets forwarded for the corresponding
source/group.

Forwarded Octets Indicates the number of octets forwarded for the corresponding source/group.
Svc ID Indicates the service to which the corresponding multicast stream will
forwarded/blocked. Local means that the multicast stream will be
forwarded/blocked to an SAP local to the service.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-121
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mstp-configuration

Table 4-123 mstp-configuration command

Item Description

Syntax mstp-configuration

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays the MSTP specific configuration data. This command is only
valid on a management VPLS.

sap

Table 4-124 sap command

Item Description
Syntax sap sap-id [detail | sap-stats]
sap sap-id curr-15min-stats
sap sap-id curr-day-stats
sap sap-id prev-15min-stats [interval-number interval-number]
sap sap-id prev-day-stats [interval-number interval-number]
Context show>service>id

Description This command displays information for the SAP instance for the service.

(1 of 2)

4-122 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

detail - Displays detailed information for the SAP

sap-stats - Displays statistics information (packets and octets received/transmitted)

on this SAP
curr-15min-stats - Displays current 15-min statistics information (packets and
octets received/transmitted) on this SAP

curr-day-stats - Displays current day statistics information (packets and octets

received/transmitted) on this SAP

prev-15min-stats - Displays 15-min statistics information (packets and octets

received/transmitted) for a requested interval on this SAP
prev-day-stats - Displays previous day statistics information (packets and octets
received/transmitted) on this SAP. Two such instances were collected.

interval-number - The interval number that needs to be displayed

(2 of 2)

Table 4-125 describes the show SAP command output fields.

Table 4-125 Show Service-ID SAP Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

SAP The SAP and qtag.

Encap The encapsulation type of the SAP.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-123
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Ethertype Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State The operational state of the SAP.

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch,RelearnLimitExceeded,
RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, TodResourceUnavail,
TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch, CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr,
StandByForMcRing, ServiceMTUTooSmall, SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch,
SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch.

Last Status Change Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP.

Last Mgmt Change Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
SAP.

Ingress Filter-Id The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Restricted-tagging Indicates whether restricted-tagging is enabled or disabled on this SAP

(2 of 2)

Table 4-126 describes the sap-stats command output fields.

Table 4-126 sap-stats Command Output Fields

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

SAP The SAP and qtag.

Description Description about the SAP.

Encap The encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State The operational state of the SAP.

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch,RelearnLimitExceeded,
RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, TodResourceUnavail,
TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch, CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr,
StandByForMcRing, ServiceMTUTooSmall, SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch,
SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch.

Last Status Change Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP.

Last Mgmt Change Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
SAP.

Ingress Packets Number of packets that have been received on this SAP after statistics
collection was enabled

Ingress Octets Number of bytes that have been received on this SAP after statistics collection
was enabled

(1 of 2)

4-124 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Egress Packets Number of packets that have been transmitted on this SAP after statistics
collection was enabled

Egress Octets Number of octets that have been transmitted on this SAP after statistics
collection was enabled

(2 of 2)

Table 4-127 describes the curr-15min-stats command output fields.

Table 4-127 curr-15min-stats Command Output Fields

Label Description

Sap-Id Sap-Id for which the curr-15min-stats is requested

Ingress Packets The number of packets received on this SAP since the beginning of the current
15 minute interval

Ingress Octets The number of bytes received on this SAP since the beginning of the current
15 minute interval

Egress Packets The number of packets transmitted on this SAP since the beginning of the
current 15 minute interval

Egress Octets The number of bytes transmitted on this SAP since the beginning of the current
15 minute interval

elapsed-time The amount of time, measured in seconds, that has elapsed since the
beginning of the current 15 minute interval

Measure-time The amount of time, measured in seconds that statistics for this entry have
been actually counted for the current 15 minute interval. This value will be the
same as the elapsed duration except in a situation where performance
monitoring data could not be collected for this SAP for some reason

Table 4-128 describes the curr-day-stats command output fields.

Table 4-128 curr-day-stats Command Output Fields

Label Description

Sap-Id Sap-Id for which the curr-day-stats is requested

Ingress Packets The number of packets received on this SAP since the beginning of the current
day interval

Ingress Octets The number of bytes received on this SAP since the beginning of the current
day interval

Egress Packets The number of packets transmitted on this SAP since the beginning of the
current day interval

Egress Octets The number of bytes transmitted on this SAP since the beginning of the current
day interval

elapsed-time The amount of time, measured in seconds, that has elapsed since the
beginning of the current day interval

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-125
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Measure-time The amount of time, measured in seconds that statistics for this entry have
been actually counted for the current day interval. This value will be the same
as the elapsed duration except in a situation where performance monitoring
data could not be collected for this SAP for some reason

(2 of 2)

Table 4-129 describes the prev-15min-stats command output fields.

Table 4-129 prev-15min-stats Command Output Fields

Label Description

Sap-Id Sap-Id for which the prev-15min-stats is requested

interval-number A number between 1 and 32, which identifies the interval for which the set of
statistics is available. The interval identified by 1 is the most recently
completed 15 minute interval, and the interval identified by N is the interval
immediately preceding the one identified by N-1. The number of available
intervals is specified by fadSapPM15MinValidIntervals.
Ingress Packets The number of packets received on this SAP for the requested 15-min interval

Ingress Octets The number of bytes received on this SAP for the requested 15-min interval

Egress Packets The number of packets transmitted on this SAP for the requested 15-min
interval

Egress Octets The number of bytes transmitted on this SAP for the requested 15-min interval
Measure-time The amount of time, measured in seconds that statistics for this entry have
been actually counted for the 15 minute interval. This value will be the same
as the interval except in a situation where performance monitoring data could
not be collected for this SAP for some reason

Table 4-130 describes the prev-day-stats command output fields.

Table 4-130 prev-day-stats Command Output Fields

Label Description

Sap-Id Sap-Id for which the prev-15min-stats is requested

interval-number A number between 1 and 2, which identifies the interval for which the set of
statistics is available.

Ingress Packets The number of packets received on this SAP for the requested 1-day interval

Ingress Octets The number of bytes received on this SAP for the requested 1-day interval
Egress Packets The number of packets transmitted on this SAP for the requested 1-day
interval

Egress Octets The number of bytes transmitted on this SAP for the requested 1-day interval

Measure-time The amount of time, measured in seconds that statistics for this entry have
been actually counted for the 1-day interval. This value will be the same as the
interval except in a situation where performance monitoring data could not be
collected for this SAP for some reason

4-126 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

stp

Table 4-131 stp command

Item Description

Syntax stp [detail]

stp mst-instance mst-inst-number

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays information for the spanning tree protocol instance for the
service.

Parameters detail - Displays detailed information.

mst-inst-number - [1..4093]

Table 4-132 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-132 Show Service-ID STP Command Output Fields

Label Description

RSTP Admin State Indicates the administrative state of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol instance
associated with this service.
Core Connectivity Indicates the connectivity status to the core.

RSTP Oper State Indicates the operational state of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol instance
associated with this service. This field is applicable only when STP is enabled
on the router.

Bridge-id Specifies the MAC address used to identify this bridge in the network.
Hold Time Specifies the interval length during which no more than two Configuration
BPDUs shall be transmitted by this bridge.

Bridge fwd delay Specifies how fast a bridge changes its state when moving toward the
forwarding state.

Bridge Hello time Specifies the amount of time between the transmission of Configuration
BPDUs.

Bridge max age Specifies the maximum age of Spanning Tree Protocol information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded. This is the actual value
that this bridge is currently using.

Bridge priority Defines the priority of the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this
service.

Topology change Specifies whether a topology change is currently in progress.

Root path cost Specifies the cost of the path to the root bridge as seen from this bridge.

Root forward delay Specifies how fast the root changes its state when moving toward the
forwarding state.

Root hello time Specifies the amount of time between the transmission of configuration
BPDUs.
Root max age Specifies the maximum age of Spanning Tree Protocol information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-127
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Root priority This object specifies the priority of the bridge that is currently selected as
root-bridge for the network.

Root port Specifies the port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from
this bridge to the root bridge.

SAP Identifier The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.
RSTP State The operational state of RSTP.

STP Port State Specifies the port identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port's
segment.

BPDU encap Specifies the type of encapsulation used on BPDUs sent out and received on
this SAP.

Port Number Specifies the value of the port number field which is contained in the least
significant 12 bits of the 16-bit Port ID associated with this SAP.

Priority Specifies the value of the port priority field which is contained in the most
significant 4 bits of the 16-bit Port ID associated with this SAP.

Cost Specifies the contribution of this port to the path cost of paths towards the
spanning tree root which include this port.
Fast Start Specifies whether Fast Start is enabled on this SAP.

Designated Port Specifies the port identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port's
segment.

Designated Bridge Specifies the bridge identifier of the bridge which this port considers to be the
designated bridge for this port's segment.

Service Access Points

Managed by Service Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Managed by Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.
SAP/spoke

Prune state Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

(2 of 2)

IGMP Snooping Show Commands

igmp-snooping

Table 4-133 igmp-snooping command

Item Description

Syntax igmp-snooping

Context show>service>id

Description This command enables the context to display IGMP snooping information.

4-128 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

all

Table 4-134 all command

Item Description

Syntax all

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command displays detailed information for all aspects of IGMP snooping on the
VPLS service.

Table 4-135 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-135 Show All Service-ID Command Output Fields

Label Description

Admin State The administrative state of the IGMP instance.

Querier Displays the address of the IGMP querier on the IP subnet to which the
interface is attached.

Sap Id Displays the SAP IDs of the service ID.

Oper State Displays the operational state of the SAP IDs of the service ID.

Mrtr Port Specifies if the port is a multicast router port.

Send Queries Specifies whether the send-queries command is enabled or disabled.

Max Num Groups Specifies the maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this
SAP.

MVR From VPLS Specifies MVR from VPLS.

Num Groups Specifies the actual number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP.

mrouters

Table 4-136 mrouters command

Item Description

Syntax mrouters [detail]

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command displays all multicast routers.

Parameters detail - Displays detailed information.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-129
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

port-db

Table 4-137 port-db command

Item Description

Syntax port-db sap sap-id [detail]

port-db sap sap-id group grp-ip-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ip-address

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command displays information on the IGMP snooping port database for the
v-VPLS service.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

sdp sdp-id - Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific SDP ID.
Values: 1...17407

group grp-ip-address - Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific
multicast group address.

Table 4-138 describes the command output fields.

4-130 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Table 4-138 Show Port-DB Command Output Fields

Label Description

Group Address The IP multicast group address for which this entry contains information.

Mode Specifies the type of membership report(s) received on the interface for the
group.
In the include mode, reception of packets sent to the specified multicast
address is requested only from those IP source addresses listed in the
source-list parameter of the IGMP membership report.
In exclude mode, reception of packets sent to the given multicast address is
requested from all IP source addresses except those listed in the source-list
parameter.

Type Indicates how this group entry was learned.

If this group entry was learned by IGMP, the value is set to dynamic.
For statically configured groups, the value is set to static.
Compatibility mode Specifies the IGMP mode. This is used in order for routers to be compatible
with older version routers. IGMPv3 hosts must operate in Version 1 and
Version 2 compatibility modes. IGMPv3 hosts must keep state per local
interface regarding the compatibility mode of each attached network. A host's
compatibility mode is determined from the host compatibility mode variable
which can be in one of three states: IGMPv1, IGMPv2 or IGMPv3.
This variable is kept per interface and is dependent on the version of general
queries heard on that interface as well as the older version querier present
timers for the interface.
V1 host expires The time remaining until the local router will assume that there are no longer
any IGMP Version 1 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface.
Upon hearing any IGMPv1 membership report, this value is reset to the group
membership timer. While this time remaining is non-zero, the local router
ignores any IGMPv2 leave messages for this group that it receives on this
interface.

V2 host expires The time remaining until the local router will assume that there are no longer
any IGMP Version 2 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface.
Upon hearing any IGMPv2 membership report, this value is reset to the group
membership timer. While this time remaining is non-zero, the local router
ignores any IGMPv3 leave messages for this group that it receives on this
interface.

Source address The source address for which this entry contains information.
Up Time The time since the source group entry was created.

Expires The amount of time remaining before this entry will be aged out.

Number of sources Indicates the number of IGMP group and source specific queries received on
this SAP.

Forwarding/Blocking Indicates whether this entry is on the forward list or block list.

Number of groups Indicates the number of groups configured for this SAP.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-131
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

querier

Table 4-139 querier command

Item Description

Syntax querier

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description Displays information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.

Table 4-140 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-140 Querier Command Output Fields

Label Description

SAP Id Specifies the SAP ID of the service.

IP address Specifies the IP address of the querier.

Expires The time left, in seconds, that the query will expire.

Up time The length of time the query has been enabled.

Version The configured version of IGMP.

General Query The frequency at which host-query packets are transmitted.

Interval

Query Response The time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message from the
Interval host.

Robust Count Specifies the value used to calculate several IGMP message intervals.

static

Table 4-141 static command

Item Description

Syntax static [sap sap-id]

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command displays information on static IGMP snooping source groups for the
v-VPLS service.

(1 of 2)

4-132 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

Table 4-142 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-142 Static Command Output Fields

Label Description

Source Displays the IP source address used in IGMP queries.

Group Displays the static IGMP snooping source groups for a specified SAP.

statistics

Table 4-143 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [sap sap-id]

Context show>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command displays IGMP snooping statistics for the v-VPLS service.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-133
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

Table 4-144 describes the command output fields.

Table 4-144 Statistics Command Output Fields

Label Description

General Queries number of IGMP General Queries that have been

received/transmitted/forwarded

Group Queries number of IGMP Group Specific Queries that have been
received/transmitted/forwarded
Group-Source number of IGMP Group-Source Specific Queries that have been
Queries received/transmitted/forwarded

V1 Reports number of IGMPv1 Reports that have been received/transmitted/forwarded

V2 Reports number of IGMPv2 Join Reports that have been

received/transmitted/forwarded

V3 Reports number of IGMPv3 Reports that have been received/transmitted/forwarded

V2 Leaves number of IGMPv2 Leave Reports that have been

received/transmitted/forwarded

Unknown Type number of IGMP messages of unknown type that have been
received/forwarded

Bad Length number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because bad length

(1 of 2)

4-134 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Label Description

Bad IP Checksum number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because bad IP checksum

Bad IGMP number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because bad IGMP
Checksum checksum

Bad Encoding number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because bad encoding

No Router Alert number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because Router Alert
option is missing

Zero Source IP number of IGMP messages from routers that have been dropped because
source IP address is zero

Wrong Version number of IGMP messages that have been dropped because wrong IGMP
version

Send Query Cfg number of IGMP query messages that have been dropped because received at
Drops a Send Query SAP

(2 of 2)

Clear Commands

id

Table 4-145 id command

Item Description
Syntax id service-id

Context clear>service
clear>service>statistics

Description This command clears commands for a specific service.

Parameters service-id - The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

statistics

Table 4-146 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [sap sap-id | interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]]

Context clear>service>id>dhcp

Description Clears DHCP statistics for this service.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-135
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface ip-int-name — Clears the statistics for the IP interface with the specified
name.

interface ip-address — Clears the statistics for the IP interface with the specified IP
address.

(2 of 2)

fdb

Table 4-147 fdb command

Item Description

Syntax fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id | mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp
sdp-id:vc-id}]
Context clear>service>id

Description This command clears FDB entries for the service.

(1 of 2)

4-136 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters all - Clears all FDB entries.

mac ieee-address - Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the specified 48-bit
MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or
aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
mesh-sdp - Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified mesh SDP
ID. For a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.

spoke-sdp - Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified spoke SDP
ID. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified.

sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.

Values: 1...17407
vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.
Values: 1...4294967295

(2 of 2)

sap

Table 4-148 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id

Context clear>service>statistics

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-137
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command displays IGMP snooping statistics for the v-VPLS service.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

counters

Table 4-149 counters command

Item Description

Syntax counters

Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.

mesh-sdp

Table 4-150 mesh-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax mesh-sdp sdp-id:[vc-id] {all | counters}

Context clear>service>statistics>id

(1 of 2)

4-138 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command clears all the statistics associated with the mesh SDP.

Parameters sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear statistics.

Values: 1...17407

vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values: 1...4294967295

all — Clears all statistics associated with the mesh SDP

counters — Clears all the counters associated with the mesh SDP

(2 of 2)

spoke-sdp

Table 4-151 spoke-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters}

Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description This command clears all the statistics associated with the spoke SDP.

Parameters sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear statistics.

Values: 1...17407

vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values: 1...4294967295

all — Clears all statistics associated with the spoke SDP

counters — Clears all the counters associated with the spoke SDP

stp

Table 4-152 stp command

Item Description

Syntax stp

Context clear>service>id
clear>service>statistics>id

Description Clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-139
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

detected-protocols

Table 4-153 detected-protocols command

Item Description

Syntax detected-protocols {all | sap sap-id}

Context clear>service>id>stp

Description RSTP automatically falls back to STP mode when it receives an STP BPDU. The clear
detected-protocols command forces the system to revert to the default RSTP mode
on the SAP.
Parameters all - Clears all detected protocol statistics.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

statistics

Table 4-154 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics {all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id}

Context clear>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description Clears IGMP statistics for this service.

(1 of 2)

4-140 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters all - Clears the statistics for all SAPs.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

sdp - Clears only statistics associated with the specified SDP ID

sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear associated statistics.

Values: 1...17407

vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values: 1...4294967295

(2 of 2)

mesh-sdp

Table 4-155 mesh-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax mesh-sdp sdp-id:[vc-id] ingress-vc-label

Context clear>service>id

Description This command clears the ingress VC label for the specified mesh SDP.

Parameters sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear the ingress VC label.
Values: 1...17407

vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear the ingress VC label.
Values: 1...4294967295

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-141
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

spoke-sdp

Table 4-156 mesh-sdp command

Item Description

Syntax spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label

Context clear>service>id

Description This command clears the ingress VC label for the specified spoke SDP.
Parameters sdp-id - The SDP ID for which to clear the ingress VC label.
Values: 1...17407

vc-id - The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear the ingress VC label.
Values: 1...4294967295

querier

Table 4-157 querier command

Item Description

Syntax querier

Context clear>service>id>igmp-snooping

Description This command clears the information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS
service.

Debug Commands

id

Table 4-158 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id]

Context debug>service

Description This command debugs commands for a specific service.

Parameters service-id - The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

4-142 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

igmp-snooping

Table 4-159 igmp-snooping command

Item Description

Syntax [no] igmp-snooping

Context debug>service>id

Description This command enables and configures IGMP-snooping debugging.

detail-level

Table 4-160 detail-level command

Item Description
Syntax detail-level {low|medium|high}
[no]detail-level

Context debug>service>id>igmp

Description This command enables and configures the IGMP tracing detail level.
The no form of the command disables the IGMP tracing detail level.

mac

Table 4-161 mac command

Item Description

Syntax [no]mac ieee-address

Context debug>service>id>igmp

Description This command shows IGMP packets for the specified MAC address.
The no form of the command disables disables the MAC debugging.

mode

Table 4-162 mode command

Item Description

Syntax mode {dropped-only|ingr-and-dropped|

egr-ingr-and-dropped}
no mode

Context debug>service>id>igmp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-143
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Description This command enables and configures the IGMP tracing mode.
The no form of the command disables the configures the IGMP tracing mode.

(2 of 2)

sap

Table 4-163 sap command

Item Description

Syntax [no] sap sap-id

Context debug>service>id>igmp

Description This command shows IGMP packets for a specific SAP.

The no form of the command disables the debugging for the SAP.

all-events

Table 4-164 all-events command

Item Description

Syntax [no] all-events

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for all events.

bpdu

Table 4-165 bpdu command

Item Description

Syntax [no] bpdu

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for received and transmitted BPDUs.

4-144 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

core-connectivity

Table 4-166 core-connectivity command

Item Description

Syntax [no] core-connectivity

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for core connectivity.

exception

Table 4-167 exception command

Item Description
Syntax [no] exception

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for exceptions.

fsm-state-changes

Table 4-168 fsm-state-changes command

Item Description

Syntax [no] fsm-state-changes

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for FSM state changes.

fsm-timers

Table 4-169 fsm-timers command

Item Description

Syntax [no] fsm-timers

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for FSM timer changes.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-145
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

port-role

Table 4-170 port-role command

Item Description

Syntax [no] port-role

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for changes in port roles.

port-state

Table 4-171 port-state command

Item Description
Syntax [no] port-state

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for port states.

sap

Table 4-172 sap command

Item Description

Syntax [no] sap sap-id

Context debug>service>stp

Description This command enables STP debugging for a specific SAP.

(1 of 2)

4-146 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id>: <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

interface

Table 4-173 interface command

Item Description
Syntax [no] interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]

Context debug>router>igmp

Description This command enables debugging on the IGMP interface.

Parameters ip-int-name — Only displays the information associated with the specified IP interface
name.

ip-address — Only displays the information associated with the specified IP address.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 4-147
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
4 — Virtual Private LAN Service

mcs

Table 4-174 mcs command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mcs [ip-int-name]

Context debug>router>igmp

Description This command enables debugging for IGMP MCS.

Parameters ip-int-name — Only displays the information associated with the specified IP interface
name.

misc

Table 4-175 misc command

Item Description

Syntax [no] misc

Context debug>router>igmp

Description This command enables debugging for IGMP miscellaneous.

packet

Table 4-176 packet command

Item Description
Syntax [no] packet [query|v1-report|v2-report|v3-report|
v2-leave] [ip-int-name|ip-address]]
Context debug>router>igmp

Description This command enables debugging for IGMP packets.

Parameters query, v1/v2/v3-report, v2-leave — Select the type of packet to debug.

ip-int-name — Only displays the information associated with the specified IP interface
name.

ip-address — Only displays the information associated with the specified IP address.

4-148 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

5.1 In This Chapter 5-2

5.2 IES Services Overview 5-2

5.3 IES Features 5-2

5.4 Configuring an IES Service with CLI 5-3

5.5 Basic Configuration 5-3

5.6 Common Configuration Tasks 5-3

5.7 Configuring IES Components 5-4

5.8 Service Management Tasks 5-5

5.9 IES Services CLI Command Reference 5-7

5.10 IES Service CLI Configuration Commands 5-10

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

5.1 In This Chapter

This chapter provides information about Internet Enhanced Service (IES), process
overview, and implementation notes.

5.2 IES Services Overview

Internet Enhanced Service (IES) is a routed connectivity service where the

subscriber communicates with an IP router interface to send and receive Internet
traffic. An IES has one or more logical IP routing interfaces each with a SAP which
acts as the access point to the subscriber’s network. IES allows customer-facing IP
interfaces to participate in the same routing instance used for service network core
routing connectivity. IES services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the
subscriber be unique between other provider addressing schemes and potentially the
entire Internet.
While IES is part of the routing domain, the usable IP address space may be limited.
This allows a portion of the service provider address space to be reserved for service
IP provisioning, and be administered by a separate but subordinate address authority.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an IES service must have a SAP associated
as the access point to the subscriber network.

5.3 IES Features

IP Interfaces
IES customer IP interfaces can be configured with most of the same options found
on the core IP interfaces. The advanced configuration options supported are:
• Secondary IP addresses
• ICMP Options
• PIM
• IGMP

Note — The following configuration restrictions apply:

• PIM and IGMP are mutual exclusive

• for PIM and IGMP it is required that the underlaying IP interface
is on top of the virtual port
• enabling of IGMP may be refused when there is an associated
v-VPLS that has IGMP-snooping enabled
• Enabling of PIM shall be refused when one or more of the
following conditions is not satisfied:
• associated v-VPLS must have exactly one SAP
• SAP of the associated v-VPLS must be on top of a regular port

5-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Filter Policies
Only IP filter policies and IPv6 filter policies can be applied to IES services.

5.4 Configuring an IES Service with CLI

This section provides information to configure IES services using the Command
Line Interface (CLI).
Topics in this section include:
• Basic Configuration
• Common Configuration Tasks
• Configuring IES Components
• Configuring an IES Service
• Configuring IES Interface Parameters
• Configuring SAP Parameters
• Service Management Tasks
• Modifying IES Service Parameters
• Deleting an IES Service
• Disabling an IES Service
• Re-enabling an IES Service

5.5 Basic Configuration

The most basic IES service configuration has the following entities:
• Customer ID (refer to “Configuring Customers”)
• An interface to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within IES service ID.
• A SAP on the interface specifying the access port and encapsulation values.
The following example displays a sample configuration of an IES service on
ALA-A.
*A:ALA-48>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
ies 1000 customer 50 vpn 1000 create
description "to internet"
interface "to-web" create
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap nt:sfp:1 create
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-48>configure>service#

5.6 Common Configuration Tasks

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure IES services and provides the CLI commands.
1 Associate an IES service with a customer ID.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

2 Associate customer ID with the service.

3 Assign an IP address.
4 Create an interface.
5 Define SAP parameters on the interface
• Select node(s) and port(s).
• Optional - select filter policies (configured in the configure>filter context).

5.7 Configuring IES Components

Use the CLI syntax to configure the following entities:

• Configuring an IES Service
• Configuring IES Interface Parameters
• Configuring SAP Parameters

Configuring an IES Service

Use the following CLI syntax to create an IES service:
The following example displays a basic IES service configuration.
A:ALA-48>configure>service#
----------------------------------------------
...
ies 1001 customer 1730 create
description "to-internet"
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48>configure>service#

Configuring IES Interface Parameters

The following example displays an IES configuration with interface parameters:
A:ALA-48>configure>service>ies>interface# info
----------------------------------------------
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap nt:sfp:1:50 create
ingress
exit
egress
exit
exit
----------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48>configure>service>ies>interface#

Configuring SAP Parameters

A SAP is a combination of a port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the
service access point on the interface and within the router. Each SAP must be unique
within a router.
Filter policies are configured in the configure>filter context and must be explicitly
applied to a SAP. There are no default filter policies.
Refer to IES Services CLI Command Reference for CLI syntax.

5-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

This example displays an IES SAP configuration.

*A:ALA-A>configure>service>ies>interface# info
----------------------------------------------
address 10.10.36.2/24
sap lt:1/1/5:0 create
ingress
egress
exit
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>configure>service>ies>interface#

5.8 Service Management Tasks

This section discusses the following service management tasks:

• Modifying IES Service Parameters
• Deleting an IES Service
• Disabling an IES Service
• Re-enabling an IES Service

Modifying IES Service Parameters

Existing IES service parameters in the CLI or NMS can be modified, added,
removed, enabled or disabled. The changes are applied immediately to all services
when the charges are applied.
To display a list of customer IDs, use the show service customer command.
Enter the parameter(s) (such as description and SAP information) and then enter the
new information.
The following displays the modified service:
*A:ALA-A>configure>service>ies# info
----------------------------------------------
ies 1000 customer 50 create
description "This is a new description"
interface "to-web" create
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap lt:1/1/5:0 create
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>configure>service#

Deleting an IES Service

An IES service cannot be deleted until SAPs and interfaces are shut down and
deleted and the service is shutdown on the service level.
Use the following CLI syntax to delete an IES service:
configure>service#
[no] ies service-id
shutdown
[no] interface ip-int-name
shutdown
[no] sap sap-id
shutdown

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

The service is removed from the configuration.

Disabling an IES Service

You can shut down an IES service without deleting the service parameters.
configure>service> ies service-id
shutdown

Re-enabling an IES Service

To re-enable an IES service that was shut down:
configure>service> ies service-id
[no] shutdown

Example:
configure>service# ies 2000
configure>service>ies# no shutdown
configure>service>ies# exit

5-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

5.9 IES Services CLI Command Reference

Command Hierarchies

• Global Commands
• Interface Commands
• Interface SAP Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

Global Commands
configure
— service
— ies service-id [customer customer-id]
— description description-string
— no description
— egress
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— ingress
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy
— [no] sgt-qos
— [no] shutdown

Interface Commands
configure
— service
— ies service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— address ip-address/mask [netmask] [broadcast {all-ones
| host-ones}]
— no address
— arp-timeout seconds
— no arp-timeout
— bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval]
[multiplier multiplier]
— no bfd
— delayed-enable [seconds]
— no delayed-enable
— description description-string
— no description
— dhcp
— description description-string

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

— no description
— gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
— no gi-address
— [no] option
— action {keep}
— no action
— server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
— no server
— [no] shutdown
— icmp
— [no] mask-reply
— ttl-expired number seconds
— no ttl-expired [number seconds]
— unreachables [number seconds]
— no unreachables [number seconds]
— ip-mtu octets
— no ip-mtu
— [no] ipv6
— address (ipv6) ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]
— no address (ipv6) ipv6-address/prefix-length
— [no] dhcp6-relay
— description description-string
— no description [description-string]
— lease-populate nbr-of-leases
— no lease-populate
— [no] option
— interface-id [ascii-tuple|ifindex|sap-id
|string]
— no interface-id
— [no] remote-id
— server ipv6-address [ipv6-address...(up to 8
maximum)]
— no server [ipv6-address...(up to 8 maximum)]
— [no] shutdown
— source-address ipv6-address
— no source-address
— icmp6
— packet-too-big [number seconds]
— no packet-too-big
— param-problem [number seconds]
— no param-problem
— time-exceeded [number seconds]
— no time-exceeded
— unreachables [number seconds]
— no unreachables
— [no] local-proxy-nd
— [no] local-proxy-arp
— [no] loopback
— secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
[broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [igp-inhibit
— [no] secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
— [no] shutdown

5-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Interface SAP Commands

configure
— service
— ies service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— [no] sap sap-id
— description description-string
— no description
— egress
— filter {ip ip-filter-id | ipv6 ipv6-filter-id}
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— ingress
— filter {ip ip-filter-id | ipv6 ipv6-filter-id}
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— [no] shutdown

Show Commands
show
— service
— customer [customer-id]
— id service-id
— all
— arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] |
[interface ip-int-name]|
— base
— dhcp
— statistics [sap sap-id]
— statistics [interface interface-name]
— lease-state [sap sap-id | interface interface-name |
ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address |
mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] }] [detail]
— summary
— dhcp6
— summary
— lease-state [detail]
— lease-state [detail] interface interface-name
— lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]
— lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address
— statistics [interface interface-name]
— interface [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail] [family]
— sap sap-id [detail]

Clear Commands
clear
— router
— interface [ip-int-name | ip-address] [icmp]

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

clear
— service
— id service-id
— fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id}
— dhcp6
— lease-state ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]>
— lease-state mac ieee-address
— lease-state sap sap-id

5.10 IES Service CLI Configuration Commands

The following commands are described:

• Generic Commands
• IES Global Commands
• IES QoS Policy Commands
• IES Interface Commands
• IES Interface DHCP Commands
• IES SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

Generic Commands

shutdown

Table 5-1 shutdown command

Item Description
Syntax [no] shutdown

Context configure>service>ies
configure>service>ies>interface
configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp
configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
configure>service>ies>interface>sap

Description This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not
change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics. The operational
state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained
within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no
shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then
tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and
service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

(1 of 2)

5-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Special Cases IES — The default administrative status of an IES service is down. While the service
is down, all its associated virtual router interfaces will be operationally down. The
administrative state of the service is not reflected in the administrative state of the
virtual router interface.
For example if:
1) An IES service is operational and an associated interface is shut down.
2) The IES service is administratively shutdown and brought back up.
3) The interface shutdown will remain in administrative shutdown state.
A service is regarded as operational provided that one IP Interface is operational.
Shutting down a subscriber interface will operationally shut down all child group
interfaces and SAPs. Shutting down a group interface will operationally shut down all
SAPs that are part of that group-interface.
IES IP Interfaces — When the IP interface is shutdown, it enters the
administratively and operationally down states. For a SAP bound to the IP interface,
no packets are transmitted out the SAP and all packets received on the SAP will be
dropped while incrementing the packet discard counter.

(2 of 2)

description

Table 5-2 description command

Item Description

Syntax description description-string

no description
Context configure>service>ies
configure>service>ies>interface
configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp
configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp6-relay

Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to
help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default No description associated with the configuration context.

Parameters description-string — The description character string. Allowed values are any string
up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

sgt-qos

Table 5-3 sgt-qos command

Item Description

Syntax sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy

[no] sgt-qos

Context configure>service>ies

Description This command enables the context to configure DSCP/Dot1p re-marking for
self-generated traffic.

Parameters sgt-qos-policy — Integer 1-65535.

IES Global Commands

ies

Table 5-4 ies command

Item Description
Syntax ies service-id customer customer-id
ies service-id
no ies service-id

Context configure>service

Description This command creates or edits an IES service instance.

The ies command is used to create or maintain an Internet Enhanced Service (IES).
If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id
exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
IES services allow the creation of customer facing IP interfaces in the same routing
instance used for service network core routing connectivity. IES services require that
the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and
other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an IES service ID must have a SAP created
as the access point to the subscriber network. This allows a combination of bridging
and IP routing for redundancy purposes.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified
and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist
having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a
service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the
customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new
customer association.
Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for
navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the
incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
More than one IP interface may be created within a single IES service ID. All IP
interfaces created within an IES service ID belongs to the same customer.
By default, no IES service instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the IES service instance with the specified
service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces defined within the
service ID have been shutdown and deleted.

(1 of 2)

5-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number identifying the service in the
service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any
other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every
ISAM on which this service is defined.
Values: 1 — 2147483648

customer customer-id — Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with

the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service
editing or deleting.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

(2 of 2)

IES QoS Policy Commands

egress

Table 5-5 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>ies

Description This command enables the context to configure egress rate-limiting policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no rate-limiting is performed.

ingress

Table 5-6 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress

Context configure>service>ies

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress QoS policies.

qos

Table 5-7 qos command

Item Description

Syntax qos policy-id

no qos

Context configure>service>ies>ingress

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description The ingress QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine what Forwarding
Class (FC) each packet is associated to. Associating a QoS policy to a IES service
effectively associates the QoS policy to all SAPs of a IES service at one time.
The ingress QoS policy is installed in the hardware when the first service is associated
to it. Similarly, when the last service is disassociated from it, the policy is removed
from the hardware (except for the default policy which cannot be deleted from
hardware).
Only one QoS policy can be associated to a IES service.
Note that the IES service will be associated with one or more VPLS services. The
ingress QoS policy that is directly associated with the IES takes precedence of those
associated with the VPLS services.
The no form of this command associates the IES service to the default policy.

Default By default, each IES service is associated to QoS policy ID 1

Parameters policy-id — The ID of the QoS policy.

Values: 2 — 65535

(2 of 2)

rate-limit

Table 5-8 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>ies>egress

Description This command defines the aggregate egress rate limit per IES service.
It applies to traffic associated to the IES service which is egressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a IES.

Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

5-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

rate-limit

Table 5-9 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>ies>ingress

Description This command defines the aggregate ingress rate limit per VPLS service.
It applies to traffic associated to the VPLS service which is ingressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a VPLS.
Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.
Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

IES Interface Commands

interface

Table 5-10 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface ip-int-name

no interface ip-int-name

Context configure>service>ies

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-15
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description This command creates a logical IP routing interface for an Internet Enhanced Service
(IES). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can
be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and
maintain IP routing interfaces within IES service IDs. The interface command can
be executed in the context of an IES service ID. The IP interface created is associated
with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical
use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber internet access. An IP
address cannot be assigned to an IES interface. Multiple SAPs can be assigned to a
single group interface.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined
IP interfaces defined for configure router interface and configure service ies
interface (that is, the network core router instance). Interface names must not be
in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is
not allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use
either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP
address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP
address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate
interface names can exist in different router instances.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an
existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for
editing and configuration.
By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All IES
IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated
configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no
interface command.
For IES services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface
may be removed. IES services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI
context. IES service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.
Parameters ip-int-name — Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be
unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and
configure service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the
form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be
enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to
maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or
is an IP interface defined within the configure router commands, an error will occur
and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the
interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command
processing.

(2 of 2)

address

Table 5-11 address command

Item Description

Syntax address ip-address/mask-length

address ip-address mask
address ip-address
no address

Context configure>service>ies>interface

(1 of 2)

5-16 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to an
IES IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.
An IP address must be assigned to each IES IP interface. An IP address and a mask
are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique
within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP
prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context
within the ISAM.
The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless
Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted decimal notation. The show commands
display CIDR notation and is stored in configuration files.
By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is
explicitly created.
Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP
interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes
operationally down.
The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the
address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be
set independently. If an interface is in an adminstratively up state and an address is
assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces will be reinitialized
(see Table 5-12).

Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the
address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface
within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in
dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 –
223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).

/ — The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion
of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces
are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a
forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask
must follow the prefix.

mask-length — The subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR
notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/)
separates the ip-address from the mask-length parameter. The mask-length
parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP
address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the
IP address. Allowed values are integers in the range 0 – 30. Note that a mask length
of 32 is reserved for system IP addresses.

mask — The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not
specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted
decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in
a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values
are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a
mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

(2 of 2)

Table 5-12 Operational State

Address Administrative State Operational State

No address up dowm

No address dowm dowm

1.1.1.1 up up

1.1.1.1 dowm dowm

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-17
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

arp-timeout

Table 5-13 arp-timeout command

Item Description

Syntax arp-timeout seconds

no arp-timeout

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the
IP interface will be stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed
when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host, otherwise, the ARP
entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP
aging is disabled.
The no form of this command restores arp-timeout to the default value.

Default 14400 seconds

Parameters seconds — The minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry will be stored in the
ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is
inoperative and learned ARP entries will not be aged.
Values: 0 — 65535

bfd

Table 5-14 bfd command

Item Description

Syntax bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval] [multiplier multiplier

no bfd

Context configure>service>ies>interface
Description This command specifies the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) parameters for
the associated IP interface. If no parameters are defined the default values are used.
The multiplier specifies the number of consecutive BFD messages that must be
missed from the peer before the BFD session state is changed to down and the upper
level protocols (OSPF, IS-IS, BGP or PIM) is notified of the fault.
The no form of the command removes BFD from the router interface.

Default no bfd

Parameters transmit-interval - Sets the transmit interval, in milliseconds, for the BFD session.
Values 100 — 100000
Default: 100

receive receive-interval - Sets the receive interval, in milliseconds, for the BFD
session.
Values 100 — 100000
Default: 100

multiplier multiplier - Set the multiplier for the BFD session.

Values 3 — 20
Default: 3

5-18 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

delayed-enable

Table 5-15 delayed-enable command

Item Description

Syntax delayed-enable seconds

no delayed-enable

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command configures the delay making interface operational by the specified
number of seconds
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 300 seconds

Parameters seconds — Specifies the delay time interval in seconds.

Values 1 — 1200

ip-mtu

Table 5-16 ip-mtu command

Item Description

Syntax ip-mtu octets

no ip-mtu

Context configure>service>ies>interface
Description This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for the DATAPLANE
of this interface.
The no form of the command returns the default value of 2026. The control plane
MTU still remains as 1500.

Default no ip-mtu

Parameters octets — Number of octets

Values: 1500 - 2026

local-proxy-arp

Table 5-17 local-proxy-arp command

Item Description

Syntax [no] local-proxy-arp

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP
interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the
subnet with its own MAC address, and thus will become the forwarding point for all
traffic between hosts in that subnet. When local-proxy-arp is enabled, ICMP redirects
on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-19
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Default no local-proxy-arp

(2 of 2)

loopback

Table 5-18 loopback command

Item Description

Syntax [no] loopback

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has
no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated IES interface cannot be
bound to a SAP.
Note that you can configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the
loopback command instead of the sap command. The loopback flag cannot be set
on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a
loopback interface.

secondary

Table 5-19 secondary command

Item Description

Syntax secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones |

host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
no secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command assigns a secondary IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address format

to the interface.

Default None

(1 of 2)

5-20 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the
address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface
within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in
dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 –
223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).

mask — The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not
specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted
decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in
a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values
are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a
mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

netmask — Specifies a string of 0s and 1s that mask or screen out the network part
of an IP address so that only the host computer part of the address remains.
broadcast — The optional broadcast parameter overrides the default broadcast
address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If
no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones
which indictates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the
broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is
assigned or changed. This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can
be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones)
or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) will be received by the IP
interface. (Default: host-ones)
all-ones — The all-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies the
broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be
255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.

host-ones — The host-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies

that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be the
subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet
described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to
binary one. This is the default used by an IP interface.
The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate
feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change
the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address
command must be executed with thebroadcast parameter defined.

igp-inhibit — The optional igp-inhibit parameter signals that the given secondary
IP interface should not be recognized as a local interface by the running IGP. For
OSPF and IS-IS, this means that the specified secondary IP interfaces will not be
injected and used as passive interfaces and will not be advertised as internal IP
interfaces into the IGP’s link state database. For RIP, this means that these secondary
IP interfaces will not source RIP updates.

(2 of 2)

IES Interface DHCP Commands

dhcp

Table 5-20 dhcp command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp

Context configure>service>ies>interface

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-21
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.

(2 of 2)

gi-address

Table 5-21 gi-address command

Item Description

Syntax gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]

no gi-address

Context configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp

Description This command configures the gateway interface address for the DHCP relay. The GI
address is needed, when the router functions as a DHCP relay, to distinguish between
different interfaces.
By default, the GI address used in the relayed DHCP packet is the primary IP address
of the interface on which the DHCP boot requests are relayed. Any primary or any
secondary address of an interface of the concerned router instance can also be
specified.

Default No gi-address
Parameters ip-address — Specifies the host IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.
src-ip-address — Specifies that this GI address is to be the source IP address for
DHCP relay packets.

option

Table 5-22 option command

Item Description

Syntax no option
Context configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp

Description This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameters
processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 sub-options.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default No option

5-22 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

action

Table 5-23 action command

Item Description

Syntax action { keep}

no action

Context configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp>option

Description This command configures the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82)
processing.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default value.

Default The default is to keep the existing information intact.

Parameters keep — The existing information is kept in the packet and the router does not add
any additional information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not
stripped and is forwarded towards the client.
The behavior is slightly different in case of Vendor Specific Options (VSOs). When the
keep parameter is specified, the router will insert his own VSO into the Option 82
field. This will only be done when the incoming message has already an Option 82
field.
If no Option 82 field is present, the router will not create the Option 82 field. In this
in that case, no VSO will be added to the message.

server

Table 5-24 server command

Item Description

Syntax server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]

Context configure>service>ies>interface>dhcp
Description This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list
of servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names.
There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are
multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.
There can be a maximum of 8 DHCP servers configured.

Default No server

Parameters server — Specify the DHCP server IP address.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-23
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

IES Interface ICMP Commands

icmp

Table 5-25 icmp command

Item Description

Syntax icmp

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command enables the context to configure Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP) parameters on an IES service

mask-reply

Table 5-26 mask-reply command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mask-reply

Context configure>service>ies>interface>icmp

Description This command enables responses to Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) mask
requests on the router interface.
If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply
command configures the router interface to reply to the request.
By default, the router instance will reply to mask requests.
The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router
interface.

Default mask-reply — Reply to ICMP mask requests.

ttl-expired

Table 5-27 ttl-expired command

Item Description

Syntax ttl-expired [number seconds]

no ttl-expired

Context configure>service>ies>interface>icmp

Description This command configures the rate Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) TTL
expired messages are issued by the IP interface.
By default, generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate
of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of TTL expired messages
on the router interface.

(1 of 2)

5-24 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Default ttl-expired 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send, expressed
as a decimal integer. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired
messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 60

(2 of 2)

unreachables

Table 5-28 unreachables command

Item Description

Syntax unreachables [number seconds]

no unreachables

Context configure>service>ies>interface>icmp

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination
unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination
unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued
can be controlled with the optional number and time parameters by indicating the
maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the
interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a
maximum rate of 10 per 60 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination
unreachable messages on the router interface.

Default unreachables 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000
seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable
messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-25
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

IPv6 Commands

ipv6

Table 5-29 ipv6 command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ipv6

Context configure>service>ies>interface

Description This command configures an IPv6 interface.

Note — When IPv6 routing is configured on the IHub and an iBridge

is configured on the LT board, it is not possible to obtain a DHCPv6
lease when IPv6 multicast control is disabled on the LT board. This is
due to the fact that the NT board requires adding the <IPv6, MAC>
information in the Neighbour Cache by sending a downstream
multicast Neighbour Solicitation message. If IPv6 multicast control is
disabled on the LT board, such messages are discarded and the
DHCPv6 connection cannot be established. To allow IPv6 routing to
work correctly, IPv6 multicast control needs to be allowed on the LT
board. See the CLI Command Guide for FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX
NT for more information

address (ipv6)

Table 5-30 address command

Item Description

Syntax address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]

no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6

Description This command assigns an IPv6 address to the IES interface.

Parameters ipv6-address/prefix-length — Specifies the IPv6 address on the interface.

Values: ipv6-address/prefix: ipv6-address x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x [0 — FFFF]H
d [0 — 255]D
prefix-length 1 — 64

eui-64 — When the eui-64 keyword is specified, a complete IPv6 address from the
supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier
is derived from MAC address on Ethernet interfaces. For interfaces without a MAC
address, for example ATM interfaces, the Base MAC address of the chassis is used.

5-26 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

dhcp6-relay

Table 5-31 dhcp6-relay command

Item Description

Syntax [no] dhcp6-relay

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6

Description This command configures DHCPv6 relay parameters for the IES interface.

lease-populate

Table 5-32 lease-populate command

Item Description
Syntax lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
no lease-populate
Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This command specifies specify the maximum number of leases maintained in the
lease state database. Lease populate is enabled by default. The operator can change
the size of lease table using this command. Lease populate can not be disabled. Once
the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries
are not allowed.
The no form of this command resets the lease table size to its default value.

Default Default size of the lease table is 8000.

Parameters nbr-of-leases — Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this
interface. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease
state entries are not allowed.
Values 1 — 8000

option

Table 5-33 option command

Item Description

Syntax [no] option

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description This command enables the configuration of the interface ID option and remote-id
option for DHCPv6 relay agent.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default no option

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-27
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

interface-id

Table 5-34 interface-id command

Item Description

Syntax interface-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | string <string>]

no interface-id

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay>option

Description The operator can configure the interface ID option. When the interface ID option is
enabled all the relay-forward messages will include interface-id option. The DHCPv6
server copies this option to the relay-reply message. The ISAM uses this interface ID
option in the relay-reply to identify the link to which client the message needs to be
forwarded.

Default no option

Parameters ascii-tuple — Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple will be used
which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name,
separated by “|”.

ifindex — Specifies that the interface index will be used. The interface index of a
router interface can be displayed using the command
show>router>interface>detail.

sap-id — Specifies that the SAP ID will be used.

string <string> — Specifies that a string will be used. The string can be maximum
80 characters long.

remote-id

Table 5-35 remote-id command

Item Description

Syntax [no] remote-id

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay>option

Description If this option is configured, it will be added in all the relay-forward messages sent to
the server. This option provides information that will be used by the DHCPv6 server
in decision making about addresses, prefix delegation and configuration parameters
that the client is to receive.

Default no remote-id

server

Table 5-36 server command

Item Description

Syntax server ipv6-address [ipv6-address...(up to 8 maximum)]

(1 of 2)

5-28 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list of
servers can be entered as IP addresses. There must be at least one server specified
for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers then the request is forwarded to
all of the servers in the list.
A maximum of 8 DHCP servers can be configured.

Default No server

Parameters ipv6-address — Specify the DHCP server IPv6 address.

(2 of 2)

source-address

Table 5-37 source-address command

Item Description
Syntax source-address ipv6-address
no source-address
Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This commandspecifies a source IPv6 address which will bthe e used as source IPv6
address in all the relayed DHCPv6 messages. By default all DHCPv6 relay messages
will use the outgoing interface IPv6 address as source address.

Default no source-address
Parameters ipv6-address — Specify the source IPv6 address.

icmp6

Table 5-38 icmp6 command

Item Description

Syntax icmp6

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6

Description This command configures ICMPv6 for the interface.

packet-too-big

Table 5-39 packet-too-big command

Item Description

Syntax packet-too-big [number seconds]

no packet-too-big

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-29
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP packet-too-big messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP packet-too-big messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of packet-too-big on the
router interface.

Default packet-too-big 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP time-exceeded messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
time-exceeded messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

(2 of 2)

param-problem

Table 5-40 param-problem command

Item Description
Syntax param-problem [number seconds]
no param-problem

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP param-problem messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP param-problem messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of param-problem on the
router interface.
Default param-problem 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP param-problem messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
param-problem messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

5-30 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

time-exceeded

Table 5-41 time-exceeded command

Item Description

Syntax time-exceeded [number seconds]

no time-exceeded

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP time-exceeded messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP time-exceeded messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of time-exceeded on the
router interface.

Default time-exceeded 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP time-exceeded messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
time-exceeded messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

unreachables

Table 5-42 unreachables command

Item Description

Syntax unreachables [number seconds]

no unreachables

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination
unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination
unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued
can be controlled with the optional number and time parameters by indicating the
maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the
interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a
maximum rate of 10 per 60 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination
unreachable messages on the router interface.

Default unreachables 100 10

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-31
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable
messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

(2 of 2)

local-proxy-nd

Table 5-43 local-proxy-nd command

Item Description

Syntax [no]local-proxy-nd

Context configure>service>ies>interface>ipv6

Description This command enables or disables neighbor discovery on the interface.

When enabled, the ISAM will behave as follows:
• Respond to all neighbor solicitation messages received on the IP interface for
IPv6 addresses in the subnet(s) with the system MAC address as link layer
address, provided the link layer address of the destination/target IP address was
learned and thus available in the ISAM’s neighbor cache.
• Forward IPv6 traffic between hosts in the subnet(s) of the IP interface.
• Drop IPv6 traffic between hosts if the link layer address information for the IPv6
destination has not been learned.

IES SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands

sap

Table 5-44 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id

no sap sap-id

Context configure>service>ies>interface

(1 of 2)

5-32 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a
combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access
point on the interface and within the ISAM. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an
IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created. A SAP can only be associated
with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured
as an access port using the configure interface port-type port-id mode access
command
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a
service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down
although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded. The operational state of a
SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
Note that you can configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the
loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot
be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined
on a loopback interface.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is
deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted. For Internet
Enhanced Service (IES), the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that
interface may be removed.

Default No SAPs are defined.

Special cases IES — An IES SAP can be defined with Ethernet ports. A SAP is defined within the
context of an IP routed interface. Each IP interface is limited to a single SAP definition.
Group interfaces allow more than one SAP. Attempts to create a second SAP on an IP
interface will fail and generate an error; the original SAP will not be affected.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

The values depends on the encapsulation type configured for the interface.
Table 5-45 describes the allowed values for the port and encapsulation types

(2 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-33
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Table 5-45 Port and Encapsulation Type Values

Port Type Encap Type Allowed Values Comments

Ethernet Null 0 The SAP is identified by the port.

Ethernet Dot1q 0 - 4094 The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag on the
port. Note that a 0 qtag1 value also accepts
untagged packets on the dot1q port.

filter

Table 5-46 filter command

Item Description

Syntax filter { ip ip-filter-id| ipv6 ipv6-filter-id}

no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
Context configure>service>ies>interface>sap>egress
configure>service>ies>interface>sap>ingress

Description This command associates afilter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point
(SAP). Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on the
matching criteria.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified ip-filter-id with
an ingress or egress SAP. The filter policy must already be defined before the filter
command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an
error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP.
One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to the match criteria, so the default
action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the
SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the
created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the
association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to
change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.

Special cases IES — Only IP filters are supported on an IES IP interface, and the filters only apply
to routed traffic.

Parameters ip — Keyword indicating the filter policy is an IP filter.

ip-filter-id — Specifies the ID for the IP filter policy. Allowed values are an integer in
the range of 1 and 65535 that corresponds to a previously created IP filter policy in
the configure>filter>ip-filter context.

ipv6 — Keyword indicating the filter policy is an IPv6 filter.

ipv6-filter-id — Specifies the ID for the IPv6 filter policy. Allowed values are an
integer in the range of 1 and 65535 that corresponds to a previously created IP filter
policy in the configure>filter>ipv6-filter context.

5-34 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

egress

Table 5-47 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>ies>interface>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure egress SAP filter policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed

ingress

Table 5-48 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress
Context configure>service>ies>interface>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress SAP filter policies.
If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed

Show Commands

customer

Table 5-49 customer command

Item Description

Syntax customer [customer-id]

Context show>service

Description This command displays service customer information.

Parameters customer-id — Displays only information for the specified customer ID.
Default: All customer IDs display
Values: 1 — 2147483647

Table 5-50 describes the command output fields.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-35
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Table 5-50 Show Customer Command Output

Label Description

Customer-ID The ID that uniquely identifies a customer.

Contact The name of the primary contact person.

Description Generic information about the customer.

Total Customers The total number of customers configured.

Site Multi-service site name. A multi-service customer site is a group of SAPs with
common origination and termination points.

Service-ID The ID that uniquely identifies a service.

SAP Specifies the SAP assigned to the service.

sap-using

Table 5-51 sap-using command

Item Description
Syntax sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]

Context show>service

Description Displays SAP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all
defined SAPs. The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the
specified properties.

(1 of 2)

5-36 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface — Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.

ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values: 1.0.0.0 — 223.255.255.255
ip-int-name — The IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.

(2 of 2)

Table 5-52 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-52 Show Service ARP Output

Label Description

Port-ID The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID The value that identifies the service.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-37
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

id

Table 5-53 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id {all | arp | base | interface | sap}

Context show>service

Description Display information for a particular service ID.

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number to identify the service in the
service domain.

all — Display detailed information about the service.

arp — Display ARP entries for the service.

base — Display basic service information.

interface — Display service interfaces.

sap — Display SAPs associated to the service.

all

Table 5-54 all command

Item Description

Syntax all
Context show>service>id

Description Displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Table 5-55 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-55 Show All Service-ID Command Output

Label Description

Service Detailed Information

Service Id The service identifier.

Service Type Specifies the type of service.

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
customer.
SAP Count The number of SAPs specified for this service.

QoS Rate-Limit

Pbits The set of 802.1p bits for which the rate-limiter will be applied

(1 of 3)

5-38 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Label Description

Committed rate (kbps) The committed rate in kbps

Committed burst size The committed burst size in kb

(kB)

Peak rate (kbps) The peak rate in kbps

Peak burst size (kB) The peak burst size in kB

Meter mode The configured meter mode:

• trctm - The rate-limiting is compliant as per RFC 4115
• trctm-modified - The rate-limiting is compliant as per RFC 2698

Admin status The adminstrative status of the rate-limiter: enabled or disabled

Service Access Points

Service Id The service identifier.

Port Id The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.

Description Generic information about the SAP.

Encap Value The value of the label used to identify this SAP on the access port.

Admin State The desired state of the SAP.

Oper State The operating state of the SAP.

Last Changed The date and time of the last change.

Ingress Filter-Id The SAP ingress filter policy ID.

Egress Filter-Id The SAP egress filter policy ID.

Multi Svc Site Indicates the multi-service site that the SAP is a member.
Collect Stats Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP.

SAP Statistics

Dropped The number of packets or octets dropped.

Forwarded In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Forwarded Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Queueing Stats

Dropped In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets discarded.

Dropped Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

Forwarded In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
Forwarded Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

SAP per Queue stats

High priority offered The packets or octets count of the high priority traffic for the SAP.

High priority dropped The number of high priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

Low priority offered The packets or octets count of the low priority traffic.

Low priority dropped The number of low priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

In profile forwarded The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Out profile forwarded The number of out-of-profile octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

In profile forwarded The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

(2 of 3)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-39
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Label Description

IPCP Address Extension Details

In profile dropped The number of in-profile packets or octets dropped for the SAP.

Peer IP Addr Specifies the remote IP address to be assigned to the far-end of the
associated PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP extensions.

Peer Pri DNS Addr Specifies a unicastthe IPv4 address for the primary DNS server to be
signaled to the far-end of the associate PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP
extensions.

Peer Sec DNS Addr Specifies a unicast IPv4 address for the secondary DNS server to be
signaled to the far-end of the associate PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP
extensions. (optional)

(3 of 3)

arp

Table 5-56 arp command

Item Description

Syntax arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name]

Context show>service>id

Description Displays the ARP table for the IES instance. The ARP entries for a subscriber interface
are displayed uniquely. Each MAC associated with the subscriber interface child
group-interfaces are displayed with each subscriber interface ARP entry. They do not
reflect actual ARP entries but are displayed along the interfaces ARP entry for easy
lookup.

(1 of 2)

5-40 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-address — Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified IP address.
Default: All IP addresses.

mac ieee-address — Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified
48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff
or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Default: All MAC addresses.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag
interface ip-int-name — The IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs.

(2 of 2)

Table 5-57 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-57 Show Service SAP Output

Label Description

IP Address The IP address.

MAC Address The specified MAC address.

Type Static — FDB entries created by management.

Learned — Dynamic entries created by the learning process.
OAM — Entries created by the OAM process.

Expiry The age of the ARP entry.

Interface The interface applied to the service.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-41
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Label Description

SAP The SAP ID.

(2 of 2)

base

Table 5-58 base command

Item Description

Syntax base]

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays basic information about this IES service.

dhcp

Table 5-59 dhcp command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp
Context show>service>id

Description This command enables the context to display DHCP information for the specified
service.

statistics

Table 5-60 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [sap sap-id]

statistics [interface interface-name]
Context show>service>id>dhcp

Description Displays DHCP statistics information.

(1 of 2)

5-42 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface interface-name — Displays information for the specified IP interface.

(2 of 2)

lease-state

Table 5-61 lease-state command

Item Description

Syntax lease-state [sap sap-id | interface interface-name |

ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address |
mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] }] [detail]

Context show>service>id>dhcp

Description This command displays DHCP lease state related information.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-43
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag
interface interface-name - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the
specified interface.

ip-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] - Displays DHCP lease state related

information for the specified IPv6 address.

chaddr ieee-address

mac ieee-address - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the specified
MAC address.

port port-id - -Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:

<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot

detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

(2 of 2)

5-44 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

summary

Table 5-62 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary

Context show>service>id>dhcp

Description Displays DHCP configuration summary information.

Table 5-63 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-63 Show DHCP Summary Output

Label Description

Interface Name Name of the router interface.

Arp Populate Specifies whether or not ARP populate is enabled.

Used/Provided Used - The number of lease-states that are currently in use on a specific
interface, that is, the number of clients on that interface got an IP address by
DHCP. This value is always less than or equal to the ‘Provided’ field.
Provided - The lease-populate value that is configured for a specific interface.

Info Option Indicates whether Option 82 processing is enabled on the interface.

Admin State Indicates the administrative state.

dhcp6

Table 5-64 dhcp6 command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp6
Context show>service>id

Description This command enables the context to display DHCP6 information for the specified
service.

summary

Table 5-65 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary
Context show>service>id>dhcp6

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-45
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description Displays DHCP6 configuration summary information.

(2 of 2)

Table 5-66 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-66 Show DHCP6 Summary Output

Label Description

Interface Name Name of the interface.

SapId The configuration identification.

Used/Max Relay Used — The number of lease-states that are currently in use on a specific
interface, that is, the number of clients on that interface got an IP address by
DHCP. This value is always less than or equal to the ‘Provided’ field.
Max — The lease-populate value that is configured for a specific interface.

Admin Indicates the administrative state.

Oper relay Indicates the operative state.

lease-state

Table 5-67 lease-state command

Item Description

Syntax lease-state [detail]

lease-state [detail] interface interface-name
lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]
lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address
Context show>service>id>dhcp6

Description This command displays DHCP lease state related information.

Parameters interface interface-name - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the
specified interface.

ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] - Displays DHCP lease state related

information for the specified IPv6 address.

mac ieee-address - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the specified
MAC address.

detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

Table 5-68 describes the command output fields.

5-46 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Table 5-68 Show DHCP Lease state Output

Label Description

IP Address The IPv6 addresses.

MAC Address The MAC adresses.

Sap/Sdp ID The SAP/SDP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Lease origin The lease origin.

Table 5-69 describes the detailed command output fields.

Table 5-69 Show DHCP Lease state Detailed Output

Label Description
Service ID The service identifier.

IP Address The IPv6 address.

Client HW Address The client HW Address

Interface The interface type

SAP The SAP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Persistence key Unique key for persistency record corresponding to this lease

Dhcp6 ClientId Unique Identifier for a DHCPv6 client

Dhcp6 IAID Unique Identifier for an Identity association (IA) the lease has been
assigned to

Dhcp6 IAID Type Type of Identity association (IA) which could be "prefix" for IA_PD and
"non-temporary" for IA_NA

Dhcp6 Client Ip DHCPv6 client IPv6 address

ServerLeaseStart Time stamp indicates when server gave lease

ServerLeaseRenew Time stamp indicates when client last renewed to the server
ServerLeaseEnd Time stamp indicates when lease expires

statistics

Table 5-70 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [interface interface-name]

Context show>service>id>dhcp6
Description Displays DHCP statistics information.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-47
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters interface interface-name — Displays information for the specified IP interface.

(2 of 2)

Table 5-71 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-71 Show DHCP6 Statistics Output

Label Description

Packets Received The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.

Packets The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.

Transmitted

Packets The number of dropped packets to the DHCP clients.

Transmitted

interface

Table 5-72 interface command

Item Description
Syntax interface[ip-address |ip-int-name] [family interface-typedetail

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays information for the IP interfaces associated with the IES
service. If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all IP interfaces
associated to the service are displayed.
Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display information.
Values: ipv4-address: a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ip-int-name — Specifies the IP interface name for which to display information.

Values: 32 characters maximum

family — Displays the router IP interface table to display.

Values: ipv4 — Displays only those peers that have the IPv4 family enabled.
ipv6 — Displays the peers that are IPv6-capable.

interface-type — Specifies to display either group or subscriber interfaces.

Values: group, subscriber

detail — Displays detailed IP interface information.

Default: IP interface summary output.

Table 5-73 describes the command output fields.

5-48 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Table 5-73 Show service id Interface Output

Label Description

Interface-Name The name used to refer to the IES interface.

Type Specifies the interface type.

IP-Address Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Adm The administrative state of the interface.

Opr The operational state of the interface.

Interface
If Name The name used to refer to the interface.

Admin State The administrative state of the interface.

Oper State The operational state of the interface.

IP Addr/mask Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Details

If Index The index corresponding to this IES interface. The primary index is 1; all IES
interfaces are defined in the base virtual router context.

If Type Specifies the interface type.

Port Id Specifies the SAP’s port ID.

SNTP B.Cast Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled.

Arp Timeout Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface.
MAC Address Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.

ICMP Mask Reply Specifies whether ICMP mask reply is enabled or disabled.

Cflowd Specifies whether Cflowd collection and analysis on the interface is enabled or
disabled.
DHCP6 Relay Details

Admin State Specifies the administrative state for DHCP6 Relay.

Lease Populate Specifies the maximum number of allocated DHCPv6 lease states.
Operl State Specifies the operational state for DHCP6 Relay.

If-Id Option Specifies theinterface ID.

Remote ID Specifies whether the far-end MAC address is inserted in Remote ID sub-option
of Option 82.

Src Addr Specifies the configured source address.

ICMP Details

Redirects Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages.

Unreachables Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages.

TTL Expired Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-49
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

sap

Table 5-74 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id detail

Context show>service>id

Description Displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag
detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

Table 5-75 describes the command output fields.

Table 5-75 Show service SAP Output

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

SAP The type of SAP.

Encap The encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

(1 of 2)

5-50 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Label Description

Admin State The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State The operational state of the SAP.

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch, RelearnLimitExceeded,
RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, NoSapIpipeCeIpAddr,
TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch,
CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr, StandByForMcRing, ServiceMTUTooSmall,
SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch,
NoSapEpipeRingNode, mcStandby (22), mhStandby(23),
oamDownMepFault (24), oamUpMepFault (25), ethTunTagMisconfig (26),
ingressPolicerMismatch (27), egressPolicerMismatch (28), sapTl.

Last Status Change Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP.

Last Mgmt Change Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
SAP.

Admin MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Ingress Filter-Id The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Acct. Pol The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Collect Stats Specifies whether statistics collection is enabled.

Dropped The number of packets and octets dropped due to SAP state, ingress MAC
or IP filter, same segment discard, bad checksum, etc.

Off. HiPrio The number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP
ingress QoS policy.

Off. LowPrio The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP
ingress QoS policy.
Dro. LowPrio The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP
ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip due to: MBS exceeded, buffer pool
limit exceeded, etc.

For. InProf The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by
the ingress Qchip.

For. OutProf The number of out-of-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded
by the ingress Qchip.

Dro. InProf The number of in-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip
due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, etc.

Ingress TD Profile The profile ID applied to the ingress SAP.

Egress TD Profile The profile ID applied to the egress SAP.

Alarm Cell Handling The OAM operational status of the VCL.

AAL-5 Encap The AAL-5 encapsulation type.

Mult Svc Site Specifies the customer’s multi-service-site name.

I. Sched Pol The ingress scheduler policy applied to the customer’s multi-service-site.

E. Sched Pol The egress scheduler policy applied to the customer’s multi-service-site.

(2 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-51
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Clear Commands

id

Table 5-76 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id

Context clear>service
clear>service>statistics

Description This command clears parameters for a specific service.

Parameters service-id — The ID that uniquely identifies the service to clear.

interface

Table 5-77 interface command

Item Description
Syntax interface [ip-int-name | ip-addr] [icmp]

Context clear>router

Description This command clears IP interface statistics.

If no IP interface is specified either by IP interface name or IP address, the command
will perform the clear operation on all IP interfaces.
Parameters ip-int-name | ip-addr — The IP interface name or IP interface address.
Default: All IP interfaces.

icmp — Specifies to reset the ICMP statistics for the IP interface(s) used for ICMP
rate limit.

fdb

Table 5-78 fdb command

Item Description

Syntax fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id]

Context clear>service>id

Description This command clears FDB entries for the service.

(1 of 2)

5-52 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Parameters all — Clears all FDB entries.

mac ieee-address — Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the specified 48-bit
MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or
aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag

(2 of 2)

stp

Table 5-79 stp command

Item Description

Syntax stp

Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description Clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-53
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

statistics

Table 5-80 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [sap sap-id | interface ip-address | ip-int-name]

Context clear>service>id>dhcp

Description This command clears DHCP statistics.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag *
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag
interface ip-address — The interface IP address.

interface ip-int-name — The interface name.

lease-state

Table 5-81 lease-state command

Item Description

Syntax lease-state ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]

lease-state mac ieee-address
lease-state sap sap-id

Context clear>service>dhcp6

(1 of 2)

5-54 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

Item Description

Description Clears lease state statistics for DHCP6.

Parameters ip-prefix/prefix-length - The destination address of the aggregate route.

Values: ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

ieee-address — 6-byte mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).

Cannot be all zeros.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id]
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64

(2 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 5-55
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
5 — Internet Enhanced Service

5-56 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network
Service

6.1 In This Chapter 6-2

6.2 VPRN Service Overview 6-2

6.3 VPRN Features 6-3

6.4 Configuring a VPRN Service with CLI 6-5

6.5 Basic Configuration 6-5

6.6 Common Configuration Tasks 6-6

6.7 Configuring VPRN Components 6-7

6.8 Service Management Tasks 6-13

6.9 VPRN Services CLI Command Reference 6-15

6.10 VPRN Service CLI Configuration Commands 6-26

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

6.1 In This Chapter

This chapter provides information about Internet Enhanced Service (VPRN), process
overview, and implementation notes.

6.2 VPRN Service Overview

RFC2547bis is an extension to the original RFC 2547, which details a method of

distributing routing information and forwarding data to provide a Layer 3 Virtual
Private Network (VPN) service to end customers.
Each Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) consists of a set of customer sites
connected to one or more PE routers. Each associated PE router maintains a separate
IP forwarding table for each VPRN. Additionally, the PE routers exchange the
routing information configured or learned from all customer sites via MP-BGP
peering. Each route exchanged via the MP-BGP protocol includes a Route
Distinguisher (RD), which identifies the VPRN association.
The ISAM uses an IGP (RIP, OSPF, ISIS) to exchange the routes of a particular CE
router with the PE routers that are attached to that ISAM. This is done in a way which
ensures that routes from different VPNs remain distinct and separate, even if two
VPNs have an overlapping address space.
In addition, ISAM uses VPRN to separate traffic from different service providers.
Each service provider has his own means to manage the IP addresses, services and
the traffic of its subscribers, even if all the routing is actually done in the scope of the
global Internet so that subscriber IP subnets never overlap.
For this, ISAMs are connected to PE routers and Edge Routers via VLANs.
Figure 6-1 displays a VPRN network example.

Figure 6-1 Virtual Private Routed Network

7750
Service
ISAM IES SAP VRF base
access point

VRF VPRN IP SAP

SAP IP base IP SAP
SAP IP SAP

SAP IP VPRN
VLAN (local IP SAP EMAN
scope) SAP IP
Access
Access port
port 7750
SAP IP VPRN VLAN
IP SAP VRF base
SAP IP
VPRN IP SAP
SAP IP SAP

6-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

ISAM to PE Route Exchange

Routing information between the ISAM and the Provider Edge (PE) can be
exchanged by the following methods:
• Static Routes
• E-BGP
• RIP
• OSPF

Each protocol provides controls to limit the number of routes learned from each CE
router.

Route Redistribution
Routing information learned from the ISAM-to-PE routing protocols and configured
static routes should be injected in the associated local VPN routing/forwarding
(VRF). In the case of dynamic routing protocols, there may be protocol specific route
policies that modify or reject certain routes before they are injected into the local
VRF.
Route redistribution from the local VRF to ISAM-to-PE routing protocols is to be
controlled via the route policies in each routing protocol instance, in the same
manner that is used by the base router instance.

6.3 VPRN Features

This section describes the general VPRN service features and any special capabilities
or considerations as they relate to VPRN services.
• IP Interfaces
• ISAM to PE Routing Protocols

IP Interfaces
The VPRN implements a VRF (-router) and supports one and more IP interfaces.
For connectivity towards the aggregation network, at least one IP interface must be
associated to one or more network ports.
For user connectivity, at least one IP interface (that is, a different IP interface than
for network ports) must be associated to one or more access ports.
The VPRN supports many user-side CPEs. Such CPE may vary from a simple xDSL
modem without L3 functionality and attached to one user-side host, to a next-hop
router to which many user-side hosts may be connected.
The VPRN supports user-side IP subnet(s), with each such IP subnet shared by one
or more user-side CPEs.
The VPRN supports user-to-user communication.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

A Route Distinguisher must be defined, otherwise the VPRN is not operational. The
Route Distinguisher must be different for different VPRNs. The Route Distinguisher
identifies the VPN (even when not used in ISAM/FTTU) and, by definition, two
different VPRNs may not belong to the same VPN.
Figure 6-2 shows conceptually how VPRN fits in the ISAM so that the ISAM
supports multiple SAPs per IP interface.

Figure 6-2 Conceptual Diagram

IPD L3
VPRN

IP IP
SAP SAP

VLANs must

Virtual port
have system
global scope

IPD L2

SAP SAP
v-VPLS v-VPLS
SAP SAP

Note 1 — For the MTU size of an IP interface, a fixed value of 2026

is applied.
Note 2 — The MTU for the protocol packets generated by the system
is fixed to 1500.

ISAM to PE Routing Protocols

The ISAM allows setting the maximum number of routes that can be accepted in the
VRF for a VPRN service. There are options to specify a percentage threshold at
which to generate an event that the VRF table is near full and an option to disable
additional route learning when full or only generate an event.

6-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

6.4 Configuring a VPRN Service with CLI

This section provides information to configure Virtual Private Routed Network

(VPRN) services using the Command Line Interface (CLI).
Topics in this section include:
• Basic Configuration
• Common Configuration Tasks
• Configuring VPRN Components
• Creating a VPRN Service
• Configuring Global VPRN Parameters
• Configuring VPRN Protocols - BGP
• Configuring VPRN Protocols - RIP
• Configuring VPRN Protocols - OSPF
• Configuring a VPRN Interface
• Configuring a VPRN Interface - SAP
• Service Management Tasks
• Modifying VPRN Service Parameters
• Deleting a VPRN Service
• Disabling a VPRN Service
• Re-enabling a VPRN Service

6.5 Basic Configuration

The following fields require specific input (there are no defaults) to configure a basic
VPRN service:
• Customer ID (refer to “Configuring Customers”)
• Specify interface parameters
The following example displays a sample configuration of a VPRN service.
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vprn# info
----------------------------------------------
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
ecmp 2
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 11.1.0.1/24
proxy-arp
exit
sap nt:sfp:1:1 create
ingress
qos 100
exit
egress
qos 1010
filter ip 10
exit
exit
dhcp
description "DHCP test"
exit
vrrp 1
exit
exit

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2

bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
rp
static
exit
bsr-candidate
shutdown
exit
shutdown
exit
exit
exit
rip
export "vprnRipExpPolCust1"
group "cel"
neighbor "to-ce1"
exit
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vprn#

6.6 Common Configuration Tasks

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure a VPRN service and provides the CLI commands.
1 Associate a VPRN service with a customer ID.
2 Define an autonomous system (optional).
3 Define a route distinguisher (mandatory).
4 Define VRF route-target associations or VRF import/export policies.
5 Create an interface.
6 Define SAP parameters on the interface.
• Select node(s) and port(s).
• Creation of a v-VPLS with which the SAP will be associated
• Creation of L2 SAPs on this v-VPLS (see chapter “Virtual Private LAN Service”).
• Optional - associate filter policies (configured in configure>filter context).
• Optional - configure DHCP features.
7 Define BGP parameters (optional).
• BGP must be enabled in the configure>router>bgp context.
8 Define RIP parameters (optional).
• RIP must be enabled in the configure>router>rip context.
9 Enable the service.

6-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

6.7 Configuring VPRN Components

Creating a VPRN Service

Use the following CLI syntax to create a VRPN service. A route distinguisher must
be defined in order for VPRN to be operationally active.
CLI syntax:
configure>service# vprn service-id [customer customer-id]

route-distinguisher [ip-address:number1 | asn:number2]

description description-string
no shutdown

The following example displays a VPRN service configuration:

*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
route-distinguisher 10001:0
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vprn#

Configuring Global VPRN Parameters

Refer to “VPRN Services CLI Command Reference” for CLI syntax to configure
VPRN parameters.
The following example displays a VPRN service with configured parameters:
*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service#

Configuring Router Interfaces

Refer to the FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Router Configuration and
Protocols Guide for command descriptions and syntax information to configure
router interfaces.
The following example displays a router interface configurations:

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

ALA48>configure>router# info
#------------------------------------------
echo "IP Configuration"
#------------------------------------------
...
interface "if1"
address 2.2.2.1/24
port nt-a:sfp-1:4000
exit
interface "if2"
address 10.49.1.46/24
port nt-a:sfp-2:4001
exit
interface "if3"
address 11.11.11.1/24
port nt-a:sfp-3:4002
exit
...
#------------------------------------------

Configuring VPRN Protocols - BGP

Configuring BGP between the PE routers allows the PE routers to exchange
information about routes originating and terminating in the VPRN. The PE routers
use the information to determine which labels are used for traffic intended for remote
sites.
In order to enable a VPRN BGP instance, the BGP protocol must be enabled in the
configure>router>bgp context on each participating ISAM router.

Note — Careful planning is essential to implement commands that

can affect the behavior of VPRN BGP global, group, and neighbor
levels. Because the BGP commands are hierarchical, analyze the
values that can disable features on a particular level.

The autonomous system number and router ID configured in the VPRN context only
applies to that particular service.
The minimal parameters that should be configured for a VPRN BGP instance are:
• Specify an autonomous system number for the router. See “Configuring Global
VPRN Parameters”.
• Specify a router ID - Note that if a new or different router ID value is entered in
the BGP context, then the new valuestakes precedence and overwrites the
router-level router ID. See “Configuring Global VPRN Parameters”.
• Specify a VPRN BGP peer group.
• Specify a VPRN BGP neighbor with which to peer.
• Specify a VPRN BGP peer-AS that is associated with the above peer.

VPRN BGP is administratively enabled upon creation. Minimally, to enable VPRN

BGP in a VPRN instance, you must associate an autonomous system number and
router ID for the VPRN service, create a peer group, neighbor, and associate a peer
AS number. There are no default VPRN BGP groups or neighbors. Each VPRN BGP
group and neighbor must be explicitly configured.

6-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

All parameters configured for VPRN BGP are applied to the group and are inherited
by each peer, but a group parameter can be overridden on a specific basis. VPRN
BGP command hierarchy consists of three levels:
• The global level
• The group level
• The neighbor level
CLI syntax:
configure>service>vprn>bgp# (global level)

group (group level)

neighbor (neighbor level)

For more information about the BGP protocol, refer to the ISAM Router
Configuration Guide.

Configuring VPRN BGP Group and Neighbor Parameters

A group is a collection of related VPRN BGP peers. The group name should be a
descriptive name for the group. Follow your group, name, and ID naming
conventions for consistency and to help when troubleshooting faults.
All parameters configured for a peer group are applied to the group and are inherited
by each peer (neighbor), but a group parameter can be overridden on a specific
neighbor-level basis.
After a group name is created and options are configured, neighbors can be added
within the same autonomous system to create IBGP connections and/or neighbors in
different autonomous systems to create EBGP peers. All parameters configured for
the peer group level are applied to each neighbor, but a group parameter can be
overridden on a specific neighbor basis.

VPRN BGP CLI Syntax

Configuring BGP in the scope of a VPRN service is quite similar to configuring BGP
for the Base router. For examples, refer to the IHUB Router Configuration and
Protocols Guide.
Use the CLI syntax to configure VPRN BGP parameters (see “BGP Configuration
Commands”).

Configuring VPRN Protocols - RIP

PE routers which attach to a particular VPN need to know, for each of that VPN's
sites, which addresses in that VPN are at each site. There are several ways that a PE
router can obtain this set of addresses. The Routing Information Protocol (RIP) sends
routing update messages that include entry changes. The routing table is updated to
reflect the new information.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

RIP can be used as a PE/CE distribution technique. PE and CE routers may be RIP
peers, and the CE may use RIP to tell the PE router the set of address prefixes which
are reachable at the CE router's site. When RIP is configured in the CE, care must be
taken to ensure that address prefixes from other sites (i.e., address prefixes learned
by the CE router from the PE router) are never advertised to the PE. Specifically, if
a PE router receives a VPN-IPv4 route, and as a result distributes an IPv4 route to a
CE, then that route must not be distributed back from that CE's site to a PE router
(either the same router or different routers).
In order to enable a VPRN RIP instance, the RIP protocol must be enabled in the
configure>router> rip context on each participating ISAM. VPRN RIP is
administratively enabled upon creation. Configuring other RIP commands and
parameters are optional.

Note — Careful planning is essential to implement commands that

can affect the behavior of VPRN RIP global, group, and neighbor
levels. Because the RIP commands are hierarchical, analyze the
values that can disable features on a particular level.

The parameters configured on the VPRN RIP global level are inherited by the group
and neighbor levels. Many of the hierarchical VPRN RIP commands can be modified
on different levels. The most specific value is used. That is, a VPRN RIP
group-specific command takes precedence over a global VPRN RIP command. A
neighbor-specific statement takes precedence over a global VPRN RIP and
group-specific command. For example, if you modify a VPRN RIP neighbor-level
command default, the new value takes precedence over VPRN RIP group- and
global-level settings. There are no default VPRN RIP groups or neighbors. Each
VPRN RIP group and neighbor must be explicitly configured.
The minimal parameters that should be configured for a VPRN instance are:
• Specify a VPRN RIP peer group.
• Specify a VPRN RIP neighbor with which to peer.
• Specify a VPRN RIP peer-AS that is associated with the above peer.
VPRN RIP command hierarchy consists of three levels:
• The global level
• The group level
• The neighbor level
For example:
configure>service>vprn>rip# (global level)

group (group level)

neighbor (neighbor level)

VPRN RIP CLI Syntax

The following example displays a VPRN RIP configuration:
*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"

6-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
ecmp 2
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 11.1.0.1/24
sap nt:sfp:1:1 create
ingress
scheduler-policy "SLA2"
qos 100
exit
egress
scheduler-policy "SLA1"
qos 1010
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
rip
export "vprnRipExpPolCust1"
group "cel"
neighbor "to-ce1"
exit
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info

For more information about the RIP protocol, refer to the ISAM Router
Configuration Guide.

Configuring VPRN Protocols - OSPF

Each VPN routing instance is isolated from any other VPN routing instance, and
from the routing used across the backbone. OSPF can be run with any VPRN,
independently of the routing protocols used in other VPRNs, or in the backbone
itself. For more information about the OSPF protocol, refer to the ISAM Router
Configuration Guide.
CLI syntax:
configure>service>vprn>ospf#

VPRN OSPF CLI Syntax

Refer to “OSPF Configuration Commands” for CLI syntax to configure VPRN
parameters.
The following example displays the VPRN OSPF configuration shown above:
A:debby-sim1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------

vprn 2 customer 1 create

interface "test" create

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

exit
no shutdown
exit
area 0.0.0.0
exit
----------------------------------------------
A:debby-sim1>configure>service#

Configuring a VPRN Interface

Interface names associate an IP address to the interface, and then associate the IP
interface with a v-VPLS via a SAP on the Virtual Port. The IP interface associates
attributes like an IP address, and VLAN ID.
There are no default interfaces.
Note that you can configure a VPRN interface as a loopback interface by issuing the
loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot
be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined
on a loopback interface.
When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context then the configuration for the
VPRN should have a loopback address configured which has the same address as the
core instance's system address (BGP next-hop).
Refer to “Interface Commands” for CLI commands and syntax.
The following example displays a VPRN interface configuration:
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vprn# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
ecmp 2
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 11.1.0.1/24
exit
exit
static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service#

Configuring a VPRN Interface - SAP

To associate an IP interface to one or more network ports and/or access ports, at least
two v-VPLS must be configured, one with a SAP on each associated network port,
and one with the access ports.
After creating the IP interface, an SAP must be created on the Virtual Port P1 for this
IP interface. Such an SAP is called “L3 SAP”.
The VLAN ID of the L3 SAP must be equal to the VLAN ID of the v-VPLS.
CLI syntax:
configure service vprn service-id interface ip-int-name sap [sap-id]

6-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Filter policies are configured in the configure>filter context and must be explicitly
applied to a SAP. There are no default filter policies.
Refer to “Interface SAP Commands” for CLI commands and syntax.
For more information on the configuration of filters, see the “FD 100/320Gbps NT
and FX NT IHub Router Configuration and Protocols Guide”, chapter “Filter
Policies”.

6.8 Service Management Tasks

This section discusses the following service management tasks:

Modifying VPRN Service Parameters

Use the CLI syntax to modify VPRN parameters (see “VPRN Services CLI
Command Reference”).
The following example displays the VPRN service creation output:
*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...

vprn 1 customer 1 create

shutdown
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
ecmp 2
maximum-routes 2000
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap nt:sfp:1:1 create
exit
exit
static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-ce1"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service>vprn#

Deleting a VPRN Service

An VPRN service cannot be deleted until SAPs and interfaces are shut down and
deleted.
Use the following CLI syntax to delete a VPRN service:
configure>service#
[no] vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
shutdown
[no] interface ip-int-name
shutdown
[no] sap sap-id

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

[no] bgp
shutdown
[no] rip
shutdown

Disabling a VPRN Service

A VPRN service can be shut down without deleting any service parameters.
CLI syntax:
configure>service#
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
shutdown

Example:
configure>service# vprn 1
configure>service>vprn# shutdown
configure>service>vprn# exit
*A:ALA-1>configure>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
shutdown
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
ecmp 2
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 11.1.0.1/24
sap nt:sfp:1:1 create
ingress
scheduler-policy "SLA2"
qos 100
exit
egress
scheduler-policy "SLA1"
qos 1010
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
rip
export "vprnRipExpPolCust1"
group "cel"
neighbor "to-ce1"
exit
exit
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>configure>service#

Re-enabling a VPRN Service

To re-enable a VPRN service that was shut down.

6-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

configure>service#
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
no shutdown

6.9 VPRN Services CLI Command Reference

Command Hierarchies
This section shows the following command hierarchies:
• VPRN Service Configuration Commands
• Interface Commands
• Interface SAP Commands
• BGP Configuration Commands
• OSPF Configuration Commands
• RIP Configuration Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

VPRN Service Configuration Commands

configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
— aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length [summary-only] [as-set]
[aggregator as-number:ip-address]
— no aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length
— autonomous-system as-number
— no autonomous-system
— description description-string
— no description
— ecmp max-ecmp-routes
— no ecmp
— egress
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— ingress
— qos policy-id
— no qos
— rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
— no rate-limit
— maximum-ipv6-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
— no maximum-ipv6-routes
— maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
— no maximum-routes
— [no] router-advertisement
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— [no] current-hop-limit
— [no] managed-configuration
— [no] max-advertisement-interval seconds

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-15
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— [no] min-advertisement-interval seconds

— [no] mtu mtu-bytes
— [no] other-stateful-configuration
— [no] prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
— [no] autonomous
— [no] on-link
— [no] preferred-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
— [no] valid-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
— [no] reachable-time milli-seconds
— [no] retransmit-time milli- seconds
— [no] router-lifetime seconds
— [no] shutdown
— route-distinguisher [ip-address:number1 | asn:number2]
— no route-distinguisher
— router-id ip-address
— no router-id
— sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy
— [no] sgt-qos
— [no] shutdown
— [no] static-route {ip-prefix/mask | ip-prefix netmask}
[preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable]
next-hop {ip-int-name | ip-address}[bfd-enable]]
— [no] static-route {ip-prefix/mask | ip-prefix netmask}
[preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable]
black-hole

Interface Commands
configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— address ip-address[/mask]
— no address
— [no] arp-populate
— arp-timeout [seconds]
— no arp-timeout
— bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval]
[multiplier multiplier]
— no bfd
— delayed-enable [seconds]
— no delayed-enable
— description description-string
— no description [description-string]
— dhcp
— description description-string
— no description
— gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
— no gi-address
— [no] option
— action {keep}
— no action
— server server1 [server2...(up to 8 maximum)]
— no server

6-16 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— [no] shutdown
— icmp
— [no] mask-reply
— ttl-expired number seconds
— no ttl-expired [number seconds]
— unreachables [number seconds]
— no unreachables [number seconds]
— ip-mtu octets
— no ip-mtu
— [no] ipv6
— address (ipv6) ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]
— no address (ipv6) ipv6-address/prefix-length
— [no] dhcp6-relay
— description description-string
— no description [description-string]
— lease-populate nbr-of-leases
— no lease-populate
— [no] option
— interface-id [ascii-tuple|ifindex|sap-id
|string]
— no interface-id
— [no] remote-id
— server ipv6-address [ipv6-address...(up to 8
maximum)]
— no server [ipv6-address...(up to 8 maximum)]
— [no] shutdown
— source-address ipv6-address
— no source-address
— icmp6
— packet-too-big [number seconds]
— no packet-too-big
— param-problem [number seconds]
— no param-problem
— time-exceeded [number seconds]
— no time-exceeded
— unreachables [number seconds]
— no unreachables
— [no] local-proxy-nd
— [no] local-proxy-arp
— [no] loopback
— [no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to
5 maximum)]
— [no] remote-proxy-arp
— secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
[broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
— no secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
— [no] shutdown

Interface SAP Commands

configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— [no] sap sap-id
— description description-string

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-17
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— no description [description-string]
— egress
— filter {ip ip-filter-id | ipv6 ipv6-filter-id}
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— ingress
— filter ip ip-filter-id ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
— [no] shutdown

BGP Configuration Commands

configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] bgp
— [no] advertise-inactive
— [no] aggregator-id-zero
— always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
— no always-compare-med
— [no] as-path-ignore
— auth-keychain name
— authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash2]
— no authentication-key
— [no] bfd-enable
— [no] connect-retry seconds
— [no] damping
— description description-string
— no description
— disable-communities [standard]
— no disable-communities
— [no] disable-fast-external-failover
— [no] enable-peer-tracking
— export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
— family [ipv4] [ipv6]
— no family
— hold-time seconds
— no hold-time
— [no] ibgp-multipath
— import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no import
— keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
— local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
— local-preference local-preference
— no local-preference
— loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
— no loop-detect
— med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
— min-as-origination seconds
— no min-as-origination
— min-route-advertisement seconds
— no min-route-advertisement
— multihop ttl-value

6-18 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— no multihop
— multipath max-paths
— no multipath
— preference preference
— no preference
— [no] rapid-withdrawal
— [no] remove-private
— router-id ip-address
— no router-id
— [no] shutdown
— [no] group name
— [no] advertise-inactive
— [no] aggregator-id-zero
— [no] as-override
— auth-keychain name
— authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key]
[hash2]
— no auth-keychain
— [no] bfd-enable
— connect-retry seconds
— no connect-retry
— [no] damping
— description description-string
— no description
— disable-communities [standard]
— no disable-communities]
— [no] disable-fast-external-failover
— [no] enable-peer-tracking
— export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
— family [ipv4] [ipv6]
— no family
— hold-time seconds
— no hold-time
— import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no import
— keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
— local-address ip-address
— no local-address
— local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
— local-preference local-preference
— no local-preference
— loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route |
ignore-loop | off}
— no loop-detect
— med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
— min-as-origination seconds
— no min-as-origination
— min-route-advertisement seconds
— no min-route-advertisement
— multihop ttl-value
— no multihop
— [no] next-hop-self
— [no] passive

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-19
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— peer-as as-number
— no peer-as
— preference preference
— no preference
— prefix-limit limit
— no prefix-limit
— [no] remove-private
— [no] shutdown
— type {internal | external}
— no type
— [no] neighbor
— [no] advertise-inactive
— [no] aggregator-id-zero
— [no] as-override
— authentication-key [authentication-key |
hash-key] [hash2]
— no authentication-key
— auth-keychain name
— [no] bfd-enable
— connect-retry seconds
— no connect-retry
— [no] damping
— description description-string
— no description
— disable-communities [standard]
— no disable-communities
— [no] disable-fast-external-failover
— [no] enable-peer-tracking
— export policy-name [policy-name...
(up to 5 max)]
— no export
— family [ipv4] [ipv6]
— no family
— hold-time seconds
— no hold-time
— import policy-name [policy-name...
(up to 5 max)]
— no import
— keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
— local-address ip-address
— no local-address
— local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
— local-preference local-preference
— no local-preference
— loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route |
ignore-loop | off}
— no loop-detect
— med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
— min-as-origination seconds
— no min-as-origination
— min-route-advertisement seconds
— no min-route-advertisement
— multihop ttl-value
— no multihop

6-20 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— [no] next-hop-self
— [no] passive
— peer-as as-number
— no peer-as
— preference preference
— no preference
— prefix-limit limit
— no prefix-limit
— [no] remove-private
— [no] shutdown
— type {internal | external}
— no type

OSPF Configuration Commands

configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] ospf
— [no] area area-id
— area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise |
not-advertise]
— no area-range ip-prefix/mask
— [no] blackhole-aggregate
— [no] interface ip-int-name
— [no] advertise-subnet
— authentication-key [authentication-key |
hash-key] [ hash2]
— no authentication-key
— authentication-type {password |
message-digest}
— no authentication-type
— dead-interval seconds
— no dead-interval
— hello-interval seconds
— no hello-interval
— interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
— no interface-type
— message-digest-key key-id md5 [key |
hash-key] [hash2]
— no message-digest-key key-id
— metric metric
— no metric
— mtu bytes
— no mtu
— [no] passive
— priority number
— no priority
— retransmit-interval seconds
— no retransmit-interval
— [no] shutdown
— transit-delay seconds
— no transit-delay
— [no] nssa
— area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise |

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-21
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

not-advertise]
— no area-range ip-prefix/mask
— originate-default-route [type-7]
— no originate-default-route
— [no] redistribute-external
— [no] summaries
— [no] stub
— default-metric metric
— no default-metric
— [no] summaries
— [no] asbr
— [no] compatible-rfc1583
— export policy-name [ policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
— external-db-overflow limit seconds
— no external-db-overflow
— external-preference preference
— no external-preference
— overload [timeout seconds]
— no overload
— [no] overload-include-stub
— overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
— no overload-on-boot
— preference preference
— no preference
— reference-bandwidth bandwidth-in-kbps
— no reference-bandwidth
— router-id ip-address
— no router-id
— [no] shutdown
— timers
— [no] lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
— [no] lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait
[lsa-second-wait]]
— [no] spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait
[spf-second-wait]]

RIP Configuration Commands

configure
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— [no] rip
— authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash2]
— no authentication-key
— authentication-type {none | password | message-digest}
— no authentication-type
— check-zero {enable | disable}
— no check-zero
— description description-string
— no description
— export policy-name [policy-name...(upto 5 max)]
— no export
— [no] group name
— authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key]
[hash2]

6-22 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— no authentication-key
— authentication-type {none | password |
message-digest}
— no authentication-type
— check-zero {enable | disable}
— no check-zero
— description description-string
— no description
— export policy-name [policy-name...(upto 5 max)]
— no export
— import policy-name [policy-name...(upto 5 max)]
— no import
— message-size max-num-of-routes
— no message-size
— metric-in metric
— no metric-in
— metric-out metric
— no metric-out
— preference preference
— no preference
— receive receive-type
— no receive
— send send-type
— no send
— [no] shutdown
— split-horizon {enable | disable}
— no split-horizon
— timers update timeout flush
— no timers
— [no] neighbor ip-int-name
— authentication-key [authentication-key |
hash-key] [hash2]
— no authentication-key
— authentication-type {none | password |
message-digest}
— no authentication-type
— check-zero {enable | disable}
— no check-zero
— description description-string
— no description
— export policy-name [policy-name...
(up to 5 max)]
— no export
— import policy-name [policy-name...
(up to 5 max)]
— no import
— message-size max-num-of-routes
— no message-size
— metric-in metric
— no metric-in
— metric-out metric
— no metric-out
— preference preference
— no preference
— receive receive-type
— no receive
— send send-type

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-23
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— no send
— [no] shutdown
— split-horizon {enable | disable}
— no split-horizon
— timers update timeout flush
— no timers
— import policy-name [policy-name... (up to 5 max)]
— no import
— message-size max-num-of-routes
— no message-size
— metric-in metric
— no metric-in
— metric-out metric
— no metric-out
— preference preference
— no preference
— receive receive-type
— no receive
— send send-type
— no send
— [no] shutdown
— split-horizon {enable | disable}
— no split-horizon
— timers update timeout flush
— no timers

Show Commands
show
— service
— id service-id
— all
— arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] |
[interface ip-int-name] [summary]
— base
— dhcp
— statistics [sap sap-id]
— statistics [interface interface-name]
— lease-state [sap sap-id | interface interface-name |
ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address |
mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] }] [detail]
— summary
— dhcp6
— summary
— lease-state [detail]
— lease-state [detail] interface interface-name
— lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]
— lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address
— statistics [interface interface-name]
— interface [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail] [family]
— sap [sap-id [detail]]
— sap-using [sap sap-id]
— sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
— sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id

6-24 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

show
— router service-id
— aggregate [family] [active]
— arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-address] [summary]
— bgp
— auth-keychain [name]
— damping [ip-prefix/prefix-length] [detail]
— damping [damp-type] [detail]
— group [name] [detail]
— neighbor [ip-address [[family family] filter1]]
— neighbor [as-number [[family family] filter2]]
— paths
— routes [[family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]
— routes [[family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
— routes [[family family] [community comm-id]
— routes [[family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
— summary [all]
— summary [family family] [neighbor ip-address]
— dhcp6
— statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— summary
— interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]} | summary |
exclude-services]
— neighbour [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-address |
summary]
— rip
— database [ip-address[/mask] [longer]] [peer ip-address] [detail]
— neighbor [ip-int-name | ip-address] [detail] [advertised-routes]
— peer [interface-name]
— statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— route-table [ip-address[/mask] [longer | best]] | [protocol protocol] |
[summary]
— rtr-advertisement [interface ip-int-name]
[prefix ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]]
— rtr-advertisement [conflicts]
— static-route [ip-prefix /mask] | [preference preference] |
[next-hop ip-address] [detail]

Clear Commands
clear
— router service-id
— arp {all | ip-address}
— arp interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— bgp
— damping [{prefix/mask [neighbor ip-address]} | {group name}]
— flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] |
[group group-name] | [regex reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
— neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all}
[soft | soft-inbound]
— neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all} statistics
— neighbor ip-address end-of-rib
— protocol
— dhcp6
— statistics
— forwarding-table

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-25
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

— interface [ip-int-name | ip-address] [icmp]

— rip
— database
— statistics [neighbor ip-int-name | ip-address]
— router-advertisement all
— router-advertisement [interface interface-name]

clear
— service
— id service-id
— dhcp6
— statistics [interface ip-int-name|ipv6-address]
— lease-state ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]>
— lease-state mac ieee-address
— lease-state sap sap-id
— statistics
— sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
— id service-id
— stp

6.10 VPRN Service CLI Configuration Commands

The following commands are described below:

• Generic Commands
• Global Commands
• Interface Commands
• VPRN Interface ICMP Commands
• SAP Commands
• SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands
• BGP Commands
• OSPF Commands
• RIP Commands
• Show Commands
• Clear Commands

Generic Commands

shutdown

Table 6-1 shutdown command

Item Description

Syntax [no] shutdown

(1 of 2)

6-26 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn
configure>service>vprn
configure>service>vprn>interface
configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
configure>service>vprn>interface>sap
configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
configure>service>vprn>ospf
configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface
configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor
configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not
change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any
entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be
deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no
shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then
tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and
service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.
If the AS number was previously changed, the BGP AS number inherits the new value.

Special Cases Service Admin State — A service is regarded as operational providing that one IP
Interface SAP is operational.
VPRN BGP and RIP — This command disables the BGP or RIP instance on the given
IP interface. Routes learned from a neighbor that is shutdown are immediately
removed from the BGP or RIP database and RTM. If BGP or RIP is globally shutdown,
then all RIP group and neighbor interfaces are shutdown operationally. If a BGP or
RIP group is shutdown, all member neighbor interfaces are shutdown operationally.
If a BGP or RIP neighbor is shutdown, just that neighbor interface is operationally
shutdown.

(2 of 2)

description

Table 6-2 description command

Item Description

Syntax description description-string

no description

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-27
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn
configure>service>vprn>interface
configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
configure>service>vprn>interface>sap
configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to
help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Default No description associated with the configuration context.

Parameters description-string — The description character string. Allowed values are any string
up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

(2 of 2)

Global Commands

vprn

Table 6-3 vprn command

Item Description

Syntax vprn service-id customer customer-id

no vprn service-id

Context configure>service

(1 of 2)

6-28 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command creates or edits a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) service
instance.
If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id
exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
VPRN services allow the creation of customer-facing IP interfaces in the same routing
instance used for service network core routing connectivity. VPRN services require
that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and
other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an VPRN service ID must have a SAP
created as the access point to the subscriber network.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified
and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist
having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a
service is created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer
association. The service must be deleted and re-created with a new customer
association.
When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional to navigate
into the service configuration context. If attempting to edit a service with the
incorrect customer-id results in an error.
Multiple VPRN services are created to separate customer-owned IP interfaces. More
than one VPRN service can be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP
interface can be created within a single VPRN service ID. All IP interfaces created
within an VPRN service ID belongs to the same customer.
The no form of the command deletes the VPRN service instance with the specified
service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces and all routing
protocol configurations defined within the service ID have been shutdown and
deleted.

Default None — No VPRN service instances exist until they are explicitly created.

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number identifying the service in the
service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any
other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every
ISAM on which this service is defined.
Values: 1 — 2147483648

customer customer-id — Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with

the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service
editing or deleting.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

(2 of 2)

aggregate

Table 6-4 aggregate command

Item Description

Syntax aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length [summary-only] [as-set] [aggregator

as-number:ip-address]
no aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length

Context configure>service>vprn

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-29
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description The operator may create an aggregate route. Then depending on the policies
configured for the routing protocols (RIP, BGP, IS-IS, OSPF), and the configuration of
the aggregate route, the system will advertise this route in addition to the learned
sub-routes, or instead of the learned sub-routes.
For example, if aggregate route 10.0.0.0/16 is created as “summary-only”, and route
10.0.128.0/17 is learned, than 10.0.0.0/16 will be advertised instead of
10.0.128.0/17.
The no form of the command removes the aggregate route.
To remove the “summary-only”, enter the command without the summary-only
keyword, that is,
configure service vprn service-id aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length

Parameters summary-only — This optional parameter suppresses advertisement of more

specific component routes for the aggregate.

as-set — This optional parameter is only applicable to BGP and creates an aggregate
where the path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of all elements
contained in all paths that are being summarized.

aggregator — This optional parameter specifies the BGP aggregator path attribute
to the aggregate route. When configuring the aggregator, a two-octet AS number
used to form the aggregate route must be entered, followed by the IP address of the
BGP system that created the aggregate route.

ip-prefix/prefix-length - The destination address of the aggregate route.

Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

as-number — The 16-bit AS number.

Values: 1 — 65535

ip-address — The IP address in dotted decimal notation.

(2 of 2)

autonomous-system

Table 6-5 autonomous-system command

Item Description

Syntax autonomous-system as-number

no autonomous-system

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command defines the autonomous system (AS) to be used by this VPN
routing/forwarding (VRF).
The no form of the command removes the defined AS from this VPRN context.

Default No autonomous system

(1 of 2)

6-30 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters as-number — The 16-bit AS number.

Values: 1 — 65535

(2 of 2)

ecmp

Table 6-6 ecmp command

Item Description

Syntax ecmp max-ecmp-routes

no ecmp

Context configure>service>vprn
Description This command enables equal-cost multipath (ECMP) and configures the number of
routes for path sharing. For example, the value of 2 means that 2 equal cost routes
will be used for cost sharing.
ECMP groups form when the system routes to the same destination with equal cost
values. Routing table entries can be entered manually (as static routes), or they can
be formed when neighbors are discovered and routing table informationis exchanged
by routing protocols. The system can balance traffic across the groups with equal
costs.
ECMP can only be used for routes learned with the same preference and same
protocol. See the discussion on preferences in the static-route command.
When more ECMP routes are available at the best preference than configured by the
max-ecmp-routes parameter, then the lowest next-hop IP address algorithm is used
to select the number of routes configured.
The no form of the command disables ECMP path sharing. If ECMP is disabled and
multiple routes are available at the best preference and equal cost, then the route
with the lowest next-hop IP address is used.
Default No ecmp

Parameters max-ecmp-routes — Integer

Values: 1 — 4

maximum-ipv6-routes

Table 6-7 maximum-ipv6-routes command

Item Description

Syntax maximum-ip-v6-routes number [log-only] [threshold percentage]

no maximum-ipv6-routes

Context configure>service>vprn

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-31
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command specifies the maximum number of IPv6 routes that can be held within
a VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) context.
Note that the VPRN service ID must be in a shutdown state in order to modify
maximum-routes command parameters.
If the log-only parameter is not specified and the number value is set below the
existing number of routes in a VRF, then the offending RIP peer (if applicable) is
brought down (but the VPRN instance remains up). BGP peering will remain up but
the exceeding BGP routes will not be added to the VRF.
The maximum route threshold can dynamically change to increase the number of
supported routes even when the maximum has already been reached. Protocols will
resubmit their routes which were initially rejected.
The no form of the command disables any limit on the number of routes within a VRF
context. Issue the no form of the command only when the VPRN instance is
shutdown.

Default 0 or disabled — The threshold will not be raised.

Parameters number — An integer that specifies the maximum number of routes to be held in a
VRF context.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

log-only — This parameter specifies that if the maximum limit is reached, only log
the event. log-only does not disable the learning of new routes.

threshold percentage — The percentage at which a warning log message and

SNMP trap should be set. There are two warnings, the first is a mid-level warning at
the threshold value set and the second is a high-level warning at level between the
maximum number of routes and the mid-level rate ( [mid+max] / 2 ).
Values: 0 — 100

(2 of 2)

maximum-routes

Table 6-8 maximum-routes command

Item Description

Syntax maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percentage]

no maximum-routes

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command specifies the maximum number of routes that can be held within a VPN
routing/forwarding (VRF) context.
Note that the VPRN service ID must be in a shutdown state in order to modify
maximum-routes command parameters.
If the log-only parameter is not specified and the number value is set below the
existing number of routes in a VRF, then the offending RIP peer (if applicable) is
brought down (but the VPRN instance remains up). BGP peering will remain up but
the exceeding BGP routes will not be added to the VRF.
The maximum route threshold can dynamically change to increase the number of
supported routes even when the maximum has already been reached. Protocols will
resubmit their routes which were initially rejected.
The no form of the command disables any limit on the number of routes within a VRF
context. Issue the no form of the command only when the VPRN instance is
shutdown.

(1 of 2)

6-32 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default 0 or disabled — The threshold will not be raised.

Parameters number — An integer that specifies the maximum number of routes to be held in a
VRF context.
Values: 1 — 2147483647

log-only — This parameter specifies that if the maximum limit is reached, only log
the event. log-only does not disable the learning of new routes.

threshold percentage — The percentage at which a warning log message and

SNMP trap should be set. There are two warnings, the first is a mid-level warning at
the threshold value set and the second is a high-level warning at level between the
maximum number of routes and the mid-level rate ( [mid+max] / 2 ).
Values: 0 — 100

(2 of 2)

router-advertisement

Table 6-9 router-advertisement command

Item Description
Syntax [no] router-advertisement

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command configures router advertisement properties. By default, it is disabled

for all IPv6 enabled interfaces.
The no form of the command disables all IPv6 interface. However, the no interface
interface-name command disables a specific interface.

interface

Table 6-10 interface command

Item Description

Syntax [no] interface ip-int-name

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement

Description This command configures router advertisement properties on a specific interface. The
interface must already exist in the configure>router>interface context.

Default No interfaces are configured by default.

Parameter ip-int-name — Specify the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#,
$, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

current-hop-limit

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-33
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-11 current-hop-limit command

Item Description

Syntax current-hop-limit number

no current-hop-limit

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures the current-hop-limit in the router advertisement

messages. It informs the nodes on the subnet about the hop-limit when originating
IPv6 packets.
Default 64

Parameter number — Specifies the hop limit.

Values: 0 — 255. A value of zero means there is an unspecified number of hops.

managed-configuration

Table 6-12 managed-configuration command

Item Description

Syntax [no] managed-configuration

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command sets the managed address configuration flag. This flag indicates that
DHCPv6 is available for address configuration in addition to any address
autoconfigured using stateless address autoconfiguration. See RFC 3315, Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for IPv6.
Default no managed-configuration

max-advertisement-interval

Table 6-13 max-advertisement-interval command

Item Description

Syntax max-advertisement-interval seconds

no max-advertisement-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures the maximum interval between sending ICMPv6 neighbor
discovery router advertisement messages.

Default 600

Parameter seconds — Specifies the maximum interval in seconds between sending router
advertisement messages.
Values: 4 — 1800

6-34 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

min-advertisement-interval

Table 6-14 min-advertisement-interval command

Item Description

Syntax min-advertisement-interval seconds

no min-advertisement-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures the minimum interval between sending ICMPv6 neighbor
discovery router advertisement messages.

Default 300

Parameter seconds — Specifies the minimum interval in seconds between sending router
advertisement messages.
Values: 3 — 1350

mtu

Table 6-15 mtu command

Item Description
Syntax mtu mtu-bytes
no mtu

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures the MTU for the nodes to use to send packets on the link.

Default no mtu — The MTU option is not sent in the router advertisement messages.

Parameter mtu-bytes — Specify the MTU for the nodes to use to send packets on the link.
Values: 1500 — 2026

other-stateful-configuration

Table 6-16 other-stateful-configuration command

Item Description

Syntax [no] other-stateful-configuration

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-35
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command sets the "Other configuration" flag. This flag indicates that DHCPv6lite
is available for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information such as
DNS-related information or information on other servers in the network. See RFC
3736, Stateless Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for IPv6.

Default no other-stateful-configuration

(2 of 2)

prefix

Table 6-17 prefix command

Item Description

Syntax [no] prefix [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length]

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures an IPv6 prefix in the router advertisement messages. To
support multiple IPv6 prefixes, use multiple prefix statements. No prefix is advertised
until explicitly configured using prefix statements.

Default None

Parameter ip-prefix — The IP prefix for prefix list entry in dotted decimal notation.
Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

prefix-length — Specifies a route must match the most significant bits and have a
prefix length.
Values 1 — 128

autonomous

Table 6-18 autonomous command

Item Description

Syntax [no] autonomous

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface>prefix

Description This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for stateless address
autoconfiguration.

Default autonomous

6-36 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

on-link

Table 6-19 on-link command

Item Description

Syntax [no] on-link

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface>prefix
Description This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for onlink determination.

Default on-link

preferred-lifetime

Table 6-20 preferred-lifetime command

Item Description

Syntax [no] preferred-lifetime {seconds | infinite}

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface>prefix

Description This command configures the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix will
continue to be preferred, such as, time until deprecation. The address generated from
a deprecated prefix should not be used as a source address in new communications,
but packets received on such an interface are processed as expected.

Default 604800
Parameter seconds — Specifies the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix will
continue to be preferred.
Values: 0 — 4294967294

infinite — Specifies that the prefix will always be preferred. A value of 4,294,967,295
or above represents infinity.

valid-lifetime

Table 6-21 valid-lifetime command

Item Description

Syntax [no] valid-lifetime {seconds | infinite}

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface>prefix

Description This command specifies the length of time in seconds that the prefix is valid for the
purpose of onlink determination. A value of all one bits (0xffffffff) represents infinity.
The address generated from an invalidated prefix should not appear as the
destination or source address of a packet.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-37
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default 2592000

Parameter seconds — Specifies the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix will
continue to be preferred.
Values: 0 — 4294967294

infinite — Specifies that the prefix will always be preferred. A value of 4,294,967,295
or above represents infinity.

(2 of 2)

reachable-time

Table 6-22 reachable-time command

Item Description
Syntax [no] reachable-time milli-seconds

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures how long this router should be considered reachable by
other nodes on the link after receiving a reachability confirmation.

Default no reachable-time

Parameter milli- seconds — Specifies the length of time the router should be considered
reachable.
Values: 0 — 3600000

retransmit-time

Table 6-23 retransmit-time command

Item Description

Syntax [no] retransmit-time milli-seconds

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command configures the retransmission frequency of neighbor solicitation

messages.

Default no retransmit-time

Parameter milli- seconds — Specifies how often the retransmission should occur.
Values: 0 — 1800000

router-lifetime

6-38 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-24 router-lifetime command

Item Description

Syntax [no] router-lifetime seconds

Context configure>service>vprn>router-advertisement>interface

Description This command sets the router lifetime.

Default 1800

Parameter seconds — The length of time, in seconds, (relative to the time the packet is sent)
that the prefix is valid for route determination.
Values: 0, 4 — 9000 seconds. 0 means that the router is not a default router on this
link.

route-distinguisher

Table 6-25 route-distinguisher command

Item Description

Syntax route-distinguisher [ip-address:number | asn:number]

no route-distinguisher

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command sets the identifier attached to routes the VPN belongs to. Each routing
instance must have a unique (within the carrier’s domain) route distinguisher
associated with it. A route distinguisher must be defined for a VPRN to be
operationally active.

Default No route-distinguisher

Parameters ip-address:number — Specify the IP address in dotted decimal notation. The

assigned number must not be greater than 65535.

asn:number — The ASN is a 2-byte value less than or equal to 65535. The assigned
number can be any 32-bit unsigned integer value.

router-id

Table 6-26 router-id command

Item Description

Syntax router-id ip-address

no router-id

Context configure>service>vprn
configure>service>vprn>ospf
configure>service>vprn>bgp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-39
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command sets the router ID for a specific VPRN context.
If neither the router ID nor the system interface are defined, the router ID from the
base router context is inherited.
The no form of the command removes the router ID definition from the given VPRN
context.

Default No router-id

Parameters ip-address — Specify the IP address in dotted decimal notation.

(2 of 2)

sgt-qos

Table 6-27 sgt-qos command

Item Description
Syntax sgt-qos sgt-qos-policy
[no] sgt-qos
Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command enables the context to configure DSCP/Dot1p re-marking for
self-generated traffic.

Parameters sgt-qos-policy — Integer 1-65535.

qos

Table 6-28 qos command

Item Description

Syntax qos policy-id

no qos

Context configure>service>vprn>ingress
Description The ingress QoS policy defines the match criteria used to determine what Forwarding
Class (FC) each packet is associated to. Associating a QoS policy to a VPRN service
effectively associates the QoS policy to all SAPs of a VPRN service at one time.
The ingress QoS policy is installed in the hardware when the first service is associated
to it. Similarly, when the last service is disassociated from it, the policy is removed
from the hardware (except for the default policy which cannot be deleted from
hardware).
Only one QoS policy can be associated to a VPRN service.
Note that the VPRN service will be associated with one or more VPLS services. The
ingress QoS policy that is directly associated with the VPRN takes precedence of those
associated with the VPLS services.
The no form of this command associates the VPRN service to the default policy.

(1 of 2)

6-40 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default By default, each VPRN service is associated to QoS policy ID 1

Parameters policy-id — The ID of the QoS policy.

Values: 2 — 65535

(2 of 2)

rate-limit

Table 6-29 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no priority

Context configure>service>vprn>egress

Description This command defines the aggregate egress rate limit per VPRN service.
It applies to traffic associated to the VPRN service which is egressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a VPRN.

Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

rate-limit

Table 6-30 rate-limit command

Item Description

Syntax rate-limit cir cir-rate pir pir-rate [cbs cbs-size] [pbs pbs-size]
no rate-limit

Context configure>service>ies>ingress

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-41
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command defines the aggregate ingress rate limit per VPLS service.
It applies to traffic associated to the VPLS service which is ingressing on regular ports
(network ports)
The committed information rate and the peak information rate are entered
Optionally, the committed burst size and the peak burst size may be entered. If these
values are not specified, they assume the default value of 256 Mbytes.
The no form of this command removes rate limiting from a VPLS.

Parameters cir cir-rate — The committed information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

pir pir-rate — The peak information rate expressed in kbps.

Values: up to 10 Gbps

cbs cbs-size — The committed burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

pbs pbs-size — The peak burst size expressed in kBytes.

Default: 256 Mbytes
Values: up to 256 Mbytes

(2 of 2)

static-route

Table 6-31 static-route command

Item Description

Syntax [no] static-route {ip-prefix/mask | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference]

[metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] next-hop {ip-int-name | ip-address}
[bfd-enable]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/mask | ip-prefix netmask}[preference preference]
[metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] black-hole

Context configure>service>vprn
Description This command creates static route entries for both the network and access routes.
When configuring a static route, either next-hop or black-hole must be configured.
The no form of the command deletes the static route entry. If a static route needs to
be removed when multiple static routes exist to the same destination, then as many
parameters to uniquely identify the static route must be entered.
If a static-route command is issued with no cpe-check target but the destination
prefix/netmask and next-hop matches a static route that did have an associated
cpe-check, the cpe-check test will be removed from the associated static route.

Default No static routes are defined.

(1 of 3)

6-42 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-prefix/prefix-length - The destination address of the static route.

Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-addr portion of the address
command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the
subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted
decimal notation.
Values: ipv4-address a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv6-address x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x[-interface]
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d[-interface]
x: [0..FFFF]H
d: [0..255]D
interface: 32 characters maximum,
mandatory for link local addresses

ip-int-name — When ip-int-name is provided the route will be advertised when the
interface is operational up. This static route option is suited to advertise a smaller
subnet then the interface subnet.
Values: 32 characters maximum

netmask — The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.

Values: 0.0.0.0 — 255.255.255.255 (network bits all 1 and host bits all 0)

preference preference - The preference of this static route versus the routes from
different sources such as BGP or OSPF, expressed as a decimal integer. When
modifing the preference of an existing static route, the metric will not be changed
unless specified.
The default route preference per protocol is shown in Table 6-32. Different protocols
should not be configured with the same preference. If this occurs, the tiebreaker is
according to the order of router owners defined in Table 6-33 (the lower the value of
the order, the higher the preference).
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol,
the lowest- cost route is used. If multiple routes are learned with an identical
preference using the same protocol, and the costs (metrics) are equal, then the route
to use is determined by the configuration of the ecmp command.

(2 of 3)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-43
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

metric metricThe cost metric for the static route, expressed as a decimal integer.
This value is used when importing the static route into other protocols such as OSPF.
When the metric is configured as 0 then the metric configured in OSPF,
default-import-metric, applies. When modifying the metric of an existing static route,
the preference will not change unless specified. This value is also used to determine
which static route to install in the forwarding table:
• If there are multiple static routes with the same preference but unequal metrics
then the lower cost (metric) route will be installed.
• If there are multiple static routes with equal preferences and metrics then ECMP
rules apply.
• If there are multiple routes with unequal preferences then the lower preference
route will be installed.

Default: 1
Values: 0 — 65535

next-hop ip-address - Specifies the directly connected next hop IP address used to
reach the destination.
The next-hop keyword and the black-hole keyword are mutually exclusive. If an
identical command is entered (with the exception of black-hole parameters), then this
static route will be replaced with the newly entered command, and unless specified,
the respective defaults for preference and metric will be applied.

black-hole - Specifies the route is a black hole route. If the destination address on
a packet matches this static route, it will be silently discarded.
The black-hole keyword and the next-hop keyword are mutually exclusive. If an
identical command is entered (with the exception of the next-hop parameters), then
this static route will be replaced with the newly entered command, and unless
specified, the respective defaults for preference and metric will be applied.

tag - Adds a 32-bit integer tag to the static route. The tag is used in route policies
to control distribution of the route into other protocols.
Values: 1 — 4294967295

enable — Static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. Use the enable
keyword to re-enable a disabled static route. In order to enable a static route, it must
be uniquely identified by the IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is
required to identify the exact static route.
The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.

disable — Static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. Use the disable
keyword to disable a static route while maintaining the static route in the
configuration. In order to enable a static route, it must be uniquely identified by the
IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is required to identify the exact static
route.
The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.

bfd-enable - Associates the state of the static route to a BFD session between the
local system and the configured nexthop. This keyword cannot be configured if the
nexthop is indirect or a blackhole keywords are specified.

(3 of 3)

Table 6-32 Route Preference Defaults by Route Type

Route Type Preference Configurable

Direct attached 0 No

Static routes 5 Yes

OSPF internal 10 Yes

(1 of 2)

6-44 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Route Type Preference Configurable

IS-IS level 1 internal 15 Yes

IS-IS level 2 internal 18 Yes

RIP 100 Yes

ROUTE_PREF_AGGREGATE 130 No

OSPF External 150 Yes

IS-IS level 1 external 160 Yes

IS-IS level 2 external 165 Yes

BGP 170 Yes

ROUTE_PREF_BLACKHOLE_AGGR 255 No

(2 of 2)

Table 6-33 Tiebreaker Order of Route Types

Tiebreaker Order Route Type

1 Local
2 Static

3 OSPF

4 IS-IS

5 RIP

6 BGP

7 Aggregate

Interface Commands

interface

Table 6-34 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface ip-int-name

no interface ip-int-name

Context configure>service>vprn

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-45
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command creates a logical IP routing interface for an Virtual Private Routed
Network (VPRN). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point
(SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and
maintain IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can
be executed in the context of an VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is
associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table.
The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber internet
access.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined
IP interfaces defined for configure router interface and configure service vprn
interface (that is, the network core router instance). Interface names must not be in
the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is not
allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either
interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address
names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and
IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface
names can exist in different router instances.
The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the
configure router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command
administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on VPRN IP interfaces. It also
controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the VPRN IP
interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into
configure router and configure service domains.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an
existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interfac context for
editing and configuration. By default, there are no default IP interface names defined
within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are
created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated
configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no
interface command.
For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that
interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in
the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and
disable them.
Parameters ip-int-name — Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be
unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and
configure service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the
form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be
enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to
maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or
is an IP interface defined within the configure router commands, an error will occur
and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the
interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command
processing.

(2 of 2)

address

6-46 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-35 address command

Item Description

Syntax address ip-address[/mask]

no address

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to an
VPRN IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.
An IP address must be assigned to each VPRN IP interface. An IP address and a mask
are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique
within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP
prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context
within the ISAM.
The local subnet that the address command defines must be part of the services
address space within the routing context using the configure router
service-prefix command. The default is to disallow the complete address space to
services. Once a portion of the address space is allocated as a service prefix, that
portion can be made unavailable for IP interfaces defined within the configure
router interface CLI context for network core connectivity with the exclude option
in the configure router service-prefix command.
The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless
Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted decimal notation. The show commands
display CIDR notation and is stored in configuration files.
By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is
explicitly created.
Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP
interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes
operationally down.
The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the
address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be
set independently. If an interface is in an adminstratively up state and an address is
assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces will be reinitialized
(see Table 6-36).

Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the
address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface
within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in
dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 –
223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).

/ — The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion
of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces
are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a
forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask
must follow the prefix.

mask-length — The subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR
notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/)
separates the ip-address from the mask-length parameter. The mask length
parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP
address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the
IP address. Allowed values are integers in the range 0 – 30. Note that a mask length
of 32 is reserved for system IP addresses.

mask — The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not
specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted
decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in
a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values
are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a
mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-47
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-36 Operational State

Address Administrative State Operational State

No address up dowm

No address dowm dowm

1.1.1.1 up up

1.1.1.1 dowm dowm

arp-populate

Table 6-37 arp-populate command

Item Description

Syntax [no]arp-populate

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command enables populating static and dynamic hosts into the system ARP
cache. When enabled, the host’s IP address and MAC address are placed in the
system ARP cache as a managed entry. Static hosts must be defined on the interface
using the host command. Dynamic hosts are enabled on the system through enabling
lease-populate in the IP interface DHCP context. In the event that both a static host
and a dynamic host share the same IP and MAC address, the system’s ARP cache
retains the host information until both the static and dynamic information are
removed. Both static and dynamic hosts override static ARP entries. Static ARP entries
are marked as inactive when they conflict with static or dynamic hosts and will be
repopulated once all static and dynamic host information for the IP address are
removed. Since static ARP entries are not possible when static subscriber hosts are
defined or when DHCP lease state table population is enabled, conflict between static
ARP entries and the arp-populate function is not an issue.
The arp-populate command will fail if an existing static subscriber host on the SAP
does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified.
Once arp-populate is enabled, creating a static subscriber host on the SAP without
both an IP address and MAC address will fail.
arp-populate can only be enabled on VPRN interfaces supporting Ethernet
encapsulation.
Use the no form of the command to disable ARP cache population functions for static
and dynamic hosts on the interface. All static and dynamic host information in the
systems ARP cache will be removed. Any existing static ARP entries previously inactive
due to static or dynamic hosts will be populated in the system ARP cache.
When arp-populate is enabled, the system will not send out ARP Requests for hosts
that are not in the ARP cache. Only statically configured and DHCP learned hosts are
reachable through an IP interface with arp-populate enabled.

Default Not enabled

arp-timeout

6-48 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-38 arp-timeout command

Item Description

Syntax arp-timeout seconds

no arp-timeout

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the
IP interface will be stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed
when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host, otherwise, the ARP
entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP
aging is disabled.
The no form of this command restores arp-timeout to the default value.

Default 14400 seconds

Parameters seconds — The minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry will be stored in the
ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is
inoperative and learned ARP entries will not be aged.
Values: 0 — 65535

bfd

Table 6-39 bfd command

Item Description

Syntax bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval] [multiplier multiplier

no bfd
Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command specifies the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) parameters for
the associated IP interface. If no parameters are defined the default values are used.
The multiplier specifies the number of consecutive BFD messages that must be
missed from the peer before the BFD session state is changed to down and the upper
level protocols (OSPF, IS-IS, BGP or PIM) is notified of the fault.
The no form of the command removes BFD from the router interface.

Default no bfd
Parameters transmit-interval - Sets the transmit interval, in milliseconds, for the BFD session.
Values 100 — 100000
Default: 100

receive receive-interval - Sets the receive interval, in milliseconds, for the BFD
session.
Values 100 — 100000
Default: 100

multiplier multiplier - Set the multiplier for the BFD session.

Values 3 — 20
Default: 3

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-49
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

delayed-enable

Table 6-40 delayed-enable command

Item Description

Syntax delayed-enable delay-in-seconds

no delayed-enable

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command configures the delay making interface operational by the specified
number of seconds
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 300 seconds

Parameters seconds — Specifies the delay time interval in seconds.

Values 1 — 1200

ip-mtu

Table 6-41 ip-mtu command

Item Description
Syntax ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.
The no form of the command returns the default value.
Default no ip-mtu

local-proxy-arp

Table 6-42 local-proxy-arp command

Item Description

Syntax [no] local-proxy-arp

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

(1 of 2)

6-50 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP
interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the
subnet with its own MAC address, and thus will become the forwarding point for all
traffic between hosts in that subnet. When local-proxy-arp is enabled, ICMP redirects
on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.

Default no local-proxy-arp

(2 of 2)

loopback

Table 6-43 loopback command

Item Description

Syntax [no] loopback

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has
no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated interface cannot be bound
to a SAP.
When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context then the configuration for the
VPRN should have a loopback address configured which has the same address as the
core instance's system address (BGP next-hop).

proxy-arp-policy

Table 6-44 proxy-arp-policy command

Item Description

Syntax proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 maximum)]

no proxy-arp-policy-name

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command enables a proxy ARP policy for the interface.
The no form of this command disables the proxy ARP capability.

Default no proxy-arp-policy

remote-proxy-arp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-51
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-45 remote-proxy-arp command

Item Description

Syntax remote-proxy-arp
[no] remote-proxy-arp

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command enables remote proxy ARP on the interface.

Remote proxy ARP is similar to proxy ARP. It allows the router to answer an ARP
request on an interface for a subnet that is not provisioned on that interface. This
allows the router to forward to the other subnet on behalf of the requester. To
distinguish remote proxy ARP from local proxy ARP, local proxy ARP performs a similar
function but only when the requested IP is on the receiving interface.

Default no remote-proxy-arp

secondary

Table 6-46 secondary command

Item Description

Syntax secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones |

host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
no secondary ip-address

Context configure>service>vprn>interface
Description This command assigns a secondary IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address format
to the interface.

Default None

(1 of 2)

6-52 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the
address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface
within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in
dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 –
223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).

mask — The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not
specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted
decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in
a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values
are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a
mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.

netmask — Specifies a string of 0s and 1s that mask or screen out the network part
of an IP address so that only the host computer part of the address remains.
broadcast — The optional broadcast parameter overrides the default broadcast
address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If
no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones
which indictates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the
broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is
assigned or changed. This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can
be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones)
or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) will be received by the IP
interface. (Default: host-ones)
• all-ones — The all-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies
the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be
255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
• host-ones — The host-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter
specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address
will be the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to
the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with
all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default used by an IP interface.

The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate
feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change
the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address
command must be executed with thebroadcast parameter defined.

igp-inhibit — The optional igp-inhibit parameter signals that the given secondary
IP interface should not be recognized as a local interface by the running IGP. For
OSPF and IS-IS, this means that the specified secondary IP interfaces will not be
injected and used as passive interfaces and will not be advertised as internal IP
interfaces into the IGP’s link state database. For RIP, this means that these secondary
IP interfaces will not source RIP updates.

(2 of 2)

VPRN Interface DHCP Commands

dhcp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-53
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-47 dhcp command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.

gi-address

Table 6-48 gi-address command

Item Description

Syntax gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]

no gi-address

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp

Description This command configures the gateway interface address for the DHCP relay. The GI
address is needed, when the router functions as a DHCP relay, to distinguish between
different interfaces.
By default, the GI address used in the relayed DHCP packet is the primary IP address
of the interface on which the DHCP boot requests are relayed. Any primary or any
secondary address of an interface of the concerned router instance can also be
specified.
Default No gi-address

Parameters ip-address — Specifies the host IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.
src-ip-address — Specifies that this GI address is to be the source IP address for
DHCP relay packets.

option

Table 6-49 option command

Item Description

Syntax no option

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
Description This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameters
processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 sub-options.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default No option

6-54 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

action

Table 6-50 action command

Item Description

Syntax action { keep}

no action

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp>option

Description This command configures the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82)
processing.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default value.

Default The default is to keep the existing information intact.

Parameters keep — The existing information is kept in the packet and the router does not add
any additional information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not
stripped and is forwarded towards the client.
The behavior is slightly different in case of Vendor Specific Options (VSOs). When the
keep parameter is specified, the router will insert his own VSO into the Option 82
field. This will only be done when the incoming message has already an Option 82
field.
If no Option 82 field is present, the router will not create the Option 82 field. In this
in that case, no VSO will be added to the message.

server

Table 6-51 server command

Item Description
Syntax server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>dhcp

Description This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list
of servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names.
There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are
multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.
There can be a maximum of 8 DHCP servers configured.

Default No server

Parameters server — Specify the DHCP server IP address.

VPRN Interface ICMP Commands

icmp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-55
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-52 icmp command

Item Description

Syntax icmp

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command enables the context to configure Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP) parameters on an VPRN service

mask-reply

Table 6-53 mask-reply command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mask-reply

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>icmp

Description This command enables responses to Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) mask
requests on the router interface.
If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply
command configures the router interface to reply to the request.
By default, the router instance will reply to mask requests.
The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router
interface.

Default mask-reply — Reply to ICMP mask requests.

ttl-expired

Table 6-54 ttl-expired command

Item Description

Syntax ttl-expired [number seconds]

no ttl-expired

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>icmp

Description This command configures the rate Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) TTL
expired messages are issued by the IP interface.
By default, generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate
of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of TTL expired messages
on the router interface.

Default ttl-expired 100 10

(1 of 2)

6-56 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send, expressed
as a decimal integer. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired
messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 60

(2 of 2)

unreachables

Table 6-55 unreachables command

Item Description

Syntax unreachables [number seconds]

no unreachables

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>icmp

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination
unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination
unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued
can be controlled with the optional number and time parameters by indicating the
maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the
interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a
maximum rate of 10 per 60 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination
unreachable messages on the router interface.

Default unreachables 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000
seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable
messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

IPv6 Commands

ipv6

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-57
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-56 ipv6 command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ipv6

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command configures an IPv6 interface.

Note — When IPv6 routing is configured on the IHub and an iBridge

is configured on the LT board, it is not possible to obtain a DHCPv6
lease when IPv6 multicast control is disabled on the LT board. This is
due to the fact that the NT board requires adding the <IPv6, MAC>
information in the Neighbour Cache by sending a downstream
multicast Neighbour Solicitation message. If IPv6 multicast control is
disabled on the LT board, such messages are discarded and the
DHCPv6 connection cannot be established. To allow IPv6 routing to
work correctly, IPv6 multicast control needs to be allowed on the LT
board. See the CLI Command Guide for FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX
NT for more information

address (ipv6)

Table 6-57 address command

Item Description
Syntax address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]
no address ipv6-address/prefix-length

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6

Description This command assigns an IPv6 address to the VPRN interface.

Parameters ipv6-address/prefix-length — Specifies the IPv6 address on the interface.
Values: ipv6-address/prefix: ipv6-address x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x [0 — FFFF]H
d [0 — 255]D
prefix-length 1 — 64

eui-64 — When the eui-64 keyword is specified, a complete IPv6 address from the
supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier
is derived from MAC address on Ethernet interfaces. For interfaces without a MAC
address, for example ATM interfaces, the Base MAC address of the chassis is used.

dhcp6-relay

6-58 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-58 dhcp6-relay command

Item Description

Syntax [no] dhcp6-relay

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6

Description This command configures DHCPv6 relay parameters for the VPRN interface.

lease-populate

Table 6-59 lease-populate command

Item Description

Syntax lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]

no lease-populate

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This command specifies specify the maximum number of leases maintained in the
lease state database. Lease populate is enabled by default. The operator can change
the size of lease table using this command. Lease populate can not be disabled. Once
the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries
are not allowed.
The no form of this command resets the lease table size to its default value.
Default Default size of the lease table is 8000.

Parameters nbr-of-entries — Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this
interface. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease
state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP ACK messages are discarded.
Values 1 — 8000

option

Table 6-60 option command

Item Description

Syntax [no] option

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This command enables the configuration of the interface ID option and remote-id
option for DHCPv6 relay agent.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.

Default no option

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-59
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

interface-id

Table 6-61 interface-id command

Item Description

Syntax interface-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | string <string>]

no interface-id

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay>option

Description The operator can configure the interface ID option. When the interface ID option is
enabled all the relay-forward messages will include interface-id option. The DHCPv6
server copies this option to the relay-reply message. The ISAM uses this interface ID
option in the relay-reply to identify the link to which client the message needs to be
forwarded.

Default no option

Parameters ascii-tuple — Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple will be used
which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name,
separated by “|”.
ifindex — Specifies that the interface index will be used. The interface index of a
router interface can be displayed using the command
show>router>interface>detail.
sap-id — Specifies that the SAP ID will be used.

string <string> — Specifies that a string will be used. The string can be maximum
80 characters long.

remote-id

Table 6-62 remote-id command

Item Description

Syntax [no] remote-id

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay>option

Description If this option is configured, it will be added in all the relay-forward messages sent to
the server. This option provides information that will be used by the DHCPv6 server
in decision making about addresses, prefix delegation and configuration parameters
that the client is to receive.

Default no remote-id

server

6-60 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-63 server command

Item Description

Syntax server ipv6-address [ipv6-address...(up to 8 maximum)]

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list of
servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. There
must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple
servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.
A maximum of 8 DHCP servers can be configured.

Default No server

Parameters ipv6-address — Specify the DHCP server IPv6 address.

source-address

Table 6-64 source-address command

Item Description

Syntax source-address ipv6-address

no source-address
Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>dhcp6-relay

Description This commandspecifies a source IPv6 address which will bthe e used as source IPv6
address in all the relayed DHCPv6 messages. By default all DHCPv6 relay messages
will use the outgoing interface IPv6 address as source address.
A maximum of 8 DHCP servers can be configured.

Default no source-address

Parameters ipv6-address — Specify the source IPv6 address.

icmp6

Table 6-65 icmp6 command

Item Description

Syntax icmp6

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6

Description This command configures ICMPv6 for the interface.

packet-too-big

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-61
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-66 packet-too-big command

Item Description

Syntax packet-too-big [number seconds]

no packet-too-big

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP packet-too-big messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP packet-too-big messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of packet-too-big on the
router interface.

Default packet-too-big 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP time-exceeded messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
time-exceeded messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

param-problem

Table 6-67 param-problem command

Item Description
Syntax param-problem [number seconds]
no param-problem

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP param-problem messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP param-problem messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of param-problem on the
router interface.
Default param-problem 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP param-problem messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
param-problem messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

time-exceeded

6-62 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-68 time-exceeded command

Item Description

Syntax time-exceeded [number seconds]

no time-exceeded

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP time-exceeded messages issued on the
router interface.
By default, generation of ICMP time-exceeded messages is enabled at a maximum
rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of time-exceeded on the
router interface.

Default time-exceeded 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP time-exceeded messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP
time-exceeded messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

unreachables

Table 6-69 unreachables command

Item Description
Syntax unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6>icmp6

Description This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination
unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination
unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued
can be controlled with the optional number and time parameters by indicating the
maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the
interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a
maximum rate of 10 per 60 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination
unreachable messages on the router interface.

Default unreachables 100 10

Parameters number — The maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This
parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values: 10 — 1000

seconds — The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable
messages that can be issued.
Values: 1 — 60

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-63
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

local-proxy-nd

Table 6-70 local-proxy-nd command

Item Description

Syntax [no]local-proxy-nd

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>ipv6
Description This command enables or disables neighbor discovery on the interface.
When enabled, the ISAM will behave as follows:
• Respond to all neighbor solicitation messages received on the IP interface for
IPv6 addresses in the subnet(s) with the system MAC address as link layer
address, provided the link layer address of the destination/target IP address was
learned and thus available in the ISAM’s neighbor cache.
• Forward IPv6 traffic between hosts in the subnet(s) of the IP interface.
• Drop IPv6 traffic between hosts if the link layer address information for the IPv6
destination has not been learned.

SAP Commands

sap

Table 6-71 sap command

Item Description
Syntax sap sap-id create
no sap sap-id

Context configure>service>vprn>interface

Description This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a
combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access
point on the interface and within the ISAM. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an
IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP
is owned by the service in which it was created. A SAP can only be associated with a
single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an
access port using the configure interface port-type port-id mode access
command
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a
service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down
although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded. The operational state of a
SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is
deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted.

Default No SAPs are defined.

(1 of 2)

6-64 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Special cases VPRN — An VPRN SAP can be defined with Ethernet ports. A SAP is defined within
the context of an IP routed interface. Each IP interface is limited to a single SAP
definition. Group interfaces allow more than one SAP. Attempts to create a second
SAP on an IP interface will fail and generate an error; the original SAP will not be
affected.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: {port-id | lag-id}:{vlanid | no-tag}
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
• no-tag

(2 of 2)

SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands

egress

Table 6-72 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure egress SAP filter policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-65
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

egress

Table 6-73 egress command

Item Description

Syntax egress

Context configure>service>vprn
Description This command enables the context to configure egress rate-limiting policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no rate-limiting is performed.

ingress

Table 6-74 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>sap

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress SAP filter policies.
If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed

ingress

Table 6-75 ingress command

Item Description

Syntax ingress
Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command enables the context to configure ingress QoS policies.

filter

6-66 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-76 filter command

Item Description

Syntax filter ip ip-filter-id

no filter [ip ip-filter-id]

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>sap>egress
configure>service>vprn>interface>sap>ingress

Description This command associates a filter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point
(SAP). Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on the
matching criteria.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified ip-filter-id with
an ingress or egress SAP. The filter policy must already be defined before the filter
command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an
error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP.
One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to the match criteria, so the default
action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the
SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the
created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the
association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to
change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.

Parameters ip — Keyword indicating the filter policy is an IP filter.

ip-filter-id — Specifies the ID for the IP filter policy. Allowed values are an integer in
the range of 1 and 65535 that corresponds to a previously created IP filter policy in
the configure>filter>ip-filter context.

filter

Table 6-77 filter command

Item Description

Syntax filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id

no filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]

Context configure>service>vprn>interface>sap>egress
configure>service>vprn>interface>sap>ingress

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-67
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command associates a IPv6 filter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access
Point (SAP). Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on
the matching criteria.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified ip-filter-id with
an ingress or egress SAP. The filter policy must already be defined before the filter
command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an
error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP.
One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to the match criteria, so the default
action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the
SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the
created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the
association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to
change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.

Parameters ipv6 — Keyword indicating the filter policy is an IPv6 filter.

ipv6-filter-id — Specifies the IDv6 for the IP filter policy. Allowed values are an
integer in the range of 1 and 65535 that corresponds to a previously created IP filter
policy in the configure>filter>ip-filter context.

(2 of 2)

BGP Commands

bgp

Table 6-78 bgp command

Item Description

Syntax [no] bgp

Context service>vprn

Description This command enables the BGP protocol with the VPRN service.
The no form of the command disables the BGP protocol from the given VPRN service.

Default no bgp

advertise-inactive

Table 6-79 advertise-inactive command

Item Description

Syntax [no] advertise-inactive

(1 of 2)

6-68 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enables or disables the advertising of inactive BGP routers to other
BGP peers.
By default, BGP only advertises BGP routes to other BGP peers if a given BGP route
is chosen by the route table manager as the most preferred route within the system
and is active in the forwarding plane. This command allows system administrators to
advertise a BGP route even though it is not the most preferred route within the system
for a given destination.

Default no advertise-inactive

(2 of 2)

aggregator-id-zero

Table 6-80 aggregator-id-zero command

Item Description

Syntax [no] aggregator-id-zero

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command is used to set the router ID in the BGP aggregator path attribute to
zero when BGP aggregates routes. This prevents different routers within an AS from
creating aggregate routes that contain different AS paths.
When BGP is aggregating routes, it adds the aggregator path attribute to the BGP
update messages. By default, BGP adds the AS number and router ID to the
aggregator path attribute.
When this command is enabled, BGP adds the router ID to the aggregator path
attribute. This command is used at the group level to revert to the value defined
under the global level, while this command is used at the neighbor level to revert to
the value defined under the group level.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default where BGP
adds the AS number and router ID to the aggregator path attribute.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the group level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no aggregator-id-zero

always-compare-med

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-69
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-81 always-compare-med command

Item Description

Syntax always-compare-med {zero | infinity}

no always-compare-med

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command specifies how the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute is used
in the BGP route selection process. The MED attribute is always used in the route
selection process regardless of the peer AS that advertised the route. This parameter
determines what MED value is inserted in the RIB-IN. If this parameter is not
configured, only the MEDs of routes that have the same peer ASs are compared.
The no form of the command removes the parameter from the configuration.

Default no always-compare-med — Only compare MEDs of routes that have the same
peer AS.

Parameters zero — Specifies that for routes learned without a MED attribute that a zero (0) value
is used in the MED comparison. The routes with the lowest metric are the most
preferred.

infinity — Specifies for routes learned without a MED attribute that a value of infinity
(4294967295) is used in the MED comparison. This in effect makes these routes the
least desirable.

as-path-ignore

Table 6-82 as-path-ignore command

Item Description
Syntax [no] as-path-ignore

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command determines whether the AS path is used to determine the best BGP
route.
If this option is present, the AS paths of incoming routes are not used in the route
selection process.
The no form of the command removes the parameter from the configuration.
Default no as-path-ignore

as-override

Table 6-83 as-override command

Item Description

Syntax [no] as-override

(1 of 2)

6-70 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command replaces all instances of the peer's AS number with the local AS
number in a BGP route's AS_PATH.
This command breaks BGP's loop detection mechanism. It should be used carefully.

Default no as-override

(2 of 2)

authentication-key

Table 6-84 authentication-key command

Item Description
Syntax authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash2]
no authentication-key

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the BGP authentication key.

Authentication is performed between neighboring routers before setting up the BGP
session by verifying the password. Authentication is performed using the MD-5
message-based digest. The authentication key can be any combination of letters or
numbers from 1 to 16.
The no form of the command removes the authentication password from the
configuration and effectively disables authentication.

Default Authentication is disabled and the authentication password is empty.

Parameters authentication-key — The authentication key. The key can be any combination of
ASCII characters up to 255 characters in length (unencrypted). If spaces are used in
the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

hash-key — The hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up
to 3452 characters in length (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the
entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes,
the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash2 — Specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the
hash2 parameter is not used, the unencrypted form is assumed.

bfd-enable

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-71
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-85 bfd-enable command

Item Description

Syntax [no] bfd-enable

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enables the use of bi-directional forwarding (BFD) to control the state
of the associated protocol interface. By enabling BFD on a given protocol interface,
the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the
local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set via the BFD
command under the IP interface.
The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated BGP protocol
peering.

Default no bfd-enable

auth-keychain

Table 6-86 auth-keychain command

Item Description

Syntax auth-keychain [name]

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the BGP authentication key for all peers.
The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a
session.

Default no auth-keychain

Parameters name — Specifies the name of an existing keychain, up to 32 characters, to use for
the specified TCP session or sessions.

connect-retry

Table 6-87 connect-retry command

Item Description

Syntax connect-retry seconds

no connect-retry

(1 of 2)

6-72 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the BGP connect retry timer value in seconds.
When this timer expires, BGP tries to reconnect to the configured peer. This
configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers),
peer-group level (applies to all peers in group) or neighbor level (only applies to
specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default 120 seconds

Parameters seconds — The BGP Connect Retry timer value in seconds, expressed as a decimal
integer.
Values: 1 — 65535

(2 of 2)

damping

Table 6-88 damping command

Item Description
Syntax [no] damping

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enables BGP route damping for learned routes which are defined
within the route policy. Use damping to reduce the number of update messages sent
between BGP peers and reduce the load on peers without affecting the route
convergence time for stable routes. Damping parameters are set via route policy
definition.
The no form of the command used at the global level disables route damping.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.
When damping is enabled and the route policy does not specify a damping profile,
the default damping profile is used. This profile is always present and consists of the
following parameters:
Half-life: 15 minutes
Max-suppress: 60 minutes
Suppress-threshold: 3000
Reuse-threshold 750

Default no damping

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-73
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

disable-communities

Table 6-89 disable-communities command

Item Description

Syntax disable-communities [standard]

no disable-communities

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures BGP to disable sending communities.

Default standard — Specifies standard communities that existed before VPRNs or 2547.

disable-fast-external-failover

Table 6-90 disable-fast-external-failover command

Item Description

Syntax [no] disable-fast-external-failover

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures BGP fast external failover.

enable-peer-tracking

Table 6-91 enable-peer-tracking command

Item Description

Syntax [no] enable-peer-tracking

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enable BGP peer tracking.

Default no enable-peer-tracking

6-74 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

export

Table 6-92 export command

Item Description

Syntax export policy [policy...]

no export

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command specifies the export policies to be used to control routes advertised to
BGP neighbors.
When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they
are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be configured. The first policy
that matches is applied.
Note that if a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance, the CLI
generates a warning message. This message is only generated at an interactive CLI
session and the route policy association is made. No warning message is generated
when a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance in a configuration file
or when SNMP is used.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the export list.

Default no export — BGP advertises routes from other BGP routes but does not advertise
any routes from other protocols unless directed by an export policy.

Parameters policy — A route policy statement name.

family

Table 6-93 family command

Item Description

Syntax family [ipv4][ipv6]

no family

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the IP family capability.

Parameters ipv4 — keyword, provisions IPv4 support.

ipv6 — keyword, provisions IPv6 support.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-75
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

group

Table 6-94 group command

Item Description

Syntax group [name]

no group

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command creates a context to configure a BGP peer group.

The no form of the command deletes the specified peer group and all configurations
associated with the peer group. The group must be shutdown before it can be
deleted.

Default None — No peer groups are defined.

Parameters name — The peer group name. Allowed values is a string up to 32 characters long
composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters
(#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

neighbor

Table 6-95 neighbor command

Item Description
Syntax [no] neighbor

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command creates a BGP peer/neighbor instance within the context of the BGP
group.
This command can be issued repeatedly to create multiple peers and their associated
configuration.
The no form of the command is used to remove the specified neighbor and the entire
configuration associated with the neighbor. The neighbor must be administratively
shutdown before attempting to delete it. If the neighbor is not shutdown, the
command will not result in any action except a warning message on the console
indicating that neighbor is still administratively up.

Default no neighbor

family

6-76 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-96 family command

Item Description

Syntax family [ipv4]

no family

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>family>neighbor

Description This command specifies the address family or families to be supported over BGP
peerings in the base router. This command is additive so issuing the family command
adds the specified address family to the list.
The no form of the command removes the specified address family from the
associated BGP peerings
Parameters ipv4 — Provisions support for IPv4 routing information.

hold-time

Table 6-97 hold-time command

Item Description

Syntax hold-time seconds

no hold-time

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group

Description This command configures the BGP hold time, expressed in seconds.
The BGP hold time specifies the maximum time BGP waits between successive
messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer, before closing the connection.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in group) or neighbor level (only applies to
specified peer). The most specific value is used.
Even though the router OS implementation allows setting the keepalive time
separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by the hold-time value under
the following circumstances:
• If the specified hold-time is less than the configured keepalive time, then the
operational keepalive time is set to a third of the hold-time; the configured
keepalive time is not changed.
• If the hold-time is set to zero, then the operational value of the keepalive time is
set to zero; the configured keepalive time is not changed. This means that the
connection with the peer is up permanently and no keepalive packets are sent to
the peer.

The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default 90 seconds

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-77
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters seconds — The hold-time, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of 0

indicates the connection to the peer is up permanently.
Values: 0, 3 — 65535

(2 of 2)

ibgp-multipath

Table 6-98 ibgp-multipath command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ibgp-multipath

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command defines the type of IBGP multipath to use when adding BGP routes to
the route table if the route resolving the BGP nexthop offers multiple nexthops.
The no form of the command resets the IBGP multipath feature to the default value
(load-balance).
Default ibgp-multipath load-balance

import

Table 6-99 import command

Item Description

Syntax import policy [policy...]

no import

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command specifies the import policies to be used to control routes advertised to
BGP neighbors. Route policies are configured in the
configure>router>policy-options context. When multiple policy names are
specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of
five (5) policy names can be specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.

Default no import — BGP accepts all routes from configured BGP neighbors. Import policies
can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding
parameters and metrics.

Parameters policy — A route policy statement name.

6-78 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

keepalive

Table 6-100 keepalive command

Item Description

Syntax keepalive seconds

no keepalive

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the BGP keepalive timer. A keepalive message is sent every
time this timer expires. The seconds parameter can be set at three levels: global level
(applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level
(only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The keepalive value is generally one-third of the hold-time interval. Even though the
OS implementation allows the keepalive value and the hold-time interval to be
independently set, under the following circumstances, the configured keepalive value
is overridden by the hold-time value:
If the specified keepalive value is greater than the configured hold-time, then the
specified value is ignored, and the keepalive is set to one third of the current
hold-time value.
If the specified hold-time interval is less than the configured keepalive value, then the
keepalive value is reset to one third of the specified hold-time interval.
If the hold-time interval is set to zero, then the configured value of the keepalive value
is ignored. This means that the connection with the peer is up permanently and no
keepalive packets are sent to the peer.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.
Default 30 seconds

Parameters seconds — The keepalive timer in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 0 — 21845

local-address

Table 6-101 local-address command

Item Description

Syntax local-address ip-address

no local-address

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-79
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description Configures the local IPv4 or IPv6 address used by the group or neighbor when
communicating with BGP peers.
Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when
initiating connections with a peer.
When a local address is not specified, the ISAM uses the system IP address when
communicating with IBGP peers and uses the interface address for directly connected
EBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined
under the group level.
The no form of the command removes the configured local-address for BGP.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no local-address — The router ID is used when communicating with IBGP peers
and the interface address is used for directly connected EBGP peers.

Parameters ip-address — The local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values
are a valid routable IPv4 or IPv6 address on the router, either an interface or system
IP address.

(2 of 2)

local-as

Table 6-102 local-as command

Item Description

Syntax local-as as-number [private]

no local-as

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

(1 of 2)

6-80 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command configures a BGP virtual autonomous system (AS) number.
In addition to the AS number configured for BGP in the
configure>router>autonomous-system context, a virtual (local) AS number is
configured.The virtual AS number is added to the as-path message before the router’s
AS number makes the virtual AS the second AS in the as-path.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). Thus, by specifying this at each neighbor level, it is possible to have
a separate as-number per EBGP session.
When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command
entered is used in the configuration. The private attribute can be added or removed
dynamically by reissuing the command.
Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP
instance to restart with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the global
level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationships with
all peers in the group with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the
neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer
relationship with the new local AS number.
This is an optional command and can be used in the following circumstance:
Provider router P is moved from AS1 to AS2. The customer router that is connected
to P, however, is configured to belong to AS1. To avoid reconfiguring the customer
router, the local-as value on router P can be set to AS1. Thus, router P adds AS1 to
the as-path message for routes it advertises to the customer router.
The no form of the command used at the global level will remove any virtual AS
number configured.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.
Default no local-as

Parameters as-number — The virtual autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal

integer.
Values: 1 — 65535

private — Specifies the local-as is hidden in paths learned from the peering.

(2 of 2)

local-preference

Table 6-103 local-preference command

Item Description

Syntax local-preference local-preference

no local-preference

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-81
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command enables setting the BGP local-preference attribute in incoming routes
if not specified and configures the default value for the attribute. This value is used if
the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.
The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy. This
configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers),
group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to
specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of the command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with
local-preference set are not overridden and routes arriving without local-preference
set are interpreted as if the route had local-preference value of 100.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no local-preference — Does not override the local-preference value set in arriving
routes and analyze routes without local preference with value of 100.

Parameters local-preference — The local preference value to be used as the override value,
expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 0 — 4294967295

(2 of 2)

loop-detect

Table 6-104 loop-detect command

Item Description

Syntax loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop| off}

no loop-detect

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS
path.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
Note that dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default, which is
loop-detect ignore-loop.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default loop-detect ignore-loop

(1 of 2)

6-82 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters drop-peer — Sends a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.

discard-route — Discards routes received with loops in the AS path.

ignore-loop — Ignores routes with loops in the AS path but maintains peering.
off — Disables loop detection.

(2 of 2)

med-out

Table 6-105 med-out command

Item Description

Syntax med-out {number | igp-cost}

no med-out

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enables advertising the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) and assigns the
value used for the path attribute for the MED advertised to BGP peers if the MED is
not already set.
The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default where the
MED is not advertised.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.
Default no med-out

Parameters number — The MED path attribute value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 0 — 4294967295
igp-cost — The MED is set to the IGP cost of the given IP prefix.

min-as-origination

Table 6-106 min-as-origination command

Item Description

Syntax min-as-origination seconds

no min-as-origination

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-83
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the minimum interval, in seconds, at which a path attribute,
originated by the local router, can be advertised to a peer.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default 15 seconds
Parameters seconds — The minimum path attribute advertising interval in seconds, expressed as
a decimal integer.
Values: 2 — 255

(2 of 2)

min-route-advertisement

Table 6-107 min-route-advertisement command

Item Description
Syntax min-route-advertisement seconds
no min-route-advertisement

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the minimum interval, in seconds, at which a prefix can be
advertised to a peer.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of the command reverts to default values.

Default 30 seconds

Parameters seconds — The minimum route advertising interval, in seconds, expressed as a

decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 255

multihop

6-84 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-108 multihop command

Item Description

Syntax multihop ttl-value

no multihop

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the time to live (TTL) value entered in the IP header of
packets sent to an EBGP peer multiple hops away.
This parameter is meaningful only when configuring EBGP peers. It is ignored if set
for an IBGP peer.
The no form of the command is used to convey to the BGP instance that the EBGP
peers are directly connected.
The no form of the command reverts to default values.
Default 1 — EBGP peers are directly connected.
64 — IBGP

Parameters ttl-value — The TTL value, expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1 — 255

multipath

Table 6-109 multipath command

Item Description

Syntax multipath max-paths

no multipath
Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command enables BGP multipath.

When multipath is enabled BGP load shares traffic across multiple links. Multipath can
be configured to load share traffic across a maximum of 16 routes. If the equal cost
routes available are more than the configured value, then routes with the lowest
next-hop IP address value are chosen.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in group) or neighbor level (only applies to
specified peer). The most specific value is used.
Multipath is effectively disabled if the value is set to one. When multipath is disabled,
and multiple equal cost routes are available, the route with the lowest next-hop IP
address will be used.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default values.

Default no multipath — Multipath disabled.

Parameters max-paths — The number of equal cost routes to use for multipath routing. If more
equal cost routes exist than the configured value, routes with the lowest next-hop
value are chosen. Setting this value to 1 disables multipath.
Values: 1 — 16

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-85
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

next-hop-self

Table 6-110 next-hop-self command

Item Description

Syntax [no] next-hop-self

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the group or neighbor to always set the NEXTHOP path
attribute to its own physical interface when advertising to a peer.
This is primarily used to avoid third-party route advertisements when connected to a
multi-access network.
The no form of the command used at the group level allows third-party route
advertisements in a multi-access network.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no next-hop-self — Third-party route advertisements are allowed.

passive

Table 6-111 passive command

Item Description

Syntax [no] passive

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command enables passive mode for the BGP group or neighbor.
When in passive mode, BGP will not attempt to actively connect to the configured BGP
peers but responds only when it receives a connect open request from the peer.
The no form of the command used at the group level disables passive mode where
BGP actively attempts to connect to its peers.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no passive — BGP will actively try to connect to all the configured peers.

peer-as

6-86 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-112 peer-as command

Item Description

Syntax peer-as as-number

no peer-as

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the autonomous system number for the remote peer. The
peer AS number must be configured for each configured peer.
For EBGP peers, the peer AS number configured must be different from the
autonomous system number configured for this router under the global level since the
peer will be in a different autonomous system than this router
For IBGP peers, the peer AS number must be the same as the autonomous system
number of this router configured under the global level.
This is a required command for each configured peer. This may be configured under
the group level for all neighbors in a particular group.

Default no peer-as

Parameters as-number — The autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1 — 65535

preference

Table 6-113 preference command

Item Description

Syntax [no] preference preference

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group

Description This command configures the route preference for routes learned from the configured
peer(s).
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies
to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The lower the preference the higher the chance of the route being the active route.
The OS assigns BGP routes highest default preference compared to routes that are
direct, static or learned via OSPF.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default value.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default 170
Parameters preference — The route preference, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 255

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-87
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

prefix-limit

Table 6-114 prefix-limit command

Item Description

Syntax prefix-limit limit

no prefix-limit

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer.
When the number of routes reaches 90% of this limit, an SNMP trap is sent. When
the limit is exceeded, the BGP peering is dropped and disabled.
The no form of the command removes the prefix-limit.

Default no prefix-limit

Parameters limit — The number of routes that can be learned from a peer, expressed as a decimal
integer.
Values: 1 — 4294967295

rapid-withdrawal

Table 6-115 rapid-withdrawal command

Item Description
Syntax [no] rapid-withdrawal

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp

Description This command disables the delay (Minimum Route Advertisement) on sending BGP
withdrawals. Normal route withdrawals may be delayed up to the mininum route
advertisement to allow for efficient packing of BGP updates.
The no form of the command removes this command from the configuration and
returns withdrawal processing to the normal behavior.

Default no rapid-withdrawal

remove-private

Table 6-116 remove-private command

Item Description

Syntax [no] remove-private

(1 of 2)

6-88 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command allows private AS numbers to be removed from the AS path before
advertising them to BGP peers.
When the remove-private parameter is set at the global level, it applies to all peers
regardless of group or neighbor configuration. When the parameter is set at the group
level, it applies to all peers in the group regardless of the neighbor configuration.
The OS software recognizes the set of AS numbers that are defined by IANA as
private. These are AS numbers in the range 64512 through 65535, inclusive.
The no form of the command used at the global level reverts to default value.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at
the global level.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no remove-private — Private AS numbers will be included in the AS path attribute.

(2 of 2)

type

Table 6-117 type command

Item Description

Syntax [no] type {internal | external}

Context configure>service>vprn>bgp>group
configure>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor

Description This command designates the BGP peer as type internal or external.
The type of internal indicates the peer is an IBGP peer while the type of external
indicates that the peer is an EBGP peer.
By default, the OS derives the type of neighbor based on the local AS specified. If the
local AS specified is the same as the AS of the router, the peer is considered internal.
If the local AS is different, then the peer is considered external.
The no form of the command used at the group level reverts to the default value.
The no form of the command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined
at the group level.

Default no type — Type of neighbor is derived on the local AS specified.

Parameters internal — Configures the peer as internal.

external — Configures the peer as external.

OSPF Commands

ospf

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-89
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-118 ospf command

Item Description

Syntax [no] ospf

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command enables access to the context to enable an OSPF protocol instance.
When an OSPF instance is created, the protocol is enabled. To start or suspend
execution of the OSPF protocol without affecting the configuration, use the no
shutdown command.
The no form of the command deletes the OSPF protocol instance removing all
associated configuration parameters.
Default no ospf — The OSPF protocol is not enabled.

area

Table 6-119 area command

Item Description

Syntax [no] area area-id

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf
Description This command creates the context to configure an OSPF area. An area is a collection
of network segments within an AS that have been administratively grouped together.
The area ID can be specified in dotted decimal notation or as a 32-bit decimal integer.
The no form of the command deletes the specified area from the configuration.
Deleting the area also removes the OSPF configuration of all the interfaces,
address-ranges, and so on, that are currently assigned to this area.

Default no area — No OSPF areas are defined.

Parameters area-id — The OSPF area ID expressed in dotted decimal notation or as a 32-bit
decimal integer.
Values: 0.0.0.0 — 255.255.255.255 (dotted decimal)
0 — 4294967295 (decimal integer)

area-range

Table 6-120 area-range command

Item Description

Syntax area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise | not-advertise]

no area-range ip-prefix/mask

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area
configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa

(1 of 2)

6-90 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command creates ranges of addresses on an Area Border Router (ABR) for the
purpose of route summarization or suppression. When a range is created, the range
is configured to be advertised or not advertised into other areas. Multiple range
commands may be used to summarize or hide different ranges. In the case of
overlapping ranges, the most specific range command applies.
ABRs send summary link advertisements to describe routes to other areas. To
minimize the number of advertisements that are flooded, you can summarize a range
of IP addresses and send reachability information about these addresses in an LSA.
The no form of the command deletes the range (non) advertisement.

Default no area-range — No range of addresses are defined.

Special cases NSSA Context — In the NSSA context, the option specifies that the range applies to
external routes (via type-7 LSAs) learned within the NSSA when the routes are
advertised to other areas as type-5 LSAs.
Area Context — If this command is not entered under the NSSA context, the range
applies to summary LSAs even if the area is an NSSA.

Parameters ip-prefix — The IP prefix in dotted decimal notation for the range used by the ABR
to advertise that summarizes the area into another area.
Values: 0.0.0.0 — 255.255.255.255
mask — The subnet mask for the range expressed as a decimal integer mask length
or in dotted decimal notation.
Values: 0 — 32 (mask length), 0.0.0.0 — 255.255.255.255 (dotted decimal)
advertise | not-advertise — Specifies whether or not to advertise the summarized
range of addresses into other areas. The advertise keyword indicates the range will
be advertised, and the keyword not-advertise indicates the range will not be
advertised.
The default is advertise.

(2 of 2)

blackhole-aggregate

Table 6-121 blackhole-aggregate command

Item Description

Syntax [no] blackhole-aggregate

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area

Description This command installs a low priority blackhole route for the entire aggregate. Exisiting
routes that make up the aggregate will have a higher priority and only the
components of the range for which no route exists are blackholed.
It is possible that when performing area aggregation, addresses may be included in
the range for which no actual route exists. This can cause routing loops. To avoid this
problem configure the blackhole aggregate option.
Use the no form of this command to remove this option.

Default blackhole-aggregate

interface

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-91
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-122 interface command

Item Description

Syntax [no] interface ip-int-name

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area

Description This command creates a context to configure an OSPF interface.

By default interfaces are not activated in any interior gateway protocol such as OSPF
unless explicitly configured.
The no form of the command deletes the OSPF interface configuration for this
interface. The shutdown command in the configure>router>ospf>interface context
can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the
interface.

Default no interface — No OSPF interfaces are defined.

Parameters ip-int-name — The IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the
group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and configure
service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an
IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters long composed of
printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $,
spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an
error message will be returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area, it will be moved to this area.

advertise-subnet

Table 6-123 advertice-subnet command

Item Description

Syntax [no] advertise-subnet

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command enables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes

(network number and mask). When disabled, point-to-point interfaces are advertised
as host routes.
The no form of the command disables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet
routes meaning they are advertised as host routes.

Default advertise-subnet — Advertises point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes.

authentication-key

6-92 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-124 authentication-key command

Item Description

Syntax authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash2]

no authentication-key

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the password used by the OSPF interface to send and
receive OSPF protocol packets on the interface when simple password authentication
is configured.
All neighboring routers must use the same type of authentication and password for
proper protocol communication. If the authentication-type is configured as password,
then this key must be configured.
By default, no authentication key is configured.
The no form of the command removes the authentication key.
Default no authentication-key — No authentication key is defined.

Parameters authentication-key — The authentication key. The key can be any combination of
ASCII characters up to 8 characters in length (unencrypted). If spaces are used in the
string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

hash-key — The hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up
to 22 characters in length (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the
entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes,
the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash2 — Specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the
hash2 parameter is not used, the unencrypted form is assumed.

authentication-type

Table 6-125 authentication-type command

Item Description

Syntax authentication-type {password | message-digest}

no authentication-type

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface
Description This command enables authentication and specifies the type of authentication to be
used on the OSPF interface.
Both simple password and message-digest authentication are supported.
By default, authentication is not enabled on an interface.
The no form of the command disables authentication on the interface.

Default no authentication — No authentication is enabled on an interface.

Parameters password — This keyword enables simple password (plain text) authentication. If
authentication is enabled and no authentication type is specified in the command,
simple password authentication is enabled.
message-digest — This keyword enables message digest MD5 authentication in
accordance with RFC1321. If this option is configured, then at least one
message-digest-key must be configured

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-93
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

dead-interval

Table 6-126 dead-interval command

Item Description

Syntax dead-interval seconds

no dead-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the time, in seconds, that OSPF waits before declaring a
neighbor router down. If no hello packets are received from a neighbor for the
duration of the dead interval, the router is assumed to be down. The minimum
interval must be two times the hello interval.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default 40

Parameters seconds — The dead interval expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 2 — 65535 seconds

hello-interval

Table 6-127 hello-interval command

Item Description
Syntax hello-interval seconds
no hello-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the interval between OSPF hellos issued on the interface.
The hello interval, in combination with the dead-interval, is used to establish and
maintain the adjacency. Use this parameter to edit the frequency that hello packets
are sent.
Reducing the interval, in combination with an appropriate reduction in the associated
dead-interval, allows for faster detection of link and/or router failures at the cost of
higher processing costs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default hello-interval 10 — A 10-second hello interval.

Parameters seconds — The hello-interval expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 2 — 65535 seconds

interface-type

6-94 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-128 interface-type command

Item Description

Syntax interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}

no interface-type

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the interface type to be either broadcast or point-to-point.
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to
avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet
link provided the link is used as a point-to-point.
If the interface type is not known at the time the interface is added to OSPF and
subsequently the IP interface is bound (or moved) to a different interface type, this
command must be entered manually.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default broadcast — If the physical interface is Ethernet or unknown.

Parameters broadcast — Configures the interface to maintain this link as a broadcast network.
To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, a network
should be configured as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the
network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet.

point-to-point — Configures the interface to maintain this link as a point-to-point

link.

message-digest-key

Table 6-129 message-digest-key command

Item Description
Syntax message-digest-key keyid md5 [key | hash-key]
no message-digest-key keyid

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures a message digest key when MD5 authentication is enabled
on the interface. Multiple message digest keys can be configured.
The no form of the command removes the message digest key identified by the
key-id.

Default no message-digest-key

Parameters keyid — The keyid is expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1 — 255

md5 key — The MD5 key. The key can be any alphanumeric string up to 16
characters in length.

md5 hash-key — The MD5 hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII
characters up to 32 characters in length (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string,
enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes,
the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-95
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

metric

Table 6-130 metric command

Item Description

Syntax metric metric

no metric

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures an explicit route cost metric for the OSPF interface that
overrides the metrics calculated based on the speed of the underlying link.
The no form of the command deletes the manually configured interface metric, so
the interface uses the computed metric based on the reference-bandwidth
command setting and the speed of the underlying link.

Default no metric — The metric is based on reference-bandwidth setting and the link speed.

Parameters metric — The metric to be applied to the interface expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 65535

mtu

Table 6-131 mtu command

Item Description
Syntax mtu bytes
no mtu

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the OSPF packet size used on this interface. If this
parameter is not configured OSPF derives the MTU value from the MTU configured
(default or explicitly) in the following contexts:
configure>port>ethernet
If this parameter is configured, the smaller value between the value configured here
and the MTU configured (default or explicitly) in an above-mentioned context is used.
To determine the actual packet size add 14 bytes for an Ethernet packet and 18 bytes
for a tagged Ethernet packet to the size of the OSPF (IP) packet MTU configured in
this command.
Use the no form of this command to revert to default.

Default no mtu — Uses the value derived from the MTU configured in the configure>port
context.

Parameters bytes — The MTU to be used by OSPF for this logical interface in bytes.
Values: 512 — 9198 (9212-14) (Depends on the physical media)

passive

6-96 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-132 passive command

Item Description

Syntax [no] passive

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command adds the passive property to the OSPF interface where passive
interfaces are advertised as OSPF interfaces but do not run the OSPF protocol.
By default, only interface addresses that are configured for OSPF will be advertised
as OSPF interfaces. The passive parameter allows an interface to be advertised as an
OSPF interface without running the OSPF protocol.
While in passive mode, the interface will ignore ingress OSPF protocol packets and
not transmit any OSPF protocol packets.
The no form of the command removes the passive property from the OSPF interface.

Default Service interfaces defined in configure>router>service-prefix are passive.

All other interfaces are not passive.

priority

Table 6-133 priority command

Item Description

Syntax priority number

no priority

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface
Description This command configures the priority of the OSPF interface that is used an election
of the designated router on on the subnet.
This parameter is only used if the interface is of type broadcast. The router with the
highest priority interface becomes the designated router. A router with priority 0 is
not eligible to be Designated Router or Backup Designated Router.
The no form of the command reverts the interface priority to the default value.

Default priority 1

Parameters number — The interface priority expressed as a decimal integer. A value of 0

indicates the router is not eligible to be the Designated Router of Backup Designated
Router on the interface subnet.
Values: 0 — 255

retransmit-interval

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-97
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-134 retransmit-interval command

Item Description

Syntax retransmit-interval seconds

no retransmit-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command specifies the length of time, in seconds, that OSPF will wait before
retransmitting an unacknowledged link state advertisement (LSA) to an OSPF
neighbor.
The value should be longer than the expected round trip delay between any two
routers on the attached network. Once the retransmit-interval expires and no
acknowledgement has been received, the LSA will be retransmitted.
The no form of this command reverts to the default interval.

Default retransmit-interval 5

Parameters seconds — The retransmit interval in seconds expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1 — 1800

transit-delay

Table 6-135 transit-delay command

Item Description

Syntax transit-delay seconds

no transit-delay
Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface

Description This command configures the estimated time, in seconds, that it takes to transmit a
link state advertisement (LSA) on the interface.
The no form of this command reverts to the default delay time.

Default transit-delay 1

Parameters seconds — The transit delay in seconds expressed as a decimal integer.

Values: 1800

nssa

Table 6-136 nssa command

Item Description

Syntax [no] nssa

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area

(1 of 2)

6-98 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command creates the context to configure an OSPF Not So Stubby Area (NSSA)
and adds/removes the NSSA designation from the area.
NSSAs are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are imported into the area
from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub area and an NSSA is an
NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it learns throughout its area and
via an ABR to the entire OSPF domain.
An area can be designated as stub or NSSA but never both at the same time.
By default, an area is not configured as an NSSA area.
The no form of the command removes the NSSA designation and configuration
context from the area.

Default no nssa — The OSPF area is not an NSSA.

(2 of 2)

originate-default-route

Table 6-137 originate-default-route command

Item Description

Syntax originate-default-route [type-7]

no originate-default-route

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Description This command enables the generation of a default route and its LSA type (3 or 7) into
a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) by an NSSA Area Border Router (ABR)
When configuring an NSSA with no summaries, the ABR will inject a type 3 LSA default
route into the NSSA area. Some older implementations expect a type 7 LSA default
route.
The no form of the command disables origination of a default route.

Default no originate-default-route — A default route is not originated.

Parameters type-7 — Specifies a type 7 LSA should be used for the default route.
Configure this parameter to inject a type-7 LSA default route instead the type 3 LSA
into the NSSA configured with no summaries.
To revert to a type 3 LSA, enter originate-default-route without the type-7 parameter.
Default: Type 3 LSA for the default route.

redistribute-external

Table 6-138 redistribute-external command

Item Description

Syntax [no] redistribute-external

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-99
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command enables the redistribution of external routes into the Not So Stubby
Area (NSSA) or an NSSA area border router (ABR) that is exporting the routes into
non-NSSA areas.
NSSA or Not So Stubby Areas are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are
imported into the area from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub
area and an NSSA is that the NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it
learns (providing it is an ASBR) throughout its area and via an Area Border Router to
the entire OSPF domain.
The no form of the command disables the default behavior to automatically
redistribute external routes into the NSSA area from the NSSA ABR.

Default redistribute-external — External routes are redistributed into the NSSA.

(2 of 2)

summaries

Table 6-139 summaries command

Item Description

Syntax [no] summaries

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub
Description This command enables sending summary (type 3) advertisements into a stub area or
Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) on an Area Border Router (ABR). This parameter is
particularly useful to reduce the size of the routing and Link State Database (LSDB)
tables within the stub or nssa area. By default, summary route advertisements are
sent into the stub area or NSSA.
The no form of the command disables sending summary route advertisements and,
for stub areas, only the default route is advertised by the ABR.

Default summaries — Summary routes are advertised by the ABR into the stub area or
NSSA.

stub

Table 6-140 stub command

Item Description

Syntax [no] stub

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area

Description A stub OSPF area cannot be configured in the context of a VPRN service.

default-metric

6-100 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-141 default-metric command

Item Description

Syntax default-metric metric

no default-metric

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub

Description This command configures the metric used by the area border router (ABR) for the
default route into a stub area. The default metric should only be configured on an ABR
of a stub area. An ABR generates a default route if the area is a stub area.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default default-metric 1

Parameters metric — The metric expressed as a decimal integer for the default route cost to be
advertised into the stub area.
Values: 1 — 16777215

asbr

Table 6-142 asbr command

Item Description

Syntax [no] asbr

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-101
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command configures the system as a Autonomous System Boundary Router
(ASBR) if the router is to be used to export routes from the Routing Table Manager
(RTM) into this instance of OSPF. Once a router is configured as an ASBR, the export
policies into this OSPF domain take effect. If no policies are configured no external
routes are redistributed into the OSPF domain.
The no form of the command removes the ASBR status and withdraws the routes
redistributed from the Routing Table Manager into this instance of OSPF from the link
state database.
When an external route is originated by an ASBR using an internal OSPF route in a
given domain, the corresponding bit is set in the AS-external LSA. As the route gets
redistributed from one domain to another, more bits are set in the tag mask, each
corresponding to the OSPF domain the route visited. Route redistribution looping is
prevented by checking the corresponding bit as part of the export policy; if the bit
corresponding to the announcing OSPF process is already set, the route is not
exported there.

0/MSB LSB/31

0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000

asbr trace-path 5

0000 0100 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000

Domain-IDs are incompatible with any other use of normal tags. The domain ID
should be configured with a value between 1 and 31 by each router in a given OSPF
domain (OSPF Instance).
When an external route is originated by an ASBR using an internal OSPF route in a
given domain, the corresponding (1-31) bit is set in the AS-external LSA.
As the route gets redistributed from one domain to another, more bits are set in the
tag mask, each corresponding to the OSPF domain the route visited. Route
redistribution looping is prevented by checking the corresponding bit as part of the
export policy; if the bit corresponding to the announcing OSPF process is already set,
the route is not exported there.

Default no asbr — The router is not an ASBR.

(2 of 2)

compatible-rfc1583

Table 6-143 compatible-rfc1583 command

Item Description

Syntax [no] compatible-rfc1583

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command enables OSPF summary and external route calculations in compliance
with RFC1583 and earlier RFCs.
RFC1583 and earlier RFCs use a different method to calculate summary and external
route costs. To avoid routing loops, all routers in an OSPF domain should perform the
same calculation method.
Although it would be favorable to require all routers to run a more current compliancy
level, this command allows the router to use obsolete methods of calculation.
The no form of the command enables the post-RFC1583 method of summary and
external route calculation.

(1 of 2)

6-102 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default compatible-rfc1583 — RFC1583 compliance is enabled.

(2 of 2)

export

Table 6-144 export command

Item Description

Syntax export policy-name [policy-name… (up to 5 maximum)]

no export

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command associates export route policies to determine which routes are
exported from the route table to OSPF. Export polices are only in effect if OSPF is
configured as an ASBR.
If no export policy is specified, non-OSPF routes are not exported from the routing
table manager to OSPF.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are
specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple export commands are
issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum
of five policy names can be specified.
The no form of the command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default no export — No export route policies specified.

Parameters policy-name — The export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32
characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains
special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within
double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.

external-db-overflow

Table 6-145 external-db-overflow command

Item Description

Syntax external-db-overflow limit interval

no external-db-overflow

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-103
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command enables limits on the number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries
that can be stored in the LSDB and specifies a wait timer before processing these after
the limit is exceeded.
The limit value specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries
that can be stored in the link-state database (LSDB). Placing a limit on the non-default
AS-external-LSAs in the LSDB protects the router from receiving an excessive number
of external routes that consume excessive memory or CPU resources. If the number
of routes reach or exceed the limit, the table is in an overflow state. When in an
overflow state, the router will not originate any new AS-external-LSAs. In fact, it
withdraws all the self-originated non-default external LSAs.
The interval specifies the amount of time to wait after an overflow state before
regenerating and processing non-default AS-external-LSAs. The waiting period acts
like a dampening period preventing the router from continuously running Shortest
Path First (SPF) calculations caused by the excessive number of non-default
AS-external LSAs.
The external-db-overflow must be set identically on all routers attached to any regular
OSPF area. OSPF stub areas and not-so-stubby areas (NSSAs) are excluded.
The no form of the command disables limiting the number of non-default
AS-external-LSA entries.

Default no external-db-overflow — No limit on non-default AS-external-LSA entries.

Parameters limit — The maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries that can be
stored in the LSDB before going into an overflow state expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: -1 — 2147483647

interval — The number of seconds after entering an overflow state before attempting
to process non-default AS-external-LSAs expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 0 — 2147483647

(2 of 2)

external-preference

Table 6-146 external-preference command

Item Description
Syntax external-preference preference
no external-preference

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command configures the preference for OSPF external routes.
A route can be learned by the router from different protocols in which case the costs
are not comparable; when this occurs the preference is used to decide which route
will be used.
Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference, if this occurs
the tiebreaker is per the default preference table as defined in Table 6-147. If multiple
routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest
cost route is used.
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol
and the costs (metrics) are equal, then the decision of what route to use is
determined by the configuration of the ecmp in the configure>router context.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default external-preference 150 — OSPF external routes have a default preference of

150.

(1 of 2)

6-104 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters preference — The preference for external routes expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 255

(2 of 2)

Table 6-147 Route Type - Preference

Route Type Preference Configurable

Direct attached 0 No

Static routes 5 Yes

MPLS 7

OSPF interval 10 Yes(1)

IS-IS level 1 interval 15 Yes

RIP 100 Yes

OSPF external 150 Yes

IS-IS level 1 exterval 160 Yes

BGP 170 Yes

Note
(1) Preference for OSPF internal routes is configured with the preference command.

overload

Table 6-148 overload command

Item Description

Syntax overload [timeout seconds]

no overload

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command changes the overload state of the local router so that it appears to be
overloaded. When overload is enabled, the router can participate in OSPF routing, but
is not used for transit traffic. Traffic destined to directly attached interfaces continue
to reach the router.
To put the IGP in an overload state enter a timeout value. The IGP will enter the
overload state until the timeout timer expires or a no overload command is
executed.
If the overload command is encountered during the execution of an
overload-on-boot command then this command takes precedence. This could
occur as a result of a saved configuration file where both parameters are saved. When
the file is saved by the system, the overload-on-boot command is saved after the
overload command.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default. When the no overload
command is executed, the overload state is terminated regardless the reason the
protocol entered overload state.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-105
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default no overload

Parameters timeout seconds — Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.

Values: 60 —1800
Default: 60

(2 of 2)

overload-include-stub

Table 6-149 overload-include-stub command

Item Description

Syntax [no] overload-include-stub

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command is used to to determine if the OSPF stub networks should be advertised
with a maximum metric value when the system goes into overload state for any
reason. When enabled, the system uses the maximum metric value. When this
command is enabled and the router is in overload, all stub interfaces, including
loopback and system interfaces, will be advertised at the maximum metric.

Default no overload-include-stub

overload-on-boot

Table 6-150 overload-on-boot command

Item Description
Syntax overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
no overload

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description When the router is in an overload state, the router is used only if there is no other
router to reach the destination. This command configures the IGP upon bootup in the
overload state until one of the following events occur:
• The timeout timer expires.
• A manual override of the current overload state is entered with the no overload
command.

The no overload command does not affect the overload-on-boot function.

The no form of the command removes the overload-on-boot functionality from the
configuration.

Default no overload-on-boot

Parameters timeout seconds — Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.

Values: 60 —1800
Default: 60

6-106 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

preference

Table 6-151 preference command

Item Description

Syntax preference preference

no preference

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command configures the preference for OSPF internal routes.
A route can be learned by the router from different protocols in which case the costs
are not comparable; when this occurs the preference is used to decide which route
will be used.
Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference, if this occurs
the tiebreaker is per the default preference table as defined in Table 6-152. If multiple
routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest
cost route is used.
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol
and the costs (metrics) are equal, then the decision of what route to use is
determined by the configuration of the ecmp in the configure>router context.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Default preference 10 — OSPF internal routes have a default preference of 10.

Parameters preference — The preference for internal routes expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 255

Table 6-152 Route Type - Preference

Route Type Preference Configurable

Direct attached 0 No

Static routes 5 Yes

MPLS 7
OSPF interval 10 Yes(1)

IS-IS level 1 interval 15 Yes

RIP 100 Yes

OSPF external 150 Yes

IS-IS level 1 exterval 160 Yes

BGP 170 Yes

Note
(1) Preference for OSPF internal routes is configured with the preference command.

reference-bandwidth

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-107
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-153 reference-bandwidth command

Item Description

Syntax reference-bandwidth reference-bandwidth

no reference-bandwidth

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command configures the reference bandwidth in kilobits per second (Kbps) that
provides the reference for the default costing of interfaces based on their underlying
link speed.
The default interface cost is calculated as follows:
cost = reference-bandwidth + bandwidth
The default reference-bandwidth is 100,000,000 Kbps or 100 Gbps, so the default
auto-cost metrics for various link speeds are as as follows:
• 10 Mbs link default cost of 10000
• 100 Mbs link default cost of 1000
• 1 Gbps link default cost of 100
• 10 Gbps link default cost of 10

The reference-bandwidth command assigns a default cost to the interface based

on the interface speed. To override this default cost on a particular interface, use the
metric metric command in the configure>router>ospf>area>interface
ip-int-name context.
The no form of the command reverts the reference-bandwidth to the default value.

Default reference-bandwidth 100000000 — Reference bandwidth of 100 Gbps.

Parameters reference-bandwidth — The reference bandwidth in kilobits per second expressed as

a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 1000000000

timers

Table 6-154 timers command

Item Description

Syntax timers

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf

Description This command enables the context that allows for the configuration of OSPF timers.
Timers control the delay between receipt of a link state advertisement (LSA) requiring
a Dijkstra (Shortest Path First (SPF)) calculation and the minimum time between
successive SPF calculations.
Changing the timers affect CPU utilization and network reconvergence times. Lower
values reduce convergence time but increase CPU utilization. Higher values reduce
CPU utilization but increase reconvergence time.

Default None

lsa-arrival

6-108 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-155 lsa-arrival command

Item Description

Syntax lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time

no lsa-arrival

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>timers

Description This parameter defines the minimum delay that must pass between receipt of the
same Link State Advertisements (LSAs) arriving from neighbors. It is recommended
that the neighbors configured (lsa-generate) lsa-second-wait interval is equal or
greater then the lsa-arrival-time configured here.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default.

Default no lsa-arrival

Parameters lsa-arrival-time — Specifies the timer in milliseconds. Values entered that do not
match this requirement will be rejected.
Values: 0 — 600000

lsa-generate

Table 6-156 lsa-generate command

Item Description

Syntax lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]

no lsa-generate-interval

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>timers

Description This parameter customizes the throttling of OSPF LSA-generation. Timers that
determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSAs can be controlled
with this command. Subsequent LSAs are generated at increasing intervals of the
lsa-second-wait timer until a maximum value is reached. Configuring the lsa-arrival
interval to equal or less than the lsa-second-wait interval configured in the
lsa-generate command is recommended.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default.

Default no lsa-generate

Parameters max-lsa-wait — Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two

consecutive ocurrences of an LSA being generated.
The timer must be entered as either 1 or in millisecond increments. Values entered
that do not match this requirement will be rejected.
Values: 1 — 600000

spf-wait

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-109
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-157 spf-wait command

Item Description

Syntax spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]

no spf-wait

Context configure>service>vprn>ospf>timers

Description This command defines the maximum interval between two consecutive SPF
calculations in milliseconds. Timers that determine when to initiate the first, second,
and subsequent SPF calculations after a topology change occurs can be controlled
with this command. Subsequent SPF runs (if required) will occur at exponentially
increasing intervals of the spf-second-wait interval. For example, if the
spf-second-wait interval is 1000, then the next SPF will run after 2000 milliseconds,
and then next SPF will run after 4000 milliseconds, etc., until it reaches the spf-wait
value. The SPF interval will stay at the spf-wait value until there are no more SPF runs
scheduled in that interval. After a full interval without any SPF runs, the SPF interval
will drop back to spf-initial-wait.
The timer must be entered in increments of 100 milliseconds. Values entered that do
not match this requirement will be rejected.
Use the no form of this command to return to the default.
Default no spf-wait

Parameters max-spf-wait — Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two

consecutive SPF calculations.
Values: 1 — 120000
Default: 1000

spf-initial-wait — Specifies the initial SPF calculation delay in milliseconds after a

topology change.
Values: 10 — 100000
Default: 1000

spf-second-wait — Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and
second SPF calculation.
Values: 10 — 100000
Default: 1000

RIP Commands

rip

Table 6-158 rip command

Item Description

Syntax [no] rip

Context configure>service>vprn

Description This command enables the RIP protocol on the given VPRN IP interface.
The no form of the command disables the RIP protocol from the given VPRN IP
interface.

(1 of 2)

6-110 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default no rip

(2 of 2)

authentication-key

Table 6-159 authentication-key command

Item Description

Syntax authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash2]

no authentication-key

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor
Description This command sets the authentication password to be passed between RIP
neighbors.
The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP
message to be considered authentic and processed.
The no form of the command removes the authentication password from the
configuration and disables authentication.
Default Authentication is disabled and the authentication password is empty.

Parameters authentication-key — The authentication key. The key can be any combination of
ASCII characters up to 255 characters in length (unencrypted). If spaces are used in
the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

hash-key — The hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up
to 3452 characters in length (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the
entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes,
the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.
hash2 — Specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the
hash2 parameter is not used, the unencrypted form is assumed.

authentication-type

Table 6-160 authentication-type command

Item Description

Syntax authentication-type {none | password | message-digest |

message-digest-long}
no authentication-type

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-111
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command defines the type of authentication to be used between RIP neighbors.
The type and password must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered
authentic and processed.
The no form of the command removes the authentication type from the configuration
and effectively disables authentication.

Default no authentication-type — No authentication is enabled on an interface.

Parameters none — No authentication is used.

password — A simple clear-text password is sent.

message-digest — MD5 authentication is used.

message-digest-long — ????

(2 of 2)

check-zero

Table 6-161 check-zero command

Item Description

Syntax check-zero {enable | disable}

no check-zero

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command enables checking for zero values in fields specified to be zero by the
RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications.
The no form of the command disables this check and allows the receipt of RIP
messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero.

Default no check-zero

Parameters enable — Enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2
specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages.

disable — Disables the checking and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the
mandatory zero fields are non-zero.

split-horizon

Table 6-162 split-horizon command

Item Description

Syntax split-horizon {enable | disable}

no split-horizon

(1 of 2)

6-112 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command enables the use of split-horizon. RIP uses split-horizon with
poison-reverse to protect from such problems as “counting to infinity”. Split-horizon
with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given
interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16
(infinity).
The split-horizon disable command enables split horizon without poison reverse.
This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that
learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in
value.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all
groups and neighbor interfaces), group level (applies to all neighbor interfaces in the
group) or neighbor level (only applies to the specified neighbor interface). The most
specific value is used. In particular if no value is set (no split-horizon), the setting from
the less specific level is inherited by the lower level.
The no form of the command disables split-horizon command which allows the
lower level to inherit the setting from an upper level.

Default split-horizon enabled

(2 of 2)

export

Table 6-163 export command

Item Description

Syntax export policy-name [policy-name…]

no export

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command specifies the export policies to be used to control routes advertised to
RIP neighbors. By default, RIP advertises routes from other RIP routes but does not
advertise any routes from other protocols unless directed by an export policy.
The no form of the command removes all policies from the configuration.

Default no export — No export route policies specified.

Parameters policy-name — The export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32
characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains
special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within
double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.

import

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-113
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-164 import command

Item Description

Syntax import policy [policy...]

no import

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command specifies the import policies to be used to control routes advertised
from RIP neighbors. By default, RIP accepts all routes from configured RIP neighbors.
Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their
corresponding parameters and metrics.
The no form of the command removes all route policy names from the import list.

Default no import

Parameters policy — A route policy statement name.

message-size

Table 6-165 message-size command

Item Description

Syntax message-size max-num-of-routes

no message-size
Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command sets the maximum number of routes per RIP update message.
The no form of the command resets the maximum number of routes back to the
default of 25.

Default no message-size
Parameters max-num-of-routes — Integer.
Default: 25
Values: 25 — 255

metric-in

6-114 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-166 metric-in command

Item Description

Syntax metric-in metric

no metric-in

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command sets the metric added to routes that were received from a RIP
neighbor.
The no form of the command reverts the metric value back to the default.

Default no metric-in

Parameters metric — The value added to the metric of routes received from a RIP neighbor,
expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 16

metric-out

Table 6-167 metric-out command

Item Description

Syntax metric-out metric

no metric-out
Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command sets the metric added to routes that were exported into RIP and
advertised to RIP neighbors.
The no form of the command reverts the metric value back to the default.

Default no metric-out
Parameters metric — The value added to the metric of routes received from a RIP neighbor,
expressed as a decimal integer.
Values: 1 — 16

preference

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-115
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-168 preference command

Item Description

Syntax preference preference

no preference

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command sets the route preference assigned to RIP routes. This value can be
overridden by route policies.
The no form of the command resets the preference to the default.

Default no preference

Parameters preference — An integer.

Values: 1 — 255
Default: 100

receive

Table 6-169 receive command

Item Description

Syntax receive receive-type

no receive
Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command configures the type(s) of RIP updates that will be accepted and
processed.
If both or version-2 is specified, the RIP instance listens for and accepts packets
sent to the broadcast and multicast (224.0.0.9) addresses.
If version-1 is specified, the router only listens for and accepts packets sent to the
broadcast address.
This control can be issued at the global, group or interface level. The default behavior
accepts and processes both RIPv1 and RIPv2 messages.
The no form of the command resets the type of messages accepted to both.

Default no receive — Accepts both formats.

Parameters both — Receive RIP updates in either Version 1 or Version 2 format.

none — Do not accept and RIP updates.

version-1 — Router should only accept RIP updates in Version 1 format.

version-2 — Router should only accept RIP updates in Version 2 format.

6-116 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

send

Table 6-170 send command

Item Description

Syntax send send-type

no send

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command specifies the type of RIP messages sent to RIP neighbors. This control
can be issued at the global, group or interface level. The default behavior sends RIPv2
messages with the multicast (224.0.0.9) destination address.
If version-1 is specified, the router only listens for and accepts packets sent to the
broadcast address.
The no form of this command resets the type of messages sent back to the default
value.

Default no send — Sends RIPv2 to the broadcast address.

Parameters broadcast — Send RIPv2 formatted messages to the broadcast address.

multicast — Send RIPv2 formatted messages to the multicast address.

none — Do not send any RIP messages (i.e. silent listener).

version-1 — Send RIPv1 formatted messages to the broadcast address.

both — Send both RIP v1 and RIP v2 updates to the broadcast address.

timers

Table 6-171 timers command

Item Description

Syntax timers update timeout flush

no timers

Context configure>service>vprn>rip
configure>service>vprn>rip>group
configure>service>vprn>rip>group>neighbor

Description This command sets the values for the update, timeout, and flush timers.
• Update timer — Determines how often RIP updates are sent.
• Timeout timer — If a router is not updated by the time the timer expires, the
route is declared invalid, but maintained in the RIP database.
• Flush timer — Determines how long a route is maintained in the RIP database,
after it has been declared invalid. Once this timer expires it is flushed from the
RIP database completely.

The no form of the command resets all timers to their default values of 30, 180, and
120 seconds respectively.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-117
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Default no timers

Parameters update — The RIP update timer value in seconds.

Values: 1 — 600
Default: 30

timeout — The RIP timeout timer value in seconds.

Values: 1 — 1200
Default: 180
flush — The RIP flush timer value in seconds.
Values: 1 — 1200
Default: 120

(2 of 2)

group

Table 6-172 group command

Item Description
Syntax [no] group group-name

Context configure>service>vprn>rip

Description This command creates a context for configuring a RIP group of neighbors. RIP groups
are a way of logically associating RIP neighbor interfaces to facilitate a common
configuration for RIP interfaces.
The no form of the command deletes the RIP neighbor interface group. Deleting the
group will also remove the RIP configuration of all the neighbor interfaces currently
assigned to this group.

Default no group — No group of RIP neighbor interfaces defined

Parameters group-name — The RIP group name. Allowed values are any string up to 32
characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains
special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within
double quotes.

neighbor

Table 6-173 neighbor command

Item Description

Syntax [no] neighbor ip-int-name

Context configure>service>vprn>rip>group

(1 of 2)

6-118 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command creates a context for configuring a RIP neighbor interface.
By default, interfaces are not activated in any interior gateway protocol such as RIP
unless explicitly configured.
The no form of the command deletes the RIP interface configuration for this
interface. The shutdown command in the configure>router>rip>group
group-name>neighbor ip-int-name context can be used to disable an interface
without removing the configuration for the interface.

Default no neighbor — No RIP interfaces defined

Parameters ip-int-name — The IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the
group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and configure
service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an
IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters long composed of
printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $,
spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured an
error message will be returned.

(2 of 2)

Show Commands

sap-using

Table 6-174 sap-using command

Item Description

Syntax sap-using [sap sap-id]

sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id

Context show>service
Description Displays SAP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all
defined SAPs. The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the
specified properties.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-119
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface — Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.

ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values: 1.0.0.0 — 223.255.255.255
ip-int-name — The IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.
ingress — Specifies matching an ingress policy.

egress — Specifies matching an egress policy.

filter filter-id — The ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching
SAPs.
Values 1 — 65535

(2 of 2)

Table 6-175 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-175 Show Service SAP Output

Label Description

Port-ID The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID The value that identifies the service.

SapMTU The SAP MTU value.

A.Pol The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Adm The desired state of the SAP.

(1 of 2)

6-120 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Opr The actual state of the SAP.

(2 of 2)

id

Table 6-176 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id {all|arp|base|fdb|interface|sap|stp}

Context show>service

Description Display information for a particular service-id.

Parameters service-id — The unique service identification number to identify the service in the
service domain.

all — Display detailed information about the service.

arp — Display ARP entries for the service.

base — Display basic service information.

fdb — Display FDB entries.

interface — Display service interfaces.

sap — Display SAPs associated to the service.

stp — Display STP information.

all

Table 6-177 all command

Item Description

Syntax all

Context show>service>id

Description Displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Table 6-178 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-178 Show All Service-ID Command Output

Label Description

Service Detailed Information

(1 of 3)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-121
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Status Change The date and time of the most recent change in the administrative or
operating status of the service.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
customer.

Admin State The current administrative state.

Oper State The current operational state.

Route Dist Displays the route distribution number.

AS Number Displays the autonomous system number.

Router Id Displays the router ID for this service.

ECMP Displays equal cost multipath information.

ECMP Max Routes Displays the maximum number of routes that can be received from the
neighbors in the group or for the specific neighbor.

Max Routes Displays the maximum number of routes that can be used for path sharing.

Vrf Target Specifies the VRF target applied to this service.

Vrf Import Specifies the VRF import policy applied to this service.

Description Generic information about the service.

SAP Count The number of SAPs specified for this service.

Ingress Filter The ID of the ingress filter policy.

Egress Filter The ID of the egress filter policy

Service Access Points

Service Id The service identifier.

Port Id The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.

Description Generic information about the SAP.

Encap Value The value of the label used to identify this SAP on the access port.

Admin State The desired state of the SAP.

Oper State The operating state of the SAP.

Last Changed The date and time of the last change.

Ingress Filter-Id The SAP ingress filter policy ID.

Egress Filter-Id The SAP egress filter policy ID.

Multi Svc Site Indicates the multi-service site that the SAP is a member.

Collect Stats Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP.

SAP Statistics

Dropped The number of packets or octets dropped.

Forwarded In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Forwarded Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Queueing Stats

(2 of 3)

6-122 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Dropped In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets discarded.

Dropped Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

Forwarded In Profile The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
Forwarded Out Profile The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

SAP per Queue stats

High priority offered The packets or octets count of the high priority traffic for the SAP.

High priority dropped The number of high priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

Low priority offered The packets or octets count of the low priority traffic.

Low priority dropped The number of low priority traffic packets/octets dropped.

In profile forwarded The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.

Out profile forwarded The number of out-of-profile octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

In profile forwarded The number of in-profile packets or octets (rate below CIR) forwarded.
In profile dropped The number of in-profile packets or octets dropped for the SAP.

Out profile forwarded The number of out-of-profile packets or octets (rate above CIR) forwarded.

Out profile dropped The number of out-of-profile packets or octets discarded.

State Specifies whether DHCP relay is enabled on this SAP.

Info Option Specifies whether Option 82 processing is enabled on this SAP.

Action Specifies the Option 82 processing on this SAP or interface: keep, replace
or drop.

Circuit ID Specifies whether the If index is inserted in circuit ID sub-option of Option

82.

Remote ID Specifies whether the far-end MAC address is inserted in Remote ID

sub-option of Option 82.

Service Access Points

Managed by Service Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Managed by SAP Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP.

Prune state Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

IPCP Address Extension Details

Peer IP Addr Specifies the remote IP address to be assigned to the far-end of the
associated PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP extensions.

Peer Pri DNS Addr Specifies a unicast IPv4 address for the primary DNS server to be signaled
to the far-end of the associate PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP extensions.

Peer Sec DNS Addr Specifies a unicast IPv4 address for the secondary DNS server to be
signaled to the far-end of the associate PPP/MLPPP link via IPCP
extensions.

(3 of 3)

arp

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-123
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-179 arp command

Item Description

Syntax arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name]|

[summary]

Context show>service>id

Description Displays the ARP table for the VPRN instance. The ARP entries for a subscriber
interface are displayed uniquely. Each MAC associated with the subscriber interface
child group-interfaces are displayed with each subscriber interface ARP entry. They
do not reflect actual ARP entries but are displayed along the interfaces ARP entry for
easy lookup.

Parameters ip-address — Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified IP address.
Default: All IP addresses.

mac ieee-address — Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified
48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff
or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Default: All MAC addresses.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)
interface ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display matching
ARP entries.
Values: 1.0.0.0 — 223.255.255.255

summary - Displays an abbreviate list of ARP entries.

Table 6-180 describes the command output fields.

6-124 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-180 Show Service SAP Output

Label Description

Service ID The service ID number.

MAC Address The specified MAC address.

Source-Identifier The location the MAC is defined.

Type Static — FDB entries created by management.

Learned — Dynamic entries created by the learning process.
OAM — Entries created by the OAM process.

Age The time elapsed since the service was enabled.

Interface The interface applied to the service.

Port The port where the SAP is applied.

base

Table 6-181 base command

Item Description

Syntax base

Context show>service>id

Description This command displays basic information about this VPRN service.

Table 6-182 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-182 Show Service-ID Base Output

Label Description

Service Id The operating state of the service.

Vpn Id Specifies the VPN ID assigned to the service.

Service Type The type of service: Apipe, Cpipe, Epipe, Fpipe, IES, Ipipe, VPLS, VPRN.

Description Generic information about the service.

Customer Id The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
customer.

Adm The desired state of the service.

Oper The service identifier.

Mtu The largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle.

SAP Count The number of SAPs defined on the service.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-125
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Identifier Specifies the service access (SAP) points.

(2 of 2)

dhcp

Table 6-183 dhcp command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp

Context show>service>id
Description This command enables the context to display DHCP information for the specified
service.

statistics

Table 6-184 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [sap sap-id]

statistics [interface interface-name]

Context show>service>id>dhcp
Description Displays DHCP statistics information.

(1 of 2)

6-126 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface interface-name — Displays information for the specified IP interface.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-185 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-185 Show DHCP Statistics Output

Label Description

Received Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.
Transmitted The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.
Packets

Received The number of corrupted/invalid packets received from the DHCP clients.
Malformed
Packets

Received The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients. In this case,
Untrusted Packets a frame is dropped due to the client sending a DHCP packet with Option 82 filled
in before “trust” is set under the DHCP interface command.
Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded.
Discarded

Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded.
Relayed

Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped.
Snooped

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-127
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded.
Discarded

Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded.
Relayed

Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped.
Snooped

(2 of 2)

lease-state

Table 6-186 lease-state command

Item Description
Syntax lease-state [sap sap-id | interface interface-name |
ip-address ip-address[/mask] | chaddr ieee-address |
mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] }] [detail]

Context show>service>id>dhcp

Description This command displays DHCP lease state related information.

(1 of 2)

6-128 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

interface interface-name - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the
specified interface.

ip-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] - Displays DHCP lease state related

information for the specified IPv6 address.
chaddr ieee-address

mac ieee-address - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the specified
MAC address.

port port-id - -Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:

<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot

detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-197 describes the command output fields.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-129
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-187 Show DHCP Lease state Output

Label Description

IP Address The IPv6 addresses.

MAC Address The MAC adresses.

Sap/Sdp ID The SAP/SDP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Lease origin The lease origin.

Table 6-198 describes the detailed command output fields.

Table 6-188 Show DHCP Lease state Detailed Output

Label Description
Service ID The service identifier.

IP Address The IP address.

Client HW Address The client HW Address

Interface The interface type

SAP The SAP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Persistence key Unique key for persistency record corresponding to this lease

Dhcp ClientId Unique Identifier for a DHCP client

Dhcp IAID Unique Identifier for an Identity association (IA) the lease has been
assigned to

Dhcp IAID Type Type of Identity association (IA) which could be "prefix" for IA_PD and
"non-temporary" for IA_NA

Dhcp6Client Ip DHCP client IPv6 address

ServerLeaseStart Time stamp indicates when server gave lease

ServerLeaseRenew Time stamp indicates when client last renewed to the server
ServerLeaseEnd Time stamp indicates when lease expires

summary

Table 6-189 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary
Context show>service>id>dhcp

(1 of 2)

6-130 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description Displays DHCP configuration summary information.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-190 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-190 Show DHCP Summary Output

Label Description

Sap The configuration identification.

Snoop Yes — The packets received from the DHCP clients were snooped.
No — The packets received from the DHCP clients were not snooped.

Used/Provided Used — The number of lease-states that are currently in use on a specific
interface, that is, the number of clients on that interface got an IP address by
DHCP. This value is always less than or equal to the ‘Provided’ field.
Provided — The lease-populate value that is configured for a specific interface.

Arp Reply Agent Displays whether or not there is proper handling of received ARP requests from
subscribers.

Info Option Keep — The existing information is kept on the packet and the router does not
add any additional information.
Replace — On ingress, the existing information-option is replaced with the
information-option from the router.
Drop — The packet is dropped and an error is logged.

Admin State Indicates the administrative state.

interface

Table 6-191 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail] [family]

Context show>service>id
Description This command displays information for the IP interfaces associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all IP interfaces associated to
the service are displayed.

Parameters ip-address — The IP address of the interface for which to display information.
Values: 1.0.0.0 — 223.255.255.255

ip-int-name — Specifies the IP interface name for which to display information.

detail — Displays detailed IP interface information.
Default: IP interface summary output.

family — Displays the router IP interface table to display.

Values: ipv4 — Displays only those peers that have the IPv4 family enabled.
ipv6 — Displays the peers that are IPv6-capable.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-131
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-192 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-192 Show service-id interface Output

Label Description

Interface-Name The name used to refer to the VPRN interface.

Type Specifies the interface type.

IP-Address Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Adm The administrative state of the interface.

Opr The operational state of the interface.

Interface

If Name The name used to refer to the interface.

Admin State The administrative state of the interface.

Oper State The operational state of the interface.

IP Addr/mask Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Details

If Index The index corresponding to this VPRN interface. The primary index is 1; all
VPRN interfaces are defined in the base virtual router context.

If Type Specifies the interface type.

Port Id Specifies the SAP’s port ID.

SNTP B.Cast Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled.

Arp Timeout Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface.

MAC Address Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.

ICMP Mask Reply Specifies whether ICMP mask reply is enabled or disabled.

Cflowd Specifies whether Cflowd collection and analysis on the interface is enabled or
disabled.

ICMP details
Redirects Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages.

Unreachables Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages.

TTL Expired Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages.

dhcp6

Table 6-193 dhcp6 command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp6

Context show>service>id

(1 of 2)

6-132 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command enables the context to display DHCP6 information for the specified
service.

(2 of 2)

summary

Table 6-194 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary

Context show>service>id>dhcp6
Description Displays DHCP6 configuration summary information.

Table 6-195 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-195 Show DHCP6 Summary Output

Label Description

Interface Name Name of the interface.

SapId The configuration identification.

Used/Max Relay Used — The number of lease-states that are currently in use on a specific
interface, that is, the number of clients on that interface got an IP address by
DHCP. This value is always less than or equal to the ‘Provided’ field.
Max — The lease-populate value that is configured for a specific interface.

Admin Indicates the administrative state.

Oper relay Indicates the operative state.

lease-state

Table 6-196 lease-state command

Item Description

Syntax lease-state [detail]

lease-state [detail] interface interface-name
lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]
lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address

Context show>service>id>dhcp6

Description This command displays DHCP lease state related information.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-133
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters interface interface-name - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the
specified interface.

ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] - Displays DHCP lease state related

information for the specified IPv6 address.

mac ieee-address - Displays DHCP lease state related information for the specified
MAC address.
detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-197 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-197 Show DHCP Lease state Output

Label Description

IP Address The IPv6 addresses.

MAC Address The MAC adresses.

Sap/Sdp ID The SAP/SDP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Lease origin The lease origin.

Table 6-198 describes the detailed command output fields.

Table 6-198 Show DHCP Lease state Detailed Output

Label Description
Service ID The service identifier.

IP Address The IPv6 address.

Client HW Address The client HW Address

Interface The interface type

SAP The SAP identifier.

Remaining lifetime The remaining lifetime of the DHCP lease.

Persistence key Unique key for persistency record corresponding to this lease

Dhcp6 ClientId Unique Identifier for a DHCPv6 client

Dhcp6 IAID Unique Identifier for an Identity association (IA) the lease has been
assigned to
Dhcp6 IAID Type Type of Identity association (IA) which could be "prefix" for IA_PD and
"non-temporary" for IA_NA

Dhcp6 Client Ip DHCPv6 client IPv6 address

ServerLeaseStart Time stamp indicates when server gave lease

ServerLeaseRenew Time stamp indicates when client last renewed to the server

ServerLeaseEnd Time stamp indicates when lease expires

6-134 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

statistics

Table 6-199 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [interface interface-name]

Context show>service>id>dhcp6

Description Displays DHCP statistics information.

Parameters interface interface-name — Displays information for the specified IP interface.

Table 6-200 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-200 Show DHCP6 Statistics Output

Label Description

Packets Received The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.
Packets The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.
Transmitted

Packets The number of dropped packets to the DHCP clients.

Transmitted

sap

Table 6-201 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id detail

Context show>service>id

Description Displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-135
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

detail — Displays detailed information for the SAP.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-202 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-202 Show service SAP Output

Label Description

Service Id The service identifier.

SAP The type of SAP.

Encap The encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State The operational state of the SAP.

(1 of 2)

6-136 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Flags Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.
Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown,
InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown,
SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch, RelearnLimitExceeded,
RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, NoSapIpipeCeIpAddr,
TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch,
CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr, StandByForMcRing, ServiceMTUTooSmall,
SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch,
NoSapEpipeRingNode, mcStandby (22), mhStandby (23),
oamDownMepFault (24), oamUpMepFault (25), ethTunTagMisconfig (26),
ingressPolicerMismatch (27), egressPolicerMismatch (28), sapTl.

Last Status Change Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP.

Last Mgmt Change Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this
SAP.

Admin MTU The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Oper MTU The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted
through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be
fragmented.

Ingress Filter-Id The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Acct. Pol The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Collect Stats Specifies whether statistics collection is enabled.

Forwarding Engine Stats

Dropped The number of packets and octets dropped due to SAP state, ingress MAC
or IP filter, same segment discard, bad checksum, etc.

(2 of 2)

aggregate

Table 6-203 aggregate command

Item Description

Syntax aggregate [family] [active]

Context show>router

Description This command displays aggregated routes.

Parameters family — Specifies the address family to be displayed.

Values: ipv4 — Displays only those aggregate routes that are IPv4-capable.
ipv6 — Displays only those aggregate routes that are IPv6-capable.
active — This keyword filters out inactive aggregates (only active aggregates are
displayed).

Table 6-204 describes the command output fields.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-137
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-204 Show Router Aggregate Output

Label Description

Prefix Displays the destination address of the aggregate route in dotted decimal
notation.

Summary Specifies whether the aggregate or more specific components are

advertised.

AS Set Displays an aggregate where the path advertised for the route consists of
all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.

Aggr AS Displays the aggregator path attribute to the aggregate route.

Aggr IP-Address The IP address of the aggregated route.

State The operational state of the aggregated route.

No. of Aggregates The total number of aggregated routes.

arp

Table 6-205 arp command

Item Description

Syntax arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-addr] summary

Context show>router
Description This command displays the router ARP table sorted by IP address.
If no command line options are specified, all ARP entries are displayed.

Parameters ip-addr — Only displays ARP entries associated with the specified IP address.
ip-int-name — Only displays ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface
name.
summary - Displays an abbreviate list of ARP entries.

Table 6-206 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-206 Show ARP Table Output

Label Description

IP Address The IP address of the ARP entry.

MAC Address The MAC address of the ARP entry.

Expiry The age of the ARP entry.

Type Dyn — The ARP entry is a dynamic ARP entry.

Inv — The ARP entry is an inactive static ARP entry (invalid).
Oth — The ARP entry is a local or system ARP entry.
Sta — The ARP entry is an active static ARP entry.

(1 of 2)

6-138 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Interface The IP interface name associated with the ARP entry.

No. of ARP Entries The number of ARP entries displayed in the list.

(2 of 2)

bgp

Table 6-207 bgp command

Item Description

Syntax bgp

Context show>router

Description This command enables the context to display BGP information for the specified
service.

auth-keychain

Table 6-208 auth-keychain command

Item Description

Syntax auth-keychain [name

Context show>router>bgp

Description This command displays BGP sessions using a particular authentication key-chain.

Parameters name — Specifies the name (up to 32 characters) of the existing keychain, to be
displayed.

damping

Table 6-209 damping command

Item Description

Syntax damping [ip-prefix[/prefix-length]] [detail]

damping [damp-type] [detail]

Context show>router>bgp

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-139
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command displays BGP routes with have been dampened due to route flapping.
This command can be entered with or without a route parameter.
When the keyword detail is included, more detailed information displays.
When only the command is entered (without any parameters included except detail),
then all dampened routes are listed.
When a parameter is specified, then the matching route or routes are listed.
When a decayed, history, or suppressed keyword is specified, only those types of
dampened routes are listed.

Parameters ip-prefix/prefix-length — Displays damping information for the specified IP prefix and
mask length.
Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

ip-address — Displays damping entry for the best match route for the specified IP
address.

damp-type — Displays damping type for the specified IP address.

detail — Displays detailed information.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-210 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-210 Show BPG Damping Output

Label Description

BGP Router ID The local BGP router ID.

AS The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group. If not
configured, then it is the same value as the AS.

Network Route IP prefix and mask length for the route.

Flag(s) Legend:
Status codes: u- used, s-suppressed, h-history, d-decayed,
*-valid. If a * is not present, then the status is invalid.
Origin codes: i-IGP, e-EGP, ?-incomplete, >-best

Network The IP prefix and mask length for the route.

From The originator ID path attribute value.

Reuse time The time when a suppressed route can be used again.
AS Path The BGP AS path for the route.

Peer The router ID of the advertising router.

NextHop BGP nexthop for the route.

Peer AS The autonomous system number of the advertising router.

Peer Router-Id The router ID of the advertising router.

(1 of 2)

6-140 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Local Pref BGP local preference path attribute for the route.

Age The time elapsed since the service was enabled.

Last update The time when BGP was updated last in second/minute/hour (SS:MM:HH)
format.

FOM Present The current Figure of Merit (FOM) value.

Number of Flaps The number of flaps in the neighbor connection.

Reuse time The time when the route can be reused.

Path The BGP AS path for the route.

Applied Policy The applied route policy name.

(2 of 2)

group

Table 6-211 group command

Item Description

Syntax group [name] [detail]

Context show>router>bgp
Description This command displays group information for a BGP peer group. This command can
be entered with or without parameters.
When this command is entered without a group name, information about all peer
groups displays.
When the command is issued with a specific group name, information only pertaining
to that specific peer group displays.
The ‘State’ field displays the BGP group’s operational state. Other valid states are:
• Up - BGP global process is configured and running.
• Down - BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
• Disabled - BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be
restarted by the operator.

Parameters name — Displays information for the BGP group specified.

detail — Displays detailed information.

Table 6-212 describes the command output fields.

Table 6-212 Show Group Output

Label Description

Group BGP group name

Group Type No Type — Peer type not configured.

External — Peer type configured as external BGP peers.
Internal — Peer type configured as internal BGP peers.

(1 of 3)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-141
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

State Disabled — The BGP peer group has been operationally disabled.
Down — The BGP peer group is operationally inactive.
Up — The BGP peer group is operationally active.

Peer AS The configured or inherited peer AS for the specified peer group.

Local AS The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group.

Local Address The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the
specified peer group.

Loop Detect The configured or inherited loop detect setting for the specified peer group.

Connect Retry The configured or inherited connect retry timer value.

Authentication None — No authentication is configured.

MD5 — MD5 authentication is configured.

Local Pref The configured or inherited local preference value.

MED Out The configured or inherited MED value assigned to advertised routes
without a MED attribute.

Min Route Advt. The minimum amount of time that must pass between route updates for the
same IP prefix.

Min AS Originate The minimum amount of time that must pass between updates for a route
originated by the local router.

Multihop The maximum number of router hops a BGP connection can traverse.

Multipath The configured or inherited multipath value, determining the maximum

number of ECMP routes BGP can advertise to the RTM.
Prefix Limit No Limit — No route limit assigned to the BGP peer group.
1 - 4294967295 — The maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a
peer.

Passive Disabled — BGP attempts to establish BGP connections with neighbors in

the specified peer group.
Enabled — BGP will not actively attempt to establish BGP connections with
neighbors in the specified peer group.

Next Hop Self Disabled — BGP is not configured to send only its own IP address as the BGP
nexthop in route updates to neighbors in the peer group.
Enabled — BGP sends only its own IP address as the BGP nexthop in route
updates to neighbors in the specified peer group.
Aggregator ID 0 Disabled — BGP is not configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all
originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group.
Enabled — BGP is configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all
originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group.

Remove Private Disabled — BGP will not remove all private AS numbers from the AS path
attribute in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group.
Enabled — BGP removes all private AS numbers from the AS path attribute
in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group.

Damping Disabled — The peer group is configured not to dampen route flaps.
Enabled — The peer group is configured to dampen route flaps.

Export Policy The configured export policies for the peer group.

Import Policy The configured import policies for the peer group.

Hold Time The configured hold time setting.

(2 of 3)

6-142 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Keep Alive The configured keepalive setting.

Cluster Id None — No cluster ID has been configured.

Client Reflect Disabled — The BGP route reflector will not reflect routes to this neighbor.
Enabled — The BGP route reflector is configured to reflect routes to this
neighbor.

NLRI The type of NLRI information that the specified peer group can accept.
Unicast — IPv4 unicast routing information can be carried.

Preference The configured route preference value for the peer group.

List of Peers A list of BGP peers configured under the peer group.

Total Peers The total number of peers configured under the peer group.

Established The total number of peers that are in an established state.

(3 of 3)

neighbor

Table 6-213 neighbor command

Item Description

Syntax neighbor [ip-address [[family family] filter1]]

neighbor [as-number [[family family] filter2]]

Context show>router>bgp
Description This command displays BGP neighbor information. This command can be entered with
or without any parameters.
When this command is issued without any parameters, information about all BGP
peers displays.
When the command is issued with a specific IP address or ASN, information regarding
only that specific peer or peers with the same AS display.
When either received-routes or advertised-routes is specified, then the routes
received from or sent to the specified peer is listed (see second output example).
Note: This information is not available by SNMP.
When either history or suppressed is specified, then the routes learned from those
peers that either have a history or are suppressed (respectively) are listed.
The ‘State’ field displays the BGP peer’s protocol state. In additional to the standard
protocol states, this field can also display the ‘Disabled’ operational state which
indicates the peer is operationally disabled and must be restarted by the operator.

Parameters ip-address — Displays the BGP neighbor with the specified IP address.
family family — Selects the address family to be shown
Values: ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv4 family enable and
not those capable of exchanging IP-VPN routes.
ipv6 — Displays the BGP peers that are IPv6 capable.

filter1 — Specifies route criteria.

Values: received-routes, advertised-routes, history, suppressed, detail

filter2 — Specifies route criteria.

Values: history, suppressed, detail

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-143
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-214 describes the command output fields for a BGP neighbor.

Table 6-214 Show BPG Neighbor Output

Label Description

Peer The IP address of the configured BGP peer.

Group The BGP peer group to which this peer is assigned.

Peer AS The configured or inherited peer AS for the peer group.

Peer Address The configured address for the BGP peer.

Peer Port The TCP port number used on the far-end system.

Local AS The configured or inherited local AS for the peer group.

Local Address The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the peer
group.

Local Port The TCP port number used on the local system.

Peer Type External — Peer type configured as external BGP peers.

Internal — Peer type configured as internal BGP peers.

State Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections.

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer.
Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection from this peer.
Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for
an OPEN message from the peer.
Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and
is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION.
Established — BGP has successfully established a peering and is exchanging
routing information.

Last State Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections.

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer.
Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection with this peer.
Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connections from this peer.
Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for
an OPEN message from the peer.
Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and
is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION.
Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and
is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION.

(1 of 3)

6-144 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Last Event start — BGP has initialized the BGP neighbor.

stop — BGP has disabled the BGP neighbor.
open — BGP transport connection opened.
close — BGP transport connection closed.
openFail — BGP transport connection failed to open.
error — BGP transport connection error.
connectRetry — Connect retry timer expired.
holdTime — Hold time timer expired.
keepAlive — Keepalive timer expired.
recvOpen — Receive an OPEN message.
revKeepalive — Receive an KEEPALIVE message.
recvUpdate — Receive an UPDATE message.
recvNotify — Receive an NOTIFICATION message.
None — No events have occurred.

Last Error Displays the last BGP error and subcode to occur on the BGP neighbor.

Local Family

Remote Family

Hold Time The configured hold time setting.

Keep Alive The configured keepalive setting.

Active Hold Time The negotiated hold time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state.

Active Keep Alive The negotiated keepalive time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established
state.

Cluster Id The configured route reflector cluster ID.

None — No cluster ID has been configured

Preference The configured route preference value for the peer group.
Num of Flaps The number of flaps in the neighbor connection.

Recd. Paths The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP
neighbor.

IPv4 Recd. Prefixes The number of IPv4 routes received from the BGP neighbor.
IPv4 Active Prefixes The number of IPv4 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in
the forwarding table.

IPv4 Suppressed Pfxs The number of unique sets of IPv4 path attributes received from the BGP
neighbor and suppressed due to route damping.

VPN-IPv4 Suppressed The number of unique sets of IPv4 VPN path attributes received from the
Pfxs BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping.

VPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs The number of IPv4 VPN routes received from the BGP neighbor.

VPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs The number of IPv4 VPN routes received from the BGP neighbor and active
in the forwarding table.

Mc IPv4 Recd. Pfxs The number of IPv4 multicast routes received from the BGP neighbor.
Mc IPv4 Active Pfxs The number of IPv4 multicast routes received from the BGP neighbor and
active in the forwarding table.

Mc IPv4 Suppressed The number of unique sets of IPv4 multicast path attributes received from
Pfxs the BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping.

(2 of 3)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-145
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

IPv6 Suppressed Pfxs The number of unique sets of IPv6 path attributes received from the BGP
neighbor and suppressed due to route damping.

IPv6 Recd. Prefixes The number of IPv6 routes received from the BGP neighbor.

IPv6 Active Prefixes The number of IPv6 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in
the forwarding table.
VPN-IPv6 Recd. Pfxs The number of IPv6 VPN routes received from the BGP neighbor.

VPN-IPv6 Active Pfxs The number of IPv6 VPN routes received from the BGP neighbor and active
in the forwarding table.

VPN-IPv6 Suppressed The number of unique sets of IPv6 VPN path attributes received from the
Pfxs BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping.

Input Queue The number of BGP messages to be processed.

Output Queue The number of BGP messages to be transmitted.

i/p Messages Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor.
o/p Messages Total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor.

i/p Octets Total number of octets received from the BGP neighbor.

o/p Octets Total number of octets sent to the BGP neighbor.

i/p Updates Total number of BGP updates received from the BGP neighbor.

o/p Updates Total number of BGP updates sent to the BGP neighbor.

Advertise Inactive

Advertise Label
Auth key chain

Local capability

Remote capability
Export Policy The configured export policies for the peer group.

Import Policy The configured import policies for the peer group.

(3 of 3)

Table 6-215 describes the command output fields for both the standard and detailed
information for a neighbor.

Table 6-215 Show Advertised and Received Route Output

Label Description

BGP Router ID The local BGP router ID.

AS The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS The configured local AS setting. If not configured, then it is the same value
as the AS.

(1 of 2)

6-146 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Flag u — used
s — suppressed
h — history
d — decayed
* — valid
i — igp
? — incomplete
> — best

Network Route IP prefix and mask length for the route.

Next Hop BGP nexthop for the route.

LocalPref BGP local preference path attribute for the route.

MED BGP Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute for the route.

AS Path The BGP AS path for the route.

(2 of 2)

paths

Table 6-216 paths command

Item Description

Syntax paths
Context show>router>bgp

Description This command displays a summary of BGP path attributes.

Table 6-217 describes the command output fields for BGP path.

Table 6-217 Show BPG Path Output

Label Description

BGP Router ID The local BGP router ID.

AS The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS The configured local AS setting. If not configured, then the value is the same
as the AS.

Path The AS path attribute.

Origin EGP — The NLRI is learned by an EGP protocol.

IGP — The NLRI is interior to the originating AS.
INCOMPLETE — NLRI was learned another way.

Next Hop The advertised BGP nexthop.

MED The Multi-Exit Discriminator value.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-147
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Local Preference The local preference value.

Refs The number of routes using a specified set of path attributes.

ASes The number of autonomous system numbers in the AS path attribute.

Segments The number of segments in the AS path attribute.

Flags EBGP-learned — Path attributes learned by an EBGP peering.

IBGP-Learned — Path attributes learned by an IBGP peering.

Aggregator The route aggregator ID.

Community The BGP community attribute list.

Originator ID The originator ID path attribute value.

Cluster List The route reflector cluster list.

(2 of 2)

routes

Table 6-218 routes command

Item Description

Syntax routes [family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]

routes [family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
routes [family family] [community comm-id]]
routes [family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
routes [family family] [ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] detail | longer
Context show>router>bgp

Description This command displays BGP route information.

When this command is issued without any parameters, then the entire BGP routing
table displays.
When this command is issued with an IP prefix/mask or IP address, then the best
match for the parameter displays.

(1 of 2)

6-148 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters family family — Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by the BGP
instance.
Values: ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv4 family enable and
not those capable of exchanging IP-VPN routes.
ipv6 — Displays the BGP peers that are IPv6 capable.

prefix — Specifies the type of routing information to display.

Values: rd|[rd:]ip-address[/mask]
rd {ip-address:number1
as-number1:number2
as-number2:number3}
number1 1 — 65535
as-number1 1 — 65535
number2 0 — 4294967295
as-number2 1 — 4294967295
number3 0 — 65535
ip-address a.b.c.d
mask 0 — 32

ipv6-prefix/prefix-length - Specifies the type of IPv6 routing information to display.

Values: ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

hunt — Displays entries for the specified route in the RIB-In, RIB-Out, and RTM.
longer — Displays the specified route and subsets of the route.

detail — Display the longer, more detailed version of the output.

aspath-regex reg-ex1 — Displays all routes with an AS path matching the specified
regular expression reg-exp.
community comm-id — Displays all routes with the specified BGP community.
Values: [as-number1:comm-val1 | ext-comm | well-known-comm]
ext-comm type:{ip-address:comm-val1 | as-number1:comm-val2
| as-number2:comm-val1}
as-number1 0..65535
comm-val1 0..65535
type keywords: target, origin
ip-address a.b.c.d
comm-val2 0 — 4294967295
as-number2 0 — 4294967295
well-known-comm no-export, no-export-subconfed, no-advertise

(2 of 2)

Table 6-219 describes the command output fields for BGP routes.

Table 6-219 Show BGP Routes Output

Label Description

BGP Router ID The local BGP router ID.

AS The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS The configured local AS setting. If not configured, then the value is the same
as the AS.

Network Route IP prefix and mask length for the route.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-149
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Next Hop The BGP nexthop.

From The advertising BGP neighbor’s IP address.

Res. Nexthop The resolved nexthop.

Local Pref. The local preference value.

Flag u — used
s — suppressed
h — history
d — decayed
* — valid
i — igp
? — incomplete
> — best

Aggregator AS The aggregator AS value.

none — No aggregator AS attributes are present.
Aggregator The aggregator attribute value.
none — no Aggregator attributes are present.

Atomic Aggr. Atomic — The atomic aggregator flag is set.

Not Atomic — The atomic aggregator flag is not set.

MED The MED metric value.

none — No MED metric is present.

Community The BGP community attribute list.

Cluster The route reflector cluster list.

Originator Id The originator ID path attribute value.

none — The originator ID attribute is not present.

Peer Router Id The router ID of the advertising router.

AS-Path The BGP AS path attribute.

VPRN Imported Displays the VPRNs where a particular BGP-VPN received route has been
imported and installed.

(2 of 2)

summary

Table 6-220 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary [all]

summary [family family] [neighbor ip-address]
Context show>router>bgp

(1 of 2)

6-150 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description This command displays a summary of BGP neighbor information.

If confederations are not configured, that portion of the output will not display.
The “State” field displays the global BGP operational state. The valid values are:
Up — BGP global process is configured and running.
Down — BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
Disabled — BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be
restarted by the operator.
For example, if a BGP peer is operationally disabled, then the state in the summary
table shows the state ‘Disabled’

Parameters all — Displays BGP peers in all instances.

family family — Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by the BGP
instance.
Values: ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv4 family enable and
not those capable of exchanging IP-VPN routes.
ipv6 — Displays the BGP peers that are IPv6 capable.
neighbor neighbor —

(2 of 2)

Table 6-221 describes the command output fields for a BGP summary.

Table 6-221 Show BGP Summary Output

Label Description
BGP Router ID The local BGP router ID.

AS The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS The configured local AS setting. If not configured, then the value is the
same as the AS.
BGP Admin State Down — BGP is administratively disabled.
Up — BGP is administratively enabled.

BGP Oper State Down — BGP is operationally disabled.

Up — BGP is operationally enabled.

Confederation AS The configured confederation AS.

Member Confederations The configured members of the BGP confederation.

Number of Peer Groups The total number of configured BGP peer groups.

Number of Peers The total number of configured BGP peers.

Total BGP Active Routes The total number of BGP routes used in the forwarding table.

Total BGP Routes The total number of BGP routes learned from BGP peers.

Total BGP Paths The total number of unique sets of BGP path attributes learned from BGP
peers.
Total Path Memory Total amount of memory used to store the path attributes.

Total Suppressed Total number of suppressed routes due to route damping.

Routes

Total History Routes Total number of routes with history due to route damping.
Total Decayed Routes Total number of decayed routes due to route damping.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-151
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Neighbor BGP neighbor address.

AS BGP neighbor autonomous system number.

(Neighbor)

PktRcvd Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor.

PktSent Total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor.

InQ The number of BGP messages to be processed.

OutQ The number of BGP messages to be transmitted.

Up/Down The amount of time that the BGP neighbor has either been established or
not established depending on its current state.

State|Recv/Actv/Sent The BGP neighbor’s current state (if not established) or the number of
received routes, active routes and sent routes (if established).

(2 of 2)

interface

Table 6-222 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]}] | [summary] |

[exclude-services]

Context show>router
Description This command displays the router IP interface table sorted by interface index.

Parameters ip-address — Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP
address.

ip-int-name — Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP
interface name.
detail — Displays detailed IP interface information.

summary — Displays summary IP interface information for the router.

exclude-services — Displays IP interface information, excluding IP interfaces

configured for customer services. Only core network IP interfaces are displayed.

Table 6-223 describes the command output fields for an IP interface

Table 6-223 Show IP Interface Standard Output

Label Description

Interface-Name The IP interface name.

(1 of 2)

6-152 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Type n/a — No IP address has been assigned to the IP interface, so the IP

address type is not applicable.
Pri — The IP address for the IP interface is the Primary address on the IP
interface.
Sec — The IP address for the IP interface is a secondary address on the IP
interface.

IP-Address The IP address and subnet mask length of the IP interface.

n/a — Indicates no IP address has been assigned to the IP interface.

Adm Down — The IP interface is administratively disabled.

Up — The IP interface is administratively enabled.

Opr Down — The IP interface is operationally disabled.

Up — The IP interface is operationally enabled.

Mode Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface.

Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-224 describes the detailed command output fields for an IP interface:

Table 6-224 Show IP Interface Detailed Output

Label Description

If Name The IP interface name.

Admin State Down — The IP interface is administratively disabled.

Up — The IP interface is administratively enabled.
Oper State Down — The IP interface is operationally disabled.
Up — The IP interface is operationally disabled.

IP Addr/mask The IP address and subnet mask length of the IP interface.

Not Assigned — Indicates no IP address has been assigned to the IP
interface.

Address Type Primary — The IP address for the IP interface is the Primary address on
the IP interface.
Secondary — The IP address for the IP interface is a Secondary address
on the IP interface.
IGP Inhibit Disabled — The secondary IP address on the interface will be recognized
as a local interface by the IGP.
Enabled — The secondary IP address on the interface will not be
recognized as a local interface by the IGP.

Broadcast Address All-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is all ones.
Host-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is host ones.

If Index The interface index of the IP router interface.

If Type Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface.

Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface.

Port Id The port ID of the IP interface.

Egress Filter The egress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface.
none — Indicates no egress filter policy is associated with the interface.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-153
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Ingress Filter The ingress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface.
none — Indicates no ingress filter policy is associated with the interface.

QoS Policy The QoS policy ID associated with the IP interface.

SNTP Broadcast False — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is disabled.

True — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is enabled.

MAC Address The MAC address of the IP interface.

Arp Timeout The ARP timeout for the interface, in seconds, which is the time an ARP
entry is maintained in the ARP cache without being refreshed.

IP MTU The IP Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) for the IP interface.

ICMP Mask Reply False — The IP interface will not reply to a received ICMP mask request.
True — The IP interface will reply to a received ICMP mask request.

Cflowd Specifies the type of Cflowd analysis that is applied to the interface.
acl — ACL Cflowd analysis is applied to the interface.
interface — Interface cflowd analysis is applied to the interface.
none — No Cflowd analysis is applied to the interface.

Redirects Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages the IP

interface will issue in a given period of time (Time (seconds)).
Disabled — Indicates the IP interface will not generate ICMP redirect
messages.

Unreachables Specifies the maximum number of ICMP destination unreachable

messages the IP interface will issue in a given period of time.
Disabled — Indicates the IP interface will not generate ICMP destination
unreachable messages.
TTL Expired The maximum number (Number) of ICMP TTL expired messages the IP
interface will issue in a given period of time (Time (seconds)).
Disabled — Indicates the IP interface will not generate ICMP TTL expired
messages.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-225 describes the summary command output fields for an IP interface:

Table 6-225 Show IP Interface Summary Output

Label Description

Instance The router instance number.

Router Name The name of the router instance.

Interfaces The number of IP interfaces in the router instance.

Admin-Up The number of administratively enabled IP interfaces in the router

instance.

Oper-Up The number of operationally enabled IP interfaces in the router instance.

dhcp6

6-154 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-226 dhcp6 command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp6

Context show>router

Description This command enables the context to display DHCP6 related information.

statistics

Table 6-227 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [ip-int-name | ip-address]

Context show>router>dhcp6

Description This command displays statistics for DHCP relay and DHCP snooping.
If no IP address or interface name is specified, then all configured interfaces are
displayed.
If an IP address or interface name is specified, then only data regarding the specified
interface is displayed.

Parameters ip-int-name | ip-address — Displays statistics for the specified IP interface.

Table 6-228 describes the DHCP statistics command output fields.

Table 6-228 DHCP Statistics Output Fields

Label Description

Received Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.
Transmitted The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.
Packets

Received The number of malformed packets received from the DHCP clients.
Malformed Packets

Received The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients.
Untrusted Packets

Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded.
Discarded

Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded.
Relayed

Client Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped.
Snooped
Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded.
Discarded

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-155
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded.
Relayed

Server Packets The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped.
Snooped

(2 of 2)

summary

Table 6-229 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary
Context show>router>dhcp6

Description Display the status of the DHCP Relay and DHCP Snooping functions on each interface.

Table 6-230 describes the DHCP summary command output fields.

Table 6-230 DHCP Summary Output Fields

Label Description

Interface Name Name of the router interface.

Info Option Indicates whether Option 82 processing is enabled on the interface.

Auto Filter Indicates whether IP Auto Filter is enabled on the interface.

Snoop Indicates whether Auto ARP table population is enabled on the interface.

Interfaces Indicates the total number of router interfaces on the ISAM

routes

Table 6-231 routes command

Item Description

Syntax routes [interface ip-int-name [ip-prefix/prefix-length]]

Context show>router>dhcp6

Description This command displays the routes for DHCP6.

If no IP address or interface name is specified, then all configured routes are
displayed.
If an IP address or interface name is specified, then only data regarding the specified
route is displayed.

(1 of 2)

6-156 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-int-name — Displays statistics for the specified IP interface.

ipv6-address/prefix-length — Specifies the IPv6 address on the interface.
Values: ipv6-address/prefix: ipv6-address x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x [0 — FFFF]H
d [0 — 255]D
prefix-length 1 — 64

(2 of 2)

neighbour

Table 6-232 neighbour command

Item Description

Syntax neighbor [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-address | summary]

Context show>router
Description This command displays information about the IPv6 neighbor cache.

Parameters ip-address — Specify the IP interface name.

ip-int-name — Specify the address of the IPv6 interface address.
mac ieee-mac-address — Specify the MAC address.
summary — Displays summary neighbor information.

Table 6-233 describes the neighbor command output fields.

Table 6-233 Neighbor Output Fields

Label Description

IPv6 Address Displays the IPv6 address.

Interface Displays the name of the IPv6 interface name.

MAC Address Specifies the link-layer address.

State Displays the current administrative state.

Exp Displays the number of seconds until the entry expires.

Type Displays the type of IPv6 interface.

Interface Displays the interface name.

Rtr Specifies whether a neighbor is a router.

Mtu Displays the MTU size.

rip

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-157
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-234 rip command

Item Description

Syntax rip

Context show>router

Description This command enables the context to display RIP information for the specified
service.

database

Table 6-235 database command

Item Description

Syntax database [ip-prefix[/mask] [longer] [peer ip-address] [detail]

Context show>router>rip

Description Displays all routes in the RIP database.

Table 6-236 describes the command output fields for the RIP route database.

Table 6-236 Show RIP Route Database Output

Label Description

Destination The RIP destination for the route.

Displays how many seconds the specific route will remain in the routing
table. When an entry reaches 0, it is removed from the routing table.

Peer The router ID of the peer router.

NextHop The IP address of the next hop.

Metric The hop count to rate the value of different hops.

Tag The value to distinguish between internal routes (learned by RIP) and
external routes (learned from other protocols).
TTL Displays how many seconds the specific route will remain in the routing
table. When an entry reaches 0, it is removed from the routing table.

Valid No — The route is not valid.

Yes — The route is valid.

neighbor

6-158 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-237 neighbor command

Item Description

Syntax neighbor [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail] [advertised-routes]

Context show>router>rip

Description Displays RIP neighbor interface information.

Parameters ip-address | ip-int-name — Displays information for the specified IP interface.
Default: All neighbor interfaces.

advertised-routes — Displays the routes advertised to RIP neighbors. If no

neighbors are specified, then all routes advertised to all neighbors are displayed. If a
specific neighbor is given then only routes advertised to the given neighbor/interface
are displayed.
Default: Display RIP information.

Table 6-238 describes the standard command output fields for a RIP neighbor.

Table 6-238 Show RIP Neighbor Output

Label Description

Neighbor The RIP neighbor interface name.

Adm Down — The RIP neighbor interface is administratively down.
Up — The RIP neighbor interface is administratively up.

Opr Down — The RIP neighbor interface is operationally down.

Up — The RIP neighbor interface is operationally up.

Primary IP The primary IP address of the RIP neighbor interface.

Send Mode Bcast — Specifies that RIPv2 formatted messages are sent to the
broadcast address.
Mcast — Specifies that RIPv2 formatted messages are sent to the multicast
address.
None — Specifies that no RIP messages are sent (i.e., silent listener).
RIPv1 — Specifies that RIPv1 formatted messages are sent to the
broadcast address.

Recv Mode Both — Specifies that RIP updates in either version 1 or version 2 format
will be accepted.
None — Specifies that RIP updates will not be accepted.
RIPv1 — Specifies that RIP updates in version 1 format only will be
accepted.
RIPv2 — Specifies that RIP updates in version 2 format only will be
accepted.

Metric In The metric added to routes received from a RIP neighbor.

Table 6-239 describes the detailed command output fields for a RIP group.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-159
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-239 Show RIP Detailed Command Output

Label Description

Neighbor The RIP neighbor name.

Description The RIP neighbor description. No Description Available indicates no

description is configured.

Primary IP The RIP neighbor interface primary IP address.

Group The RIP group name of the neighbor interface.

Admin State Down — The RIP neighbor interface is administratively down.

Up — The RIP neighbor interface is administratively up.

Oper State Down — The RIP neighbor interface is operationally down.

Up — The RIP neighbor interface is operationally up.

Send Mode Bcast — Specifies that RIPv2 formatted messages are sent to the
broadcast address.
Mcast — Specifies that RIPv2 formatted messages are sent to the multicast
address.
None — Specifies that no RIP messages are sent (i.e., silent listener).
RIPv1 — Specifies that RIPv1 formatted messages are sent to the
broadcast address.

Recv Mode Both — Specifies that RIP updates in either version 1 or version 2 format
will be accepted.
None — Specifies that RIP updates will not be accepted.
RIPv1 — Specifies that RIP updates in version 1 format only will be
accepted.
RIPv2 — Specifies that RIP updates in version 2 format only will be
accepted.

Metric In The metric value added to routes received from a RIP neighbor.

Metric Out The value added to routes exported into RIP and advertised to RIP
neighbors.
Split Horizon Disabled — Split horizon disabled for the neighbor.
Enabled — Split horizon and poison reverse enabled for the neighbor.

Check Zero Disabled — Checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2
specifications are not checked allowing receipt of RIP messages even if
mandatory zero fields are non-zero for the neighbor.
Enabled — checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2
specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages is enabled for the
neighbor.

Message Size The maximum number of routes per RIP update message.

Preference The preference of RIP routes from the neighbor.

Auth. Type Specifies the authentication type.

Update Timer The current setting of the RIP update timer value expressed in seconds.

Timeout Timer The current RIP timeout timer value expressed in seconds.

Export Policies The export route policy that is used to determine routes advertised to all
peers.

Import Policies The import route policy that is used to determine which routes are
accepted from RIP neighbors.

6-160 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

peer

Table 6-240 peer command

Item Description

Syntax peer [interface-name]

Context show>router>rip

Description Displays RIP peer information.

Table 6-241 describes the command output fields for a RIP peer.

Table 6-241 Show RIP Peer Output

Label Description

Peer IP Addr The IP address of the peer router.

Interface Name The peer interface name.

Version The version of RIP running on the peer.

Last Update The number of days since the last update.

No. of Peers The number of RIP peers.

statistics

Table 6-242 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [ip-addr | ip-int-name]

Context show>router>rip
Description Display Interface level statistics for the RIP protocol.
If no IP address or interface name is specified, then all configured RIP interfaces are
displayed.
If an IP address or interface name is specified, then only data regarding the specified
RIP interface is displayed.

Parameters ip-addr | ip-int-name — Displays statistics for the specified IP interface.

Table 6-243 describes the command output fields for RIP statistics.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-161
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-243 Show RIP Statistics Output

Label Description

Learned Routes The number of RIP-learned routes were exported to RIP neighbors.

Timed Out Routes The number of routes that have been timed out.

Current Memory The amount of memory used by this RIP router instance.

Maximum Memory The amount of memory allocated for this RIP router instance.

Interface Displays the name of each interface configured in RIP and associated RIP
statistics.

Primary IP The interface IP address.

Update Timer The current setting of the RIP update timer value expressed in seconds.

Timeout Timer The current RIP timeout timer value expressed in seconds.

Flush Timer The number of seconds after a route has been declared invalid that it is
flushed from the route database.

Updates Sent Total — The total number of RIP updates that were sent.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIP updates that were sent in the last 5
minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIP updates that were sent in the last 1
minute.
Triggered Updates Total — The total number of triggered updates sent. These updates are
sent before the entire RIP routing table is sent.
Last 5 Min — The number of triggered updates that were sent in the last 5
minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of triggered updates that were sent in the last 1
minute.

Bad Packets Received Total — The total number of RIP updates received on this interface that
were discarded as invalid.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIP updates received on this interface that
were discarded as invalid in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIP updates received on this interface that
were discarded as invalid in the last 1 minute.

RIPv1 Updates Received Total — The total number of RIPv1 updates received.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIPv1 updates received in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIPv1 updates received in the last 1 minute.
RIPv1 Updates Ignored Total — The total number of RIPv1 updates ignored.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIPv1 updates ignored in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIPv1 updates ignored in the last 1 minute.

RIPv1 Bad Routes Total — The total number of bad routes received from the peer.
Last 5 Min — The number of bad routes received from the peer in the last
5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of bad routes received from the peer in the last
minute.

RIPv1 Requests Total — The total number of times the router received RIPv1 route
Received requests from other routers.
Last 5 Min — The number of times the router received RIPv1 route
requests from other routers in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of times the router received RIPv1 route
requests from other routers in the last 1 minute.

(1 of 2)

6-162 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Label Description

RIPv1 Requests Ignored Total — The total number of times the router ignored RIPv1 route requests
from other routers.
Last 5 Min — The number of times the router ignored RIPv1 route requests
from other routers in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of times the router ignored RIPv1 route requests
from other routers in the last 1 minute.

RIPv2 Updates Received Total — The total number of RIPv2 updates received.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIPv2 updates received in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIPv2 updates received in the last minute.

RIPv2 Updates Ignored Total — The total number of RIPv2 updates ignored.
Last 5 Min — The number of RIPv2 updates ignored in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of RIPv2 updates ignored in the last minute.

RIPv2 Bad Routes Total — The total number of bad routes received from the peer.
Last 5 Min — The number of bad routes received from the peer in the last
5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of bad routes received from the peer in the last
minute.

RIPv2 Requests Total — The total number of times the router received RIPv2 route
Received requests from other routers.
Last 5 Min — The number of times the router received RIPv2 route
requests from other routers in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of times the router received RIPv2 route
requests from other routers in the last minute.

RIPv2 Requests Ignored Total — The total number of times the router ignored RIPv2 route requests
from other routers.
Last 5 Min — The number of times the router ignored RIPv2 route requests
from other routers in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of times the router ignored RIPv2 route requests
from other routers in the last minute.

Authentication Errors Total — The total number of authentication errors to secure table updates.
Last 5 Min — The number of authentication errors to secure table updates
in the last 5 minutes.
Last 1 Min — The number of authentication errors to secure table updates
in the last minute.

(2 of 2)

route-table

Table 6-244 route-table command

Item Description

Syntax route-table [ip-prefix[/mask] [longer] | [protocol protocol] | [summary]]

Context show>route

Description This command displays the active routes in the routing table.
If no command line arguments are specified, all routes are displayed, sorted by prefix.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-163
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-prefix[/mask] — Displays routes only matching the specified ip-prefix and optional
mask.

longer — Displays routes matching the ip-prefix/mask and routes with longer masks.

protocol protocol — Displays routes learned from the specified protocol.

Values: bgp, isis, local, ospf, rip, static, aggregate, managed

summary — Displays a route table summary information.

(2 of 2)

Table 6-245 describes the standard command output fields for the route table.

Table 6-245 Show Route Table Standard Output

Label Description

Dest Address The route destination address and mask.

Next Hop The next hop IP address for the route destination.

Type Local — The route is a local route.

Remote — The route is a remote route.
Protocol The protocol through which the route was learned.

Age The route age in seconds for the route.

Metric The route metric value for the route.

Pref The route preference value for the route.

No. of Routes: The number of routes displayed in the list.

rtr-advertisement

Table 6-246 rtr-advertisement command

Item Description

Syntax rtr-advertisement [interface ip-int-name] [prefix ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]]

rtr-advertisement [conflicts]

Context show>router service-id

Description This command displays router advertisement information.

If no command line arguments are specified, all routes are displayed, sorted by prefix.

(1 of 2)

6-164 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters ip-int-name — Maximum 32 characters.

ip-prefix — The IP prefix for prefix list entry in dotted decimal notation.
Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

(2 of 2)

Table 6-247 describes the standard command output fields for the route
advertisement table.

Table 6-247 Show Route Advertisement Table Standard Output

Label Description

Rtr Advertisement The number of router advertisements sent and time since they were sent.
Tx/Last Sent

Nbr Solicitation Tx The number of neighbor solicitations sent and time since they were sent.

Nbr Advertisement Tx The number of neighbor advertisements sent and time since they were
sent.

Rtr Advertisement Rx The number of router advertisements received and time since they were
received.

Nbr Advertisement Rx The number of neighbor advertisements received and time since they were
received.

Max Advert Interval The maximum interval between sending router advertisement messages.
Managed Config True — Indicates that DHCPv6 has been configured.
False — Indicates that DHCPv6 is not available for address configuration.

Reachable Time The time, in milliseconds, that a node assumes a neighbor is reachable
after receiving a reachability confirmation.

Retransmit Time The time, in milliseconds, between retransmitted neighbor solicitation

messages.
Link MTU The MTU number the nodes use for sending packets on the link.

Rtr Solicitation Rx The number of router solicitations received and time since they were
received.

Nbr Solicitation Rx The number of neighbor solicitations received and time since they were
received.

Min Advert Interval The minimum interval between sending ICMPv6 neighbor discovery router
advertisement messages.

Other Config True — Indicates there are other stateful configurations.

False — Indicates there are no other stateful configurations.

Router Lifetime Displays the router lifetime in seconds.

Hop Limit Displays the current hop limit.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-165
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

static-route

Table 6-248 static-route command

Item Description

Syntax static-route [ip-prefix/mask] | [preference preference] | [next-hop ip-addr]

[detail]

Context show>route

Description This command displays the static entries in the routing table.
If no options are present. all static routes are displayed sorted by prefix.

Parameters ip-prefix[/mask] — Displays routes only matching the specified ip-prefix and optional
mask.

preference preference — Only displays static routes with the specified route
preference.
Values: 0 — 65535

next-hop ip-addr — Only displays static routes with the specified next hop IP
address.

detail — Displays detailed information about the static route.

Table 6-249 describes the standard command output fields for the route table.

Table 6-249 Show Route Table Standard Output

Label Description

IP Addr/mask The static route destination address and mask.

Pref The route preference value for the static route.

Metric The route metric value for the static route.

Type BH — The static route is a black hole route. The Nexthop for this type of
route is black-hole.
ID — The static route is an indirect route, where the nexthop for this type
of route is the non-directly connected next hop.
NH — The route is a static route with a directly connected next hop. The
Nexthop for this type of route is either the next hop IP address or an egress
IP interface name.

Next Hop The next hop for the static route destination.

Interface The egress IP interface name for the static route.

n/a — indicates there is no current egress interface because the static
route is inactive or a black hole route.

Active N — The static route is inactive; for example, the static route is disabled or
the next hop IP interface is down.
Y — The static route is active.

No. of Routes: The number of routes displayed in the list.

6-166 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

summary

Table 6-250 summary command

Item Description

Syntax summary

Context show>router>dhcp
Description Display the status of the DHCP Relay and DHCP snooping functions on each interface.

Table 6-251 describes the output fields for DHCP summary

Table 6-251 Show DHCP Summary Output

Label Description

Interface Name Name of the router interface.

ARP Populate Indicates whether or nor ARP populate is enabled.

Info Option Indicates whether Option 82 is enabled.

Admin State Indicates the administrative status.

Clear Commands

arp

Table 6-252 arp command

Item Description

Syntax arp {all | ip-address}

arp interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]

Context clear>router

Description This command clears all or specific ARP entries.

The scope of ARP cache entries cleared depends on the command line option(s)
specified.

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-167
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Parameters all — Clears all ARP cache entries.

ip-addr — Clears the ARP cache entry for the specified IP address.
interface ip-int-name — Clears all ARP cache entries for the interface with the
specified name.
interface ip-addr — Clears all ARP cache entries for the specified interface with the
specified address.

(2 of 2)

dhcp6

Table 6-253 dhcp6 command

Item Description

Syntax dhcp6

Context clear>router

Description This command enables the context to clear and reset DHCP6 entities.

statistics

Table 6-254 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics

Context clear>router>dhcp6

Description This command clears DHCP6 statistics.

forwarding-table

Table 6-255 forwarding-table command

Item Description

Syntax forwarding-table

Context clear>router

Description This command clears the route table.

6-168 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

interface

Table 6-256 interface command

Item Description

Syntax interface [ip-int-name | ip-addr] [icmp]

Context clear>router

Description This command clears IP interface statistics.

If no IP interface is specified either by IP interface name or IP address, the command
will perform the clear operation on all IP interfaces.

Parameters ip-int-name | ip-addr — The IP interface name or IP interface address.

Default: All IP interfaces.

icmp — Specifies to reset the ICMP statistics for the IP interface(s) used for ICMP
rate limit.

damping

Table 6-257 damping command

Item Description
Syntax damping [[ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group name]

Context clear>router>bgp

Description This command clears or resets the route damping information for received routes.

Parameters ip-prefix/prefix-length — Displays damping information for the specified IP prefix and
mask length.
Values: ipv4-prefix a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv4-prefix-length 0 — 32
ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

neighbor ip-address — Clears damping information for entries received from the
BGP neighbor.

group name — Clears damping information for entries received from any BGP
neighbors in the peer group.

flap-statistics

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-169
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-258 flap-statistics command

Item Description

Syntax flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group name] | [regex

reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
Context clear>router>bgp

Description This command clears route flap statistics.

Parameters ip-prefix/mask — Clears damping information for entries that match the IP prefix and
mask length.

neighbor ip-address — Clears damping information for entries received from the
BGP neighbor.

group name — Clears damping information for entries received from any BGP
neighbors in the peer group.
regex reg-exp — Clears route flap statistics for all entries which have the regular
expression and the AS path that matches the regular expression.

policy policy-name — Clears route flap statistics for entries that match the specified
route policy.

neighbor

Table 6-259 neighbor command

Item Description

Syntax neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all} [soft | soft-inbound]

neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all} statistics
neighbor ip-address end-of-rib
Context clear>router>bgp

Description This command resets the specified BGP peer or peers. This can cause existing BGP
connections to be shutdown and restarted.

Parameters ip-address — Resets the BGP neighbor with the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address.
as as-number — Resets all BGP neighbors with the specified peer AS.

external — Resets all EBGP neighbors.

all — Resets all BGP neighbors.

soft — The specified BGP neighbor(s) re-evaluates all routes in the Local-RIB against
the configured export policies.

soft-inbound — The specified BGP neighbor(s) re-evaluates all routes in the RIB-In
against the configured import policies.

statistics — The BGP neighbor statistics.

end-of-rib —

6-170 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

protocol

Table 6-260 protocol command

Item Description

Syntax protocol

Context clear>router>rip
Description This command resets the entire BGP protocol. If the AS number was previously
changed, the BGP AS number does not inherit the new value.

database

Table 6-261 database command

Item Description

Syntax database

Context clear>router>rip

Description This command flushes all routes in the RIP database.

statistics

Table 6-262 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [neighbor {ip-address | ip-int-name}]

Context clear>router>rip

Description This command clears statistics for RIP neighbors.

Parameters neighbor {ip-address | ip-int-name} — Clears the statistics for the specified RIP
interface.
Default: Clears statistics for all RIP interfaces.

router-advertisement

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-171
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Table 6-263 router-advertisement command

Item Description

Syntax router-advertisement all

router-advertisement [interface interface-name]

Context clear>router

Description This command clears all router advertisement counters.

Parameters all — Clears all router advertisement counters for all interfaces.

interface interface-name — Clear router advertisement counters for the specified

interface.

id

Table 6-264 id command

Item Description

Syntax id service-id

Context clear>service
clear>service>statistics

Description This command clears parameters for a specific service.

Parameters service-id — The ID that uniquely identifies the service to clear.

statistics

Table 6-265 statistics command

Item Description

Syntax statistics [interface ip-int-name|ipv6-address]

Context clear>service>dhcp6

Description Clears DHCP6 statistics.

Parameters ip-int-name — Specifies the IP interface name for which to display information.
ip-prefix/prefix-length - The destination address of the aggregate route.
Values: ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

6-172 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

lease-state

Table 6-266 lease-state command

Item Description

Syntax lease-state ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length]

lease-state mac ieee-address
lease-state sap sap-id

Context clear>service>dhcp6

Description Clears lease state statistics for DHCP6.

Parameters ip-prefix/prefix-length - The destination address of the aggregate route.

Values: ipv6-prefix x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x: [0 — FFFF]H
d: [0 — 255]D
ipv6-prefix-length 0 — 64

ieee-address — 6-byte mac-address (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx).

Cannot be all zeros.

sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id]
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64

sap

Table 6-267 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id

Context clear>service>statistics

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 6-173
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
6 — Virtual Private Routed Network Service

Item Description

Description Clears SAP statistics for a SAP.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP. For
v-VPLS, the SAP VLAN ID must match the VLAN ID defined at the v-VPLS level.
The null value can also be specified, to indicate that the SAP will send and receive
untagged frames. If this SAP is not defined, untagged frames will be dropped.
The m-VPLS VLAN ID is always specified as no-tag, which is reserved for
untagged L2CP frames processed to be by the m-VPLS.
Values:
m-VPLS vlanid: no-tag
v-VPLS vlanid: 0 | 1— 4093 (0 specifies untagged frames)

(2 of 2)

stp

Table 6-268 stp command

Item Description

Syntax stp
Context clear>service>statistics>id

Description Clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.

6-174 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

7.1 Service Mirroring 7-2

7.2 Mirror Implementation 7-2

7.3 Configuration Notes 7-3

7.4 Basic Mirroring Configuration 7-4

7.5 Common Configuration Tasks 7-5

7.6 Mirror Service CLI Command Reference 7-5

7.7 Mirror Service CLI Configuration Commands 7-6

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-1
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

7.1 Service Mirroring

When troubleshooting complex operational problems, customer packets can be

examined as they traverse the network. One way to accomplish this is with an overlay
of network analyzers established at multiple points of presence, together with skilled
technicians to operate them to decode the data provided. This method of traffic
mirroring often requires setting up complex filters in multiple switches and/or
routers. These are, at best, only able to mirror from one port to another on the same
device.
Alcatel-Lucent’s Service Mirroring extends and integrates these capabilities into the
network and provides significant operational benefits. Each system can mirror
packets from a defined set of ports to any destination point in the network.
Original packets are forwarded while a copy is sent out the mirrored port to the
mirroring (destination) port. Service mirroring allows an operator to see the actual
traffic on a customer’s service with a sniffer sitting in a central location. In many
cases, this reduces the need for a separate, costly overlay sniffer network.

7.2 Mirror Implementation

Mirroring can be implemented on ingress or egress PORTS.

Alcatel-Lucent’s implementation of packet mirroring is based on two assumptions:
• Packets in ingress direction are mirrored as they appear on the wire. This is
important for troubleshooting encapsulation and protocol issues. When mirroring
at ingress, the HW sends an exact copy of the original ingress packet to the mirror
destination while normal forwarding proceeds on the original packet.
• Packets in egress direction are not always sent as seen on the wire. Egress
mirroring is already performed in the ingress port. Packets will be send out on the
mirror to port always VLAN tagged and this VLAN is taken from the ingress port.
Packets arriving untagged at the ingress port will be tagged using the ingresss port
PVID. This means that if VLAN translation is done for the packet while travelling
from ingress to egress port that this will not be visible in the mirrored packet. If
the mirror SAP has a VLAN tag different from 0 then the mirrored packet will be
dual tagged.

Mirror Source and Destinations

Mirror sources and destinations have the following characteristics:
• A mirror source can be defined on each port.
• A single mirror destination can be defined. Mirrored packets that are sent out can
be encapsulated with a configurable VLAN.

7-2 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Mirroring Configuration
Configuring mirroring is similar to creating a uni-direction service. Mirroring
requires the configuration of:
• Mirror source — The traffic on a specific point(s) to mirror.
• Mirror destination — The location to send the mirrored traffic, where the sniffer
will be located.

Figure 7-1 shows a local mirror service configured on ALA-A.

• Port 2/1/2 is specified as the source. Mirrored traffic ingressing and egressing this
port will be sent to port 2/1/3.
• SAP 2/1/3 is specified as the destination. The sniffer is physically connected to
this port. Mirrored traffic ingressing and egressing port 2/1/2 is sent here.

Figure 7-1 Local Mirroring Example

ALA-A

2/1/1 2/1/2 2/1/3

Sniffer

Configure a mirror service specifying

source and destination parameters

7.3 Configuration Notes

This section describes mirroring configuration caveats.

• 1 mirroring service ID may be created within a single system.
• A mirrored source can only have one destination.
• The destination mirroring service IDs and service parameters are persistent
between router (re)boots and are included in the configuration saves.
The source packet mirroring enabling criteria defined in debug mirror-source
commands are not preserved in configuration saves.
• Physical layer problems such as collisions, jabbers, etc., are not mirrored.
Typically, only complete packets are mirrored. Complete stats are available on
the interface for these physical layer problems.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-3
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

• Starting and shutting down mirroring:

• Mirror destinations:
The default state for a mirror destination service ID is shutdown. You must issue a
no shutdown command to enable the feature.
When a mirror destination service ID is shutdown, mirrored packets associated with
the service ID are not accepted from its mirror source. The associated mirror source
is put into an operationally down mode. Mirrored packets are not transmitted out of
the SAP. Each mirrored packet is silently discarded.
Issuing the shutdown command causes the mirror destination service or its mirror
source to be put into an administratively down state. Mirror destination service IDs
must be shut down first in order to delete a service ID or SAP association from the
system.
• Mirror sources:
The default state for a mirror source for a given mirror-dest service ID is no
shutdown. You must enter a shutdown command to deactivate (disable) mirroring
from that mirror-source.
Mirror sources do not need to be shutdown to remove them from the system. When
a mirror source is shutdown, mirroring is terminated for all sources defined locally
for the mirror destination service ID.

7.4 Basic Mirroring Configuration

Destination mirroring parameters must include at least:

• A mirror destination ID (same as the mirror source service ID).
• A mirror destination.
Mirror source parameters must include at least:
• A mirror service ID (same as the mirror destination service ID).
• At least one source type (port) specified.
The following example displays a sample configuration of a local mirrored service
where the source and destinations are on the same device (ALA-A).
*A:ALA-A>configure>mirror# info
----------------------------------------------
mirror-dest 103 create
sap lt:2/1/25:0 create
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>configure>mirror#

The following displays the mirror source configuration:

*A:ALA-A>debug>mirror-source# show debug mirror
debug
mirror-source 103
port lt:2/1/24 egress ingress
no shutdown
exit
exit
*A:ALA-A>debug>mirror-source# exit

7-4 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

7.5 Common Configuration Tasks

This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to
configure local mirror services and provides the CLI command syntax. Note that
local mirror source and mirror destination components must be configured under the
same service ID context.
Each local mirrored service (Figure 7-2) (within the same router) requires the
following configurations:
• Specify mirror destination (SAP).
• Specify mirror source (port).

Figure 7-2 Local Mirrored Service Tasks

Mirror Source
1/1/2

ALA-A
Mirror Destination
1/1/3

1/1/1 1/1/2 1/1/3

Sniffer

7.6 Mirror Service CLI Command Reference

This section shows the following command hierarchies:

• Mirror Configuration Commands
• Debug Commands
• Show Commands

Mirror Configuration Commands

configure
— mirror
— mirror-dest service-id
— no mirror-dest service-id
— description description-string
— no description
— sap sap-id
— no sap
— [no] shutdown

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-5
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Debug Commands
debug
— [no] mirror-source mirror-dest-service-id
— port {port-id | lag lag-id} {[egress] [ingress]}
— no port {port-id | lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]
— cpu-port {port-id | lag lag-id} {[egress] [ingress]}
— no cpu-port {port-id | lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]

Show Commands
show
— mirror mirror-dest [service-id]

7.7 Mirror Service CLI Configuration Commands

The following commands are described:

• Generic Commands
• Mirror Configuration Commands
• Debug Configuration Commands
• Show Commands

Generic Commands

description

Table 7-1 description command

Item Description
Syntax description description-string
no description

Context configure>mirror>mirror-dest

Description This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a
configuration context.
The description command is a text string to help you identify the content of the file.
The no form of the command removes the description string.

Default There is no default description associated with the configuration context.

Parameters description-string - The description character string. Allowed values are any string up
to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string
contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed
within double quotes.

7-6 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

shutdown

Table 7-2 shutdown command

Item Description

Syntax [no] shutdown

Context configure>mirror>mirror-dest
debug>mirror-source

Description The shutdown command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an

entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics. Many
entities must be explicitly enabled using the no shutdown command.
The shutdown command administratively disables an entity. The operational state
of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained
within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.
Unlike other commands and parameters where the default state is not indicated in
the configuration file, shutdown and no shutdown are always indicated in system
generated configuration files.
The no form of the command puts an entity into the administratively enabled state.
Default See Special Cases below.

Special Cases Mirror Destination - When a mirror destination service ID is shutdown, mirrored
packets associated with the service ID are not accepted from the mirror source or
router. The associated mirror source is put into an operationally down mode. Mirrored
packets are not transmitted out of the SAP. Each mirrored packet is silently discarded.
If the mirror destination is a SAP, the SAP’s discard counters are incremented.
The shutdown command places the mirror destination service or mirror source into
an administratively down state. The mirror-dest service ID must be shut down in
order to delete the service ID or SAP association from the system.
The default state for a mirror destination service ID is shutdown. A no shutdown
command is required to enable the service.

Mirror Source - Mirror sources do not need to be shutdown in order to remove them
from the system.
When a mirror source is shutdown, mirroring is terminated for all sources defined
locally for the mirror-dest service ID.
The default state for a mirror source for a given mirror-dest service ID is no
shutdown. A shutdown command is required to disable mirroring from that
mirror-source.

Mirror Configuration Commands

mirror-dest

Table 7-3 mirror-dest command

Item Description

Syntax mirror-dest service-id

no mirror-dest

Context configure>mirror

(1 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-7
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Item Description

Description This command creates a context to set up a service that is intended for packet
mirroring. It is configured as a service to allow mirrored packets to be directed locally
(within the same router).
The mirror-dest service is comprised of destination parameters that define where
the mirrored packets are to be sent. It also specifies whether the defined service-id
will receive mirrored packets from far end ISAM devices over the network core.
The mirror-dest service IDs are persistent between boots of the router and are
included in the configuration saves. The local sources of mirrored packets for the
service ID are defined within the debug mirror-source command that references
the same service-id. One mirror-dest service ID can be created within a single
system.
The mirror-dest command is used to create or edit a service ID for mirroring
purposes. If the service-id does not exist within the context of all defined services,
the mirror-dest service is created and the context of the CLI is changed to that
service ID. If the service-id exists within the context of defined mirror-dest services,
the CLI context is changed for editing parameters on that service ID. If the service-id
exists within the context of another service type, an error message is returned and
CLI context is not changed from the current context.
The no form of the command removes a mirror destination from the system. The
mirror-source associations with the mirror-dest service-id do not need to be
removed or shutdown first. The mirror-dest service-id must be shutdown before the
service ID can be removed. When the service ID is removed, all mirror-source
commands that have the service ID defined will also be removed from the system.

Default No packet mirroring services are defined.

Parameters service-id - The service identification identifies the service in the service domain. This
ID is unique to this service and cannot be used by any other service, regardless of
service type. The same service ID must be configured on every ISAM router that this
particular service is defined on.
If particular a service ID already exists for a service, then the same value cannot be
used to create a mirror destination service ID with the same value.
For example:
If an IES service-ID 13 exists, then a mirror destination service-ID 13 cannot be
created.
Values: 1 — 2147483648

(2 of 2)

sap

Table 7-4 sap command

Item Description

Syntax sap sap-id

no sap

Context configure>mirror>mirror-dest

(1 of 2)

7-8 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Item Description

Description This command creates a service access point (SAP) within a mirror destination
service. It also associates a predefined SAP within another service ID to a mirror
source.
The SAP is defined with port and encapsulation parameters to uniquely identify the
(mirror) SAP on the interface and within the box. The specified SAP must define a
FastE, GigE, or XGigE access port with a dot1q, or null encapsulation type.
The SAP is owned by the mirror destination service ID. If the interface is
administratively down, all SAPs on that interface are also operationally down. A SAP
can only be defined on a port configured as an access port with the mode command
at the interface level.
Only one SAP can be created within a mirror-dest service ID. If the defined SAP has
not been created on any service within the system, the SAP is created and the context
of the CLI will change to the newly created SAP.
If the defined SAP exists in the context of the service ID of the mirror-dest service,
the CLI context is changed to the predefined SAP.
If the defined SAP exists in the context of another service ID, mirror-dest or any
other type, an error is generated and the CLI context is not changed from the current
context.
Mirror destination SAPs can be created on Ethernet interfaces that have been defined
as an access interface. If the interface is defined as network, the SAP creation returns
an error and the current CLI context is not changed.
An SAP can be also created with encaps-value=0:
• when encaps-value=0 the mirrored packet is sent as copied
• when encaps-value <> 0 the mirrored packet is encapsulated in the given VLAN

It is not allowed to create an SAP on top of an LAG as mirror destination.

When the no form of this command is used on a SAP created by a mirror destination
service ID, the SAP with the specified port and encapsulation parameters is deleted.
The SAP may not be deleted until the mirror-dest service ID been shutdown.

Default No default SAP for the mirror destination service defined.

Parameters sap sap-id — Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
Values: [port-id | lag-id] vlanid | no-tag
• port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot
• lag-id
lag: keyword
id: 1 — 64
• vlanid
Specifies the VLAN ID to be associated with the port identified by the SAP.
Values: 0 — 4093

The values depends on the encapsulation type configured for the interface. Table 7-5
describes the allowed values for the port and encapsulation types.

(2 of 2)

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-9
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Table 7-5 Port And Encapsulation Type Values

Port Type Encap-Type Allowed Values Comments

Ethernet Null 0 The SAP is identified by the

port.

Ethernet Dot1q 0 — 4093 The SAP is identified by the

802.1Q tag on the port. Note
that a when only one non-0
vlanid SAP is created on a dot1q
port, the assocaited v-VPLS also
accepts untagged packets on
the dot1q port.

Debug Configuration Commands

mirror-source

Table 7-6 mirror-source command

Item Description

Syntax [no] mirror-source service-id

Context debug
Description This command configures mirror source parameters for a mirrored service.
The mirror-source command is used to enable mirroring of packets specified by the
association of the mirror-source to sources of packets defined within the context of
the mirror-dest-service-id. The mirror destination service must already exist within
the system.
The mirror-source configuration is not saved when a configuration is saved. A
mirror-source manually configured within an ASCII configuration file will not be
preserved if that file is overwritten by a save command. Define the mirror-source
within a file associated with a configure exec command to make a mirror-source
persistent between system reboots.
By default, all mirror-dest service IDs have a mirror-source associated with them.
The mirror-source is not technically created with this command. Instead the service
ID provides a contextual node for storing the current mirroring sources for the
associated mirror-dest service ID. The mirror-source is created for the mirror
service when the operator enters the debug>mirror-source svcId for the first time.
The mirror-source is also automatically removed when the mirror-dest service ID
is deleted from the system.
The no form of the command deletes all related source commands within the context
of the mirror-source service-id. The command does not remove the service ID from
the system.

Default No mirror source match criteria is defined for the mirror destination service.

Parameters service-id - The mirror destination service ID for which match criteria will be defined.
The service-id must already exist within the system.
Values: 1 — 2147483648. The service ID must already exist as a mirror-dest.

7-10 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

port

Table 7-7 port command

Item Description

Syntax port {port-id | lag lag-id} {[egress] [ingress]}

no port {port-id | lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]

Context debug>mirror-source

Description This command enables mirroring of traffic ingressing or egressing a port (Ethernet
port, or Link Aggregation Group (LAG)).
The port command associates a port or LAG to a mirror source. The port is identified
by the port-id. The defined port may be Ethernet, access or network. A network port
may be a single port or a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) ID. When a LAG ID is given
as the port-id, mirroring is enabled on all ports making up the LAG. Either a LAG port
member or the LAG port can be mirrored.
The port is only referenced in the mirror source for mirroring purposes. The mirror
source association does not need to be removed before deleting the card to which the
the port belongs. If the port is removed from the system, the mirroring association
will be removed from the mirror source.
If the port is not associated with a mirror-source, packets on that port will not be
mirrored. Mirroring may still be defined for a SAP, label or filter entry, which will mirror
based on a more specific criteria.
The encapsulation type on an access port cannot be changed to Frame Relay if it is
being mirrored.
The no port command disables port mirroring for the specified port. Mirroring of
packets on the port may continue due to more specific mirror criteria. If the egress
or ingress parameter keywords are specified in the no command, only the ingress
or egress mirroring condition will be removed.

Default No ports are defined.

Parameters port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
• nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
• ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot

lag-id
lag: keyword
Values: 1 — 64

egress - Specifies that packets egressing the port should be mirrored. Egress packets
are mirrored to the mirror destination after egress packet modification.

ingress - Specifies that packets ingressing the port should be mirrored. Ingress
packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to ingress packet modification.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-11
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

cpu-port

Table 7-8 cpu-port command

Item Description

Syntax cpu-port {port-id | lag lag-id} {[egress] [ingress]}

cpu-no port {port-id | lag lag-id} [egress] [ingress]

Context debug>mirror-source

Description This command enables mirroring of traffic ingressing a port that has the CPU as
destination or traffic leaving the CPU and egressing the port.

Default No ports are defined.

Parameters port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the following format:
<port-id> : <nwport-id | ltport-id>
• nwport-id - <slot-address>:<port-type>:<port-num>
— slot-address - nt|nt-a|nt-b|ntio-1
— port-type - sfp | xfp |vp | eth | ieee1588 | AI
— port-num - port-number
• ltport-id - lt:<rack>/<shelf>/<slot>
— lt - keyword
— rack - number identifying the rack
— shelf - number identifying the shelf
— slot - number identifying the slot

lag-id
lag: keyword
Values: 1 — 64

egress - Specifies that packets egressing the port should be mirrored. Egress packets
are mirrored to the mirror destination after egress packet modification.

ingress - Specifies that packets ingressing the port should be mirrored. Ingress
packets are mirrored to the mirror destination prior to ingress packet modification.

Show Commands

mirror-dest

Table 7-9 mirror-dest command

Item Description

Syntax mirror-dest service-id

no mirror-dest

Context show>mirror

Description Displays mirror configuration and operation information.

Parameters service-id - Specify the mirror service ID.

7-12 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

Table 7-10 describes the command output fields.

Table 7-10 Show Mirror Mirror-dest Command Output

Label Description

Service Id The service ID associated with this mirror destination.

Type Entries in this table have an implied storage type of 'volatile'. The configured
mirror source information is not persistent.

Admin State Up — The mirror destination is administratively enabled.

Down — The mirror destination is administratively disabled.

Oper State Up — The mirror destination is operationally enabled.

Down — The mirror destination is operationally disabled.

Forwarding Class The forwarding class for all packets transmitted to the mirror destination.

Enable Port Id Yes — PPP Port ID Mirroring is enabled.

No — PPP Port ID Mirroring is disabled.

Slice The value of the slice-size, the maximum portion of the mirrored frame that will
be transmitted to the mirror destination. Any frame larger than the slicesize will
be truncated to this value before transmission to the mirror destination. A value
of 0 indicates that mirrored packet truncation based on slice size is disabled.

Destination SAP The ID of the access port where the Service Access Point (SAP) associated with
this mirror destination service is defined.
Egr QoS Policy This value indicates the egress QoS policy ID. A value of 0 indicates that no QoS
policy is specified.

Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x April 2013 7-13
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
7 — Mirror Services

7-14 April 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7360 ISAM FX R4.x
Edition 02 Released 3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT and FX NT IHub Services Guide
Customer documentation and product support

Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess
Product manuals and documentation updates are available at
alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user and require access to this
service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.

Technical Support
http://support.alcatel-lucent.com

Documentation feedback
[email protected]
© 2013 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
3HH-11464-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 02 Released